12468 HPS FL (B I Range) Jenn Air Microwave Oven W206 990700010

User Manual: Jenn-Air Microwave Oven W206

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 220 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

FEATURING A FULL LINE OF GE APPLIANCES
We bring good things to life.
g
GE HOME PRODUCTS
AND SERVICES
SPRING 1999
2
THE #1 SUPPLIER OF APPLIANCES
TOTHE BUILDING INDUSTRY
THANKS FOR MAKING US
NUMBER ONE – AGAIN!
Year after year, GE appliances have been the first choice
of builders, according to Professional Builder magazine.
In 1998, GE was again the number one brand in every
major appliance category – and the number one choice of
remodelers, too. GE is the top brand with consumers, too!
According to the 1998 Louis Harris Poll, GE is the appliance
brand most often mentioned among brands rated as
offering the best products and services in America.
QUIET-BY-DESIGN
APPLIANCES
MAKE LIFE EASIER FOR EVERYONE IN THE FAMILY
Today, homes are much more open, integrating the family
room with a live-in kitchen and laundry area. GE has
created a quieter line of appliances—models that have been
designed to respond to the needs of today’s new home
buyer. Take a look at all of our “Quiet By Design” GE models
and you’ll see why we can’t keep quiet about them any longer.
YOU’LL NEVER HAVE TOBUY
BOTTLED WATER AGAIN.
DID YOU KNOW THAT 75% OF AMERICANS ARE
CONCERNED ABOUT THE QUALITY OF WATER*?
Here’s some refreshing news. GE now offers a selection
of water filtration and water softening systems.
See page 38-49 for more information.
* Source: Water Quality Association
1Professional Builder, 1998 Brand Use Study;
weighted average of dishwashers,
ranges/ovens, refrigerators/freezers,
washers and dryers.
2Professional Remodeler, 1998 Brand Use
Study; weighted average of dishwashers,
ranges/ovens, refrigerators/freezers,
(washers and dryers not asked).
GE
Whirlpool
Kenmore
KitchenAid
Jenn Air
Maytag
Frigidaire
Amana
Hotpoint
Magic Chef
1Builder % 2Remodeler %
#1 with Builders and Remodelers
“Current Usage Within Past 12 Months”
3
EXCLUSIVE CUSTOMSTYLE™
REFRIGERATORS: NOW IT’S
EASIER THAN EVER TO
ACHIEVE THE BEAUTIFUL
BUILT-INLOOK OFA
CUSTOM KITCHEN.
THE NEW CUSTOMSTYLE™REFRIGERATORS
INSTALL NEARLY FLUSH WITH KITCHEN CABINETS,
SAVING FLOOR SPACE.
The effect is dramatic. It sets your kitchen and home apart
delivering the design home buyers expect, and the
distinctive style and convenience they want.
See pages 8-21 for more information.
STAINLESS. THE DESIGN DETAIL
THAT MAKES YOUR HOME MEMORABLE.
THE GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™SETS NEW STANDARDS FOR BOTH DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE.
Lately, more and more design conscious people are discovering that incorporating stainless steel into their kitchen decor
doesn’t have to be an “all or nothing” decision. They can be mixed or matched with either black or white appliances.
As for cabinetry, stainless steel compliments natural wood tones and it looks sensational with traditional and designer colors.
4
GE APPLIANCE SERVICE
MAKES SERVICING
APPLIANCES OUR JOB–
NOT YOURS!
1-800-GE-CARES
With the largest manufacturer-
owned and authorized service
organization in the appliance
industry, GE service professionals
can respond quickly if repairs are
needed. GE Appliance Service
offers a broad selection of service
plans on appliances and other
home products.
PROFESSIONAL SALES
SUPPORT AND AUTHORIZED
DISTRIBUTORS
Knowledgeable and responsive
professionals know your market and
understand your needs. For
customers who want local support
and showrooms, GE Authorized
Distributors are an excellent resource.
They serve the property management
industry and offer custom services to
fit almost any special need.
MILES & MILES OFSUPPORT
DESIGNED AROUND
YOUR BUSINESS NEEDS.
AVAILABILITY AND DELIVERY
YOU CAN COUNT ON
You get the appliances you want,
when you want them, where you want
them. Our Availability Management
System is a sophisticated computer
systems approach to managing
product availability, distribution
and delivery.
From full-line appliance
distribution centers, we can ship
directly to customers and our
authorized Builder Distributors or
to a network of over 100 Scheduled
Delivery Service locations for
local delivery to you.
GE COMMERCIAL
SERVICE PROGRAM
If you manage property or a
commercial site and one of your units
has a maintenance problem, it’s critical!
GE offers expert service by more than
1,100 highly-trained factory technicians
nationwide. Also we offer same day/
next day or at-your-convenience-service
to minimize untimely delays. Over 85%
of our repair calls are complete in one
visit. Call us anytime. Our Commercial
Response Team is ready to expedite
your service needs by phone or fax.
The Commercial Service program
eliminates “trip charges”, offers flat rate
labor pricing and discounts for multiple
repair calls. Call 1-800-626-8690
for more details.
GENUINE GE PARTS
1-800-851-6200
As a leading manufacturer of
major appliances, we know parts and
accessories. You can depend on GE
to provide you with quality parts for GE
and Hotpoint brand appliances. To
receive fast delivery and every day low
prices, a property management firm
should call to place an order
or to be set up as an
authorized
wholesale
parts account.
Fully stocked appliance distribution
centers can deliver the appliances you want,
when you want them, where you want them.
Customized installation services are available in most markets.
5
GE’s strong warranties and the
largest manufacturer owned
service organization means
we’re responsible, not you.
Access to information
about GE products is
now available 24 hours
a day through the
GE Appliance site on
the World Wide Web.
GE ANSWER CENTER®
INFORMATION SERVICE
800.626.2000
For answers about Monogram,®
GE Profile Performance Series,™
GE Profile,™GE and Hotpoint
appliances– everything from features,
benefits, and model comparisons
to installation information and energy
usage– call the GE Answer Center,®
any time. We never close! GE CUSTOMERNET
Here’s what it does:
GE CustomerNet provides a
seamless, complete on-line
connection to GE! Just bring up the
site on your computer, and you’ll be
able to send or receive information
anytime, 24 hours a day. You can
work by your schedule, placing
orders, checking availability,
printing original invoices, receiving
proof-of-delivery, even printing
spec sheets—right on-line.
All you need is access to the
internet (that is a computer, modem,
service provider and browser).
Contact your ASM to get set up on
GE’s CustomerNet.
GE QUICKSPECS
800.432.3729
To simplify planning for your
projects, you can have product
features and dimensions faxed,
within minutes, at no cost to you.
Call GE QuickSpecs, available to
you 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
GE ON-LINE
http://www.ge.com/appliances
For quick access to installation
instructions, use & care manuals, and
virtually all information you need
about GE products, parts, accessories,
service contracts and more, visit the
GE Appliance site on the World
Wide Web. Access our site
through your Internet
service provider.
6
Some kitchens are very expressive.
Just like some people.
Whether you’re a remodeler or builder, we can help make your kitchens more expressive, and
impressive, through the creative use of stainless steel. The exciting GE Profile Performance Series™
was designed with your customers in mind. It has all the style they can imagine and all the performance
they deserve. And as you can see, it’s designed to let you mix classic white (or black) appliances with
the latest in stainless steel design.
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRODUCT PAGE SPECIFICATIONS/INSTALLATION
CustomStyle™Refrigerators...........................................................................................................8-21..............................................................................142-147
Side-by-Side Refrigerators..............................................................................................................22-26............................................................................148-149
Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators........................................................................................................27........................................................................................150
Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerators .............................................................................................28-33............................................................................150-152
Cycle and Manual Defrost Refrigerators.....................................................................................34........................................................................................153
Compact Refrigerators...................................................................................................................35........................................................................................153
Freezers.............................................................................................................................................36-37...................................................................................154
Refrigeration Trim Kits...............................................................................................................................................................................................................155
Water Systems
Filtration Systems ............................................................................................................................38-45............................................................................156-157
Softening Systems............................................................................................................................46-49...................................................................................158
Laundry
Washers and Dryers........................................................................................................................50-57............................................................................159-161
Front Loading Washer & Dryer....................................................................................................58-59...................................................................................162
Dryer Exhausting and Installation Information..............................................................................................................................................................163-165
Spacemaker®Washers & Dryers....................................................................................................60.................................................................................166-167
Commercial Washers & Dryers.....................................................................................................61
Built-In Cooking Products
Wall Ovens .......................................................................................................................................62-74............................................................................168-176
Warming Drawers...........................................................................................................................75........................................................................................177
Cooktops...........................................................................................................................................76-81............................................................................178-184
Slide-In/Drop-In Ranges ...............................................................................................................82-85...................................................................184, 188-192
Ventilation Options........................................................................................................................86-87............................................................................185-187
Free-Standing Cooking Products
Electric Ranges................................................................................................................................88-99............................................................................192-194
40" Electric Ranges .........................................................................................................................99........................................................................................195
Gas Ranges.......................................................................................................................................100-107.......................................................................196-197
Microwave Ovens
Over-The-Range..............................................................................................................................108-109, 111-113........................................................198-199
Built-In..............................................................................................................................................110......................................................................................200
Countertop.......................................................................................................................................114-118.......................................................................201-202
Spacemaker II™................................................................................................................................119......................................................................................202
Countertop Microwave Oven Built-In Trim Kits........................................................................119......................................................................................203
Dishwashers
Built-In..............................................................................................................................................120-124.......................................................................204-205
Convertible.......................................................................................................................................125......................................................................................206
Spacemaker®Undersink and Built-In..........................................................................................126...............................................................................206-207
Disposers and Compactors............................................................................................................127......................................................................................208
Room Air Conditioners
“J” Series Built-Ins............................................................................................................................128-131.......................................................................210-211
Zoneline®..........................................................................................................................................132-133.......................................................................212-214
Deluxe, Value and Heat/Cool......................................................................................................134-135...............................................................................209
Split System......................................................................................................................................136......................................................................................212
Slide-Aire..........................................................................................................................................136......................................................................................209
Dehumidifiers..................................................................................................................................136......................................................................................214
Warranty Information....................................................................................................................138-141
Nomenclatures................................................................................................................................215-219
8
Above: A great step up! A GE 24 cu. ft. CustomStyle refrigerator stands nearly flush with countertops, creating a beautifully
integrated kitchen—the kind of kitchen that sells homes. Why would you want to show anything less?
TPX24BRB shown with white acrylic panels and optional collar trim kit TRMBISWW
EXCLUSIVE CUSTOMSTYLE™REFRIGERATORS:
NOW IT’SEASIER THAN EVER TOACHIEVE
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
9
When the builders provide
all the appliances, it
accentuates the quality
and value of the home.
Beautiful examples are
the GE CustomStyle™
refrigerators, which install
nearly flush with kitchen
cabinets. This saves floor
space! Save nearly 7" with
side-by-side models and
nearly 5" with top-freezer
models. There are two style
options to choose from:
Trimless or Installed Trim.
Trimless models simply slide
in, there’s nothing to attach
or build. Installed trim
models can be decorated
with custom wood panels to
match the cabinets, or with
black, white, or stainless steel
panels available from GE.
It’s a final touch that delivers
the design consumers expect
and the distinctive style
they want.
THE BEAUTIFUL BUILT-INLOOK
OFA CUSTOM KITCHEN
10
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 142 and 146.
ONLY GE OFFERS CUSTOMSTYLE™REFRIGERATORS, AND
THEY’RE AVAILABLE INSIDE-BY-SIDE AND TOP-FREEZER MODELS
GE’s new CustomStyle top-freezer refrigerator looks built-in on the
outside, has more accessibility and convenience on the inside.
A GE CustomStyle side-by-side refrigerator is the perfect solution
for today’s open-living kitchen designs.
“Because they install nearly flush with
the cabinets, these refrigerators save
floor space. They don’t stick out
into the kitchen!”
AMERICA’S #1 MANUFACTURER
OF REFRIGERATORS
HAS DONE IT AGAIN!
HOW DID GE DO IT?
Innovative engineering, that’s how! GE redesigned the refrigerators
from the inside out. The goal was to offer consumers a stylish
refrigerator that wouldn’t take up as much floor space and at the
same time, offer full-capacity storage. We did it! As a result, we are
now offering a whole new category of refrigerators: CustomStyle.™
This new line is available in a full color selection including stainless
steel, as well as with custom panel options.
Others extend
up to 33"
from wall
33"
GE CustomStyle™
extends 26"
from wall
26"
Others extend
up to 31"
from wall
31"
GE CustomStyle™
extends 26"
from wall
26"
Side-By-Side Refrigerators
Top-Freezer Refrigerators
saves
nearly 5"
saves
nearly 7"
11
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 142 and 146.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air CustomStyle™
Refrigerators
SLEEKER, BEAUTIFULLY-CRAFTED NEW MODELS NOW AVAILABLE
GE has kept pace with America’s growing appetite for stainless steel appliances by introducing new CustomStyle refrigerators in the
prestigious GE Profile Performance™Series. With these new models, no trim or slide-in panels are required. The result is a finely-crafted,
sleeker, cleaner CustomStyle appearance. Lately, more and more design-conscious home owners are discovering that incorporating stainless
steel into their kitchen decor doesn’t have to be an “all or nothing” decision. GE’s new Profile Performance stainless steel refrigerators can be
“mixed” with either black or white appliances. The effect is stunning. It’s amazing how one major appliance can literally upgrade an entire
kitchen. As for cabinetry, stainless steel compliments natural wood tones; and it also looks sensational with both traditional and designer colors.
New stainless steel models feature sleek black handles and dispenser.
GE Profile Performance Series™
Side-By-Side Stainless Steel Trimless Model
TPS24BPC
• Exclusive Water by Culligan™• Squared doors
GE Profile Performance Series™
Top-Freezer Stainless Steel Trimless Model
TNS22PRC
• LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled
water • Rounded doors
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™
CUSTOMSTYLE™STAINLESS STEEL MODELS
12
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 142.
GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Model
TPX24PBB
CUSTOMSTYLE™SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS:
CHOOSE A TRIMLESS ORINSTALLED TRIM MODEL
GE Profile™
Installed Trim Model
TPX24BRB
shown with a custom wood panel and optional collar trim TRMBISWW.
TRIMLESS MODELS:
INSTALLATION MADE EASY,
SIMPLY SLIDE IN
The trimless CustomStyle units install by simply sliding into—way
into—the space between cabinets. Because they align with counters,
CustomStyle refrigerators instantly look built-in. And there’s nothing
to attach or custom build. Available in white, black, stainless steel
and almond.
Trimless models shown on pages 18, 19 and 20.
INSTALLED-TRIM MODELS:
ANOTHER WAY
TO CUSTOMIZE
Whether you’re building a brand new kitchen or planning for a
renovation, GE opens a world of design possibilities. CustomStyle™
refrigerators accept a variety of door panels: acrylic white, black or
almond, and stainless steel panels. The choices are simple.
13
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 142.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air CustomStyle™
Refrigerators
CUSTOMSTYLE™SIDE-BY-SIDE TRIM AND PANEL OPTIONS
INSTALLED TRIM MODELS
Optional door panels: another way to customize.
When you choose GE CustomStyle™refrigerators with installed trim the choices of design are practically endless. Order
acrylic panels in white, black, almond or stainless steel panels from GE, or make and install your own custom wood panels to
accent the cabinetry in your kitchen.
Optional collar trim: available for all models listed below.
The optional collar trim is just another way GE lets you integrate our CustomStyle™refrigerators into your kitchen decor.
Available in white, black, almond and stainless steel, this trim frames the refrigerator facade, adding to the finished look of a
built-in, custom kitchen. Collar trim: TRMBISWW, TRMBISBB, TRMBISAA, TRMBISSS.
TPX24BPBBB
Shown with optional
black acrylic panels.
Water by Culligan,™
LightTouch! dispenser.
TPX21BRBWW
Shown with optional
white acrylic panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.
TPX24BPBBB
Shown with custom wood
panels. Water by Culligan,™
LightTouch! dispenser.
TPX24BRBAA
Shown with custom wood
panels. LightTouch! dispenser.
TPX24BRBWW
Shown with optional
white acrylic panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.
TPX21BRBBB
Shown with custom wood
panels. LightTouch! dispenser.
TPX24BIBWW
Shown with optional
white acrylic panels.
Non-dispenser.
TPX24BIBBB
Shown with optional
black acrylic panels.
Non-dispenser.
DISPENSER MODELS
NON-DISPENSER MODELS
Panels available:
Model TPX24BRB is available with white, black, almond, stainless steel or custom wood panel options.
Models TPX24BPB, TPX24BIB and TPX21BRB are available with white, black, stainless steel or custom
wood panel options.
W3624
1/2" to 3/4" PANEL
Select appropriate
size door panel from
cabinet line.
Side
Trim
Route
hand slot
before
installing
panel.
Still another advantage offered by GE Profile Performance™and GE Profile™CustomStyle Refrigerators is the
ease with which they can be installed. For a refrigerator that does so much to enhance the beauty of your
kitchen, the “behind the scenes” preparation and installation are surprisingly simple.
IT’S ALL SO EASY.
HOW TOBUILD INTHE SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™REFRIGERATOR
14
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air CustomStyle™
Refrigerators
15
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 146.
This is the first top-freezer refrigerator designed to align with countertops and not stick out or take up valuable floor space, evoking the
“premium impression” of a custom built-in kitchen. Best of all, it has full-capacity storage and saves nearly 5" of floor space.
THE ONLY CUSTOMSTYLE™TOP-FREEZER REFRIGERATOR:
CHOOSE A TRIMLESS ORINSTALLED TRIM MODEL
GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Model
TNX22PRCWW
GE Profile Performance Series™
Installed-Trim Model
TNX22BRCBBshown with custom wood panels.
TRIMLESS MODELS:
INSTALLATION MADE EASY,
SIMPLY SLIDE IN
The trimless CustomStyle units install by simply sliding into—way
into—the space between cabinets. Because they align with counters,
CustomStyle refrigerators instantly look built-in. And there’s
nothing to attach or custom build. Available in white, black,
almond and stainless steel.
Trimless models shown on page 21.
INSTALLED-TRIM MODELS:
ANOTHER WAY TO CUSTOMIZE
Optional Door Panels: When you choose GE CustomStyle™models
with installed trim, the choices are practically endless. Order acrylic
panels in white and black, or stainless steel panels from GE, or make
and install your own custom wood panels to accent the cabinetry in
your kitchen.
Optional Collar Trim: A fitting finish for the built-in look. The
optional collar trim is just another way GE lets you integrate our
CustomStyle™refrigerators into your kitchen decor. Available in
white, black and stainless steel, this trim frames the refrigerator
facade, adding to the finished look of a built-in, custom kitchen.
Collar Trim: TRMBISWW, TRMBISBB, TRMBISSS.
16
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 146.
CUSTOMSTYLE™TOP-FREEZER TRIM AND PANEL OPTIONS
INSTALLED TRIM MODELS
Optional door panels: another way to customize.
When you choose GE CustomStyle™refrigerators with installed trim the choices of design are practically endless. Order
acrylic panels in white, black or stainless steel panels from GE, or make and install your own custom wood panels to accent
the cabinetry in your kitchen.
Optional collar trim: available for all models listed below.
The optional collar trim is just another way GE lets you integrate our CustomStyle™refrigerators into your kitchen decor.
Available in white, black and stainless steel, this trim frames the refrigerator facade, adding to the finished look of a
built-in, custom kitchen. Collar trim: TRMBISWW, TRMBISBB, TRMBISAA, TRMBISSS.
TNX22BRCWW
Shown with optional
white acrylic panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.
TNX22BACBB
Shown with optional
stainless steel panels.
Non-dispenser.
TNX22BRCBB
Shown with optional
stainless steel panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.
TNX22BRCBB
Shown with custom wood
panels. LightTouch! dispenser.
TNS22BRCBS
Shown with installed
stainless steel panels.
LightTouch! dispenser.
TNX22BACBB
Shown with optional
black acrylic panels.
Non-dispenser.
TNX22BACBB
Shown with custom wood
panels. Non-dispenser.
DISPENSER MODELS
NON-DISPENSER MODELS
Panels available:
Models TNX22BRC and TNX22BAC are available with white, black, stainless steel or custom wood panel options.
Model TNS22BRC is only available with stainless steel panels.
17
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air CustomStyle™
Refrigerators
Still another advantage offered by GE Profile Performance™CustomStyle Refrigerators is the ease with which they can be installed.
For a refrigerator that does so much to enhance the beauty of your kitchen, the “behind the scenes” preparation and installation are
surprisingly simple.
IT’S ALL SO EASY.
HOW TOBUILD INTHE TOP-FREEZER CUSTOMSTYLE™REFRIGERATOR
18
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 142.
SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™MODELS: 24 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • Quick Space™shelf • Spacemaker™adjustable gallon door bins • Two slide-out,
spill-proof glass shelves • Wire Everwhite slide-out freezer baskets • Smart Storage System • Beverage rack
YOUR WATER BY CULLIGAN™
REPLACEMENT FILTER (FXRC1) can be ordered
through the GE Answer Center®(1-800-626-2000),
Customer Service Parts Center (1-800-626-2002)
or through your Authorized GE Dealer.
WATER FILTER WARRANTY:
30 days parts only warranty.
Smart Storage System offers
maximum storage flexibility.
Water by Culligan™provides
cleaner, better tasting water
and ice instantly from your
LightTouch! dispenser.
Slide-Out, Spill-Proof Shelves
help contain spills for ease
of cleaning.
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.
GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Dispenser Models
TPX24PBB
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Electronic Monitor and
Diagnostic System • Refreshment Center • Rounded
doors • Premium Deluxe handles
TPX24PPB (not shown)
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Premium Deluxe handles
TPS24PPB (not shown)
• Similar features as TPX24PPB, except stainless steel
model with trimless rounded doors, black handles
and black dispenser
GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Stainless Steel Dispenser Model
TPS24PBB
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model with
trimless rounded doors, black handles and black
dispenser • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Electronic Monitor
and Diagnostic System • Refreshment Center
• Premium Deluxe handles
19
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 142.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air CustomStyle™
Refrigerators
GE Profile™
Trimless Models
TPX24PRBDispenser Model
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser
• Rounded doors • Premium Deluxe handles
TPS24PIB Non-Dispenser Stainless Steel Model (not shown)
• 23.7 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model with trimless
rounded doors • Premium Deluxe handles • Equipped with
factory-installed Nice Cubes™icemaker
GE Profile™
Models with Installed Trim
TPX24BRBDispenser Model
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser • Optional
panels available • Full-length color-matched handles
TPX24BIB Non-Dispenser Model (not shown)
• 23.7 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped with factory-installed
Nice Cubes™icemaker • Optional panels available
• Full-length color-matched handles
Trimless Model
TPS24BIC Non-Dispenser Stainless Steel Model (not shown)
• Similar features as TPX24BIB, except has factory-installed
stainless steel trimless squared doors and handles
GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Stainless Steel Dispenser Model
TPS24BPC
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Factory-installed stainless
steel trimless squared doors and handles • Full-length
handles with stainless steel appearance
Installed Trim Dispenser Model
TPX24BPB (not shown)
• 23.5 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• LightTouch! dispenser • Optional panels available
• Full-length color-matched handles
20
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 142.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water • Quick Space™shelf
• Spacemaker™adjustable gallon door bins • Two slide-out, spill-proof glass shelves • Wire Everwhite slide-out freezer baskets
• Smart Storage System • Beverage rack
SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™MODELS: 21 CU. FT.
GE Profile™
TPX21PRB
Trimless Dispenser Model
• 20.7 cu. ft. capacity • Premium
Deluxe handles
GE Profile™
TPX21BRB
Dispenser Model with Installed Trim
• 20.7 cu. ft. capacity • Optional panels
available • Full-length color-matched handles
QuickSpace™Shelf slides back
for storage of tall containers.
Slide-Out Freezer Baskets
allow for quick and easy
loading and unloading.
Beverage Rack offers flexible
tall bottle storage.
21
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 146.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air CustomStyle™
Refrigerators
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Beverage Rack • Adjustable spill-proof glass shelves • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crispers
• Adjustable modular gallon door bins • Dual up-front temperature control (back-lit) • QuickSpace™shelf • Slide-out, spill-proof
crisper cover • Quick Store™bin • Adjustable temperature meat pan • Adjustable dairy compartment
GE Profile Performance Series™
Trimless Models
TNX22PRC Dispenser Model
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• Rounded doors • Color-matched
Premium Deluxe handles
TNS22PRC Dispenser Stainless Steel
Model(not shown)
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel trimless
rounded doors • Premium Deluxe black
handles
TNX22PAC Non-Dispenser Model (not shown)
• 21.9 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
GE Profile Performance Series™
Installed Trim Models
TNS22BRC Dispenser Stainless Steel Model
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity • Factory-installed stainless
steel panels, trim and full-length handles
TNX22BAC Non-Dispenser Model (not shown)
• 21.9 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker • Rounded doors
• Factory-installed trim with optional panels
and full-length color-matched handles
TNX22BRC Dispenser Model (not shown)
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
Modular Door Bins store gallon
containers with ease.
LightTouch! Dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice
and chilled water.
QuickSpace™Shelf slides back
to store tall items.
Slide-Out, Spill-Proof
Crisper Cover pulls out for easy
access and quick cleanup.
TOP-FREEZER CUSTOMSTYLE™MODELS: 22 CU. FT.
22
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 148.
SIDE-BY-SIDE MODELS: 30 TO 28 CU. FT.
GE Profile Performance Series™
TFX30PBB
• 29.8 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive
Water by Culligan™• Electronic Monitor
and Diagnostic System • Refreshment
Center • 4 Spacemaker™extra-deep door
bins (3 with gallon storage, 1 adjustable)
• Rounded doors • Slide-out cantilevered
freezer basket
GE Profile Performance Series™
TFX30PPB
• 29.8 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• 4 Spacemaker™extra-deep door bins with gallon
storage (3 adjustable) • Rounded doors • Slide-out
cantilevered freezer basket
TFS28PPBBS (not shown)
• 28.2 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model
with trimless rounded doors • 4 modular door bins,
2 adjustable with gallon storage
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• Quick Space™shelf • Two slide-out, spill-proof glass shelves • Wire Everwhite slide-out freezer baskets
• Smart Storage System • Beverage rack • Premium Deluxe handles
Refreshment Center
provides easy access to
frequently-used items.
Smart Storage System offers
maximum storage flexibility.
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.
Water by Culligan™provides
cleaner, better-tasting water
and ice instantly from your
LightTouch! dispenser.
GE Profile Performance Series™
TFS28PBBBS
• 28.2 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model with
trimless rounded doors • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• Electronic Monitor and Diagnostic System
• Refreshment Center • 4 door bins, 3 with
gallon storage, 1 adjustable
TFX28PBB (not shown)
• White on white, Black on black
or Almond on almond model
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Side-By-Side
Refrigerators
23
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 148.
GE Profile Performance Series™
TFS25PPBBS
• 25.2 cu. ft. capacity • Stainless steel model with
trimless door • Exclusive Water by Culligan™
• 4 door shelves, 2 adjustable with gallon storage
TFX25PPB (not shown)
• White on white, Black on black
or Almond on almond model
TFX22PPB(not shown)
• 21.6 cu. ft. capacity
TFS22PPBBS (not shown)
• Stainless steel model with trimless door
GE Profile™
TFX27PRB
• 26.6 cu. ft. capacity • 5 Spacemaker™
door bins (4 adjustable with gallon storage)
TFX25PRB (not shown)
• 25.2 cu. ft. capacity • 4 door shelves,
2 adjustable with gallon storage
TFX25PAB Non-Dispenser Model (not shown)
• 25.3 cu. ft. capacity
TFX22PRB (not shown)
• 21.6 cu. ft. capacity
Adjustable Modular Gallon
Door Bins store gallons with
ease and flexibility.
LightTouch! dispenser delivers
crushed ice, cubes and chilled
water through the door.
GE Profile Performance Series™
TFX28PPC
• 28.2 cu. ft. capacity • Exclusive Water
by Culligan™• 4 door bins, 2 adjustable
with gallon storage • Slide-out cantilevered
freezer baskets
SIDE-BY-SIDE MODELS: 28 TO 22 CU. FT.
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• Quick Space™shelf • Two slide-out, spill-proof glass shelves • Wire Everwhite slide-out freezer baskets
• Smart Storage System • Beverage rack • Premium Deluxe handles
24
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 149.
Modular Door Storage provides
maximum door flexibility.
Adjustable Humidity Crisper and
Adjustable Temperature Meat
Pan keep vegetable/ fruits
fresher longer.
SIDE-BY-SIDE “Z” SERIES MODELS: 27 TO 22 CU. FT.
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Exclusive Water by Culligan™• LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• Quiet Package • Fresh food gallon door storage • Snack pan • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crisper • Adjustable temperature
meat pan • Adjustable spill-proof glass shelves • Deluxe handles
GE
TFX25ZPB
• 25.2 cu. ft. capacity • 4 door bins, 2 adjustable
with gallon storage
TFX22ZPB (not shown)
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity
TFX27ZPB (not shown)
• 26.6 cu. ft. capacity • 4 door bins, 3 adjustable
with gallon storage
Water by Culligan™provides
cleaner, better tasting water
and ice instantly from your
LightTouch! dispenser.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Side-By-Side
Refrigerators
25
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 149.
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • LightTouch! dispenser delivers cubes, crushed ice and chilled water
• 4 door shelves, 2 adjustable with gallon storage • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crisper • Adjustable temperature meat pan
• Adjustable spill-proof glass shelves • Snack pan • Premium Deluxe handles
SIDE-BY-SIDE “C” BUILDER SERIES MODELS: 25 TO 22 CU. FT.
GE
TFX22CRB
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity
LightTouch! dispenser delivers
cubes, crushed ice and chilled
water through the door.
Modular Door Storage provides
maximum door flexibility.
GE
TFX25CRB
• 25.2 cu. ft. capacity
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.
Spill-Proof Shelves help
contain spills for ease
of cleaning.
26
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 149.
GE
TFX20SAB
• 19.7 cu. ft. capacity
• Quiet Package
• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
• Classic white crispers,
1 adjustable and 1 sealed
• 4 fixed fresh food door
bins, 2 with gallon storage
• Wire Everwhite shelves
• Deluxe handles
Classic White Crispers provide
easy storage of vegetable
and fruits.
Fixed Fresh Food Gallon Door
Storage provides maximum
storage flexibility.
Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of fresh food items.
SIDE-BY-SIDE “S” SERIES MODEL: 20 CU. FT.
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.
SIDE-BY-SIDE “J” SERIES MODELS: 22 TO 20 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • Adjustable temperature meat pan • Adjustable glass shelves • Deluxe handles
LightTouch! dispenser delivers
cubes, crushed ice and chilled
water through the door.
Adjustable Humidity
Vegetable/Fruit Crisper
keeps vegetables/fruits
fresher longer.
Adjustable Fresh Food
Gallon Door Storage provides
maximum door storage.
GE
TFX22JAB
• 21.8 cu. ft. capacity
• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
• Adjustable humidity
vegetable/fruit crisper
• 4 door shelves, 2
adjustable door bins with
gallon storage
TFX20JRB (not shown)
• 19.7 cu. ft. capacity
• LightTouch! dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice
and chilled water • Sealed
vegetable/fruit crisper
• 4 fixed door bins,
2 with gallon storage
TFX20JAB(not shown)
• 19.7 cu. ft. capacity
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.
27
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Bottom-Freezer
Refrigerators
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 150.
Wire Slide-Out Can Dispenser
for easy dispensing of your
favorite beverage. (Not
available on TCX18IAC)
Modular Fresh Food Gallon
Door Storage provides
maximum storage flexibility.
Spill-Proof Shelves help
contain spills for ease
of cleaning.
Clear Crispers with Limited
Lifetime Warranty. See page
138 for details.
BOTTOM-FREEZER MODELS: 22 TO 18 CU. FT.
GE Profile™
TCX22PAC
• 21.7 cu. ft. capacity
• Wire slide-out can dispenser
GE Profile™
TCX18PAC
• 17.6 cu. ft. capacity
• Wire slide-out can dispenser
GE
TCX18IAC(not shown)
• 17.6 cu. ft. capacity
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crispers • Snack pan • Adjustable spill-proof shelves
• Wire Everwhite sliding freezer basket • 4 modular door bins • Equipped for optional automatic icemaker
28
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 150.
TOP-FREEZER MODELS: 25 TO 19 CU. FT.
GE Profile™
TBX25PAB
• 24.7 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker • 4 modular
gallon door bins, 3 adjustable
TBX22PAB (not shown)
• 21.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
TBX22PIB (not shown)
• 21.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped with
factory-installed Nice Cubes™icemaker
TBX19PAB (not shown)
• 19.0 cu. ft. capacity • 5 modular gallon
door bins, 4 adjustable
GE Profile™
TBX25PRB
• 24.7 cu. ft. capacity • LightTouch! dispenser
delivers cubes, crushed ice and water • 4 modular
gallon door bins, 3 adjustable
TBX22PRB (not shown)
• 21.5 cu. ft. capacity
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • Wire slide-out can dispenser • Condiment caddy • Quick Store™bin (not on TBX19PAB)
• Quick Serve™storage dishes (not on TBX19PAB) • Slide-out, spill-proof adjustable glass shelves • Adjustable humidity
vegetable/fruit crispers • Adjustable temperature meat pan • Premium Deluxe handles
Wire Slide-Out Can Dispenser
for easy dispensing of your
favorite beverage.
Condiment Caddy offers
portable storage from your
refrigerator to the table. Keeps
condiments organized and easy
to access.
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.
Slide-Out, Spill-Proof
Cantilevered Shelf help contain
spills for ease of cleaning.
29
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Top-Freezer
Refrigerators
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 151.
TOP-FREEZER “C” BUILDER SERIES MODELS: 21 TO 18 CU. FT.
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Quiet Package • Equipped with factory-installed Nice Cubes™icemaker
• Adjustable spill-proof glass shelves • Snack pan • Adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crispers
• Premium Deluxe handles
GE
TBX21CIB
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity
• 3 enclosed door shelves,
2 with gallon storage
Fixed Door Storage holds gallons
and tall bottles with ease.
GE
TBX18CIB
• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity
• 2 enclosed door shelves
with gallon storage
Adjustable Humidity
Vegetable/Fruit Crispers
keep vegetables/fruits
fresher longer.
Adjustable Spill-Proof Glass
Shelves contain spills for ease
of cleaning.
Quiet Package significantly
reduces noise.
30
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 151.
TOP-FREEZER “J” SERIES MODELS: 24 TO 16 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Adjustable split spill-proof glass shelves • Sealed Snack Pan • Clear vegetable/fruit crispers
• Fixed gallon door storage • Deluxe handles
Adjustable Spill-Proof Glass
Shelves contain spills for ease
of cleaning.
Enclosed Fresh Food Door
Shelves provide extra storage
protection, keeping small items
secure on the door shelf.
Adjustable Humidity
Vegetable/Fruit Crispers keep
vegetables/fruits fresher longer.
Nice Cubes™Icemaker
provides rounded shaped ice
for better fit into a glass.
GE
TBX24JAB
• 23.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
• 3 enclosed door shelves, 2 with
gallon storage • Adjustable humidity
vegetable/fruit crispers
TBX21JAB (not shown)
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
GE
TBX18JAB
• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker • Tall
adjustable humidity vegetable/fruit crispers
• 2 enclosed gallon door shelves
TBX16JAB(not shown)
• 15.6 cu. ft. capacity • Fixed fresh food
gallon door storage • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker • Sealed
vegetable/fruit crispers • Only 28" wide
31
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Top-Freezer
Refrigerators
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 151.
TOP-FREEZER “I” SERIES MODELS: 21 TO 18 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Snack pan • Clear vegetable/fruit crispers • Adjustable glass shelves • Deluxe handles
Fixed Gallon Door Storage offers
gallon and tall bottle storage.
Clear Crispers with limited
lifetime warranty. See page
138 for details.
Snack Pan conveniently stores
rewrapped meats, cheeses and
snacks.
Nice Cubes™Icemaker
provides rounded shaped ice
for better fit into a glass.
GE
TBX21IAB
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped
for optional automatic icemaker
• 2 split, 1 full-width glass cabinet
shelves • 3 door shelves, 2 with
gallon storage • Tall vegetable/fruit
crispers • Full-width freezer shelf
GE
TBX18IIB
• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped with
factory-installed Nice Cubes™icemaker
• 2 split, 1 full-width glass cabinet shelves
• 2 door shelves with gallon storage
• Full-width freezer shelf
TBX18IAB(not shown)
• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
32
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 152.
TOP-FREEZER “D” SERIES MODELS: 16 TO 14 CU. FT.
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Snack pan • Clear vegetable/fruit crispers • 2 fixed gallon door storage shelves
• Adjustable wire Everwhite shelves • Deluxe handles
Fixed Gallon Door Storage
offers gallon and tall
bottle storage.
Clear Crispers with Limited
Lifetime Warranty. See page
138 for details.
Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of food.
Nice Cubes™Icemaker
provides rounded shaped ice
for better fit into a glass.
GE
TBX16DAB
• 15.6 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
• Only 28" wide
GE
TBX14DAB
• 14.4 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for
optional automatic icemaker
• Only 28" wide
33
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Top-Freezer
Refrigerators
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 152.
GE
TBX16SIB
• 16.4 cu. ft. capacity
• Equipped with
factory-installed
Nice Cubes™icemaker
TBX16SAB(not shown)
• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
TBX16SYB(not shown)
• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
• Recessed handles
TBX16SSB(not shown)
• Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker
• Only 64" high (2-3/4"
shorter than TBX16SAB)
GE
TBX18SAB
• 18.2 cu. ft. capacity • Snack pan • Equipped
for optional automatic icemaker • Fixed
gallon door storage • 2 split, 1 full-width fresh
food shelves
TBX18SIB (not shown)
• Equipped with factory-installed Nice Cubes™
icemaker
TOP-FREEZER “S” SERIES MODELS: 18 TO 10 CU. FT.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Wire Everwhite shelves • Classic white vegetable/fruit crispers • Tall bottle storage • Deluxe handles
Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of food.
Classic White Crispers provide
easy storage for vegetables
and fruits.
Tall Bottle Storage provides
flexible storage for oversized
containers.
GE
TBX14SYB
• 14.4 cu. ft. capacity • Equipped for optional
automatic icemaker • Recessed handles
TBX14SIB (not shown)
•Equipped with factory-installed Nice Cubes™
icemaker • Color-matched handles
TBX14SAB (not shown)
• Equipped for optional automatic icemaker
• Color-matched handles
GE
TBX12SAX
• 12.1 cu. ft. capacity • 2 Ice ’N Easy trays
• 2 full-width wire Everwhite cabinet shelves
• Equipped for optional automatic icemaker
TBX10SNB (not shown)
• 9.8 cu. ft. capacity • Rounded doors
34
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 153.
TOP-FREEZER CYCLE DEFROST REFRIGERATORS
Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of food.
Wire Everwhite Shelves
minimize shuffling and
restacking of food.
Full-Width Crisper provides easy
access to fruits and vegetables.
Full-Width Freezer Shelves for
maximum storage flexibility.
GE
TDX11SNY
• 11.0 cu. ft. capacity • Full-
width vegetable/fruit crisper
• 2 modular door bins,
2 stationary shelves
• 3 adjustable cabinet shelves
TDX9SNY (not shown)
• 9.0 cu. ft. capacity • 2 mini
Ice ’N Easy trays • 4 modular
door bins, 1 stationary shelf
• 2 adjustable cabinet shelves
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Adjustable Wire Everwhite cabinet shelves • Full-width freezer shelf • Tall bottle storage
TOP-FREEZER MANUAL DEFROST REFRIGERATOR
GE
TAX10SNX
• 9.6 cu. ft. capacity
• 2 adjustable wire Everwhite
shelves • Full-width vegetable/
fruit crisper • Tall bottle storage
35
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Compact
Refrigerators
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 153.
GE
TAX6SNXWH/WN
• 6.0 cu. ft. capacity • 2 adjustable
cabinet shelves • Reversible door
• Optional black panel or custom
wood panel available with TK6 trim
kit • Available in White (WH) or
Woodgrain (WN)
GE
TAX4ANXWN
• 3.7 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves
• 2 door shelves • Available in Woodgrain only
GE
TAX4SNYWH
• 3.7 cu. ft. capacity • 2 cabinet shelves
• 1 full-width vegetable/fruit pan
• Rounded door • Reversible door
• Available in White only
COMPACT 6.0 TO 1.7 CU. FT. SPACEMAKER™REFRIGERATORS
GE
TAX2SNBWH
• 1.7 cu. ft. capacity • 1 cabinet shelf • 1-1/2 door
shelves with retaining rod • Available in White only
TAX2SNYWN (not shown)
• Available in Woodgrain only
36
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 154.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Cabinet shelves
• Adjustable temperature
control • Limited food
loss warranty
UPRIGHT FREEZERS
Refrigerated Cabinet Shelves
keep items extra cool.
Temperature Monitor with
Audible Alarm ensures
temperature control.
Slide-Out Bulk Storage Basket
for maximum freezer capacity.
Safety Lock provides security.
GE Deluxe Upright Models
FUM17DA Manual Defrost
• 17.1 cu. ft. capacity • Audible temperature alarm
• Lock • Power “ON” light • Slide-out bulk storage
basket • 4 cabinet shelves, 1 adjustable
• 5 door shelves
FUM21DA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity • 6 door shelves
FUM14DA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 14.1 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves,
1 adjustable
GE Standard Upright Models
FUM12SA Manual Defrost
• 11.6 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves
• 4 door shelves
FUM14SA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 14.1 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves
• 5 door shelves
FUM17SA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 17.1 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves
• 5 door shelves
FUM21SA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity • 4 cabinet shelves
• 6 door shelves
GE Deluxe Upright Models
FUF20DA Frost-Free
• 20.3 cu. ft. capacity • Audible temperature alarm
• Lock • Power “ON” light • Slide-out bulk storage basket
• 5 cabinet shelves, 3 adjustable • 6 door shelves
FUF17DA Frost-Free (not shown)
• 16.7 cu. ft. capacity • 4 cabinet shelves, 3 adjustable
• 5 door shelves
FUF14DA Frost-Free (not shown)
• 13.7 cu. ft. capacity • 3 cabinet shelves, 2 adjustable
GE Standard Upright Models
FUM9SA Manual Defrost
• 8.7 cu. ft. capacity • 4 cabinet shelves
• 5 door shelves
FUM5SA Manual Defrost (not shown)
• 5.0 cu. ft. capacity • Rounded doors
• 2 cabinet shelves • 3 door shelves
37
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Freezers
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 154.
GE
FCM9SA
• 8.8 cu. ft. capacity • Adjustable
temperature control
FCM9DA (not shown)
• 8.8 cu. ft. capacity • 1 lift-out and sliding bulk
storage basket • Temperature Monitor with
audible alarm • Interior light • Built-in lock
FCM7DA (not shown)
• 7.2 cu. ft. capacity
GE
FCM20DA
• 19.7 cu. ft. capacity • 2 lift-out and sliding
bulk storage baskets • Temperature Monitor
with audible alarm • Interior light • Built-in lock
• Power “ON” light
FCM25DA (not shown)
• 24.9 cu. ft. capacity • 3 lift-out and sliding
bulk storage baskets
FCM15DA (not shown)
• 14.8 cu. ft. capacity • 2 lift-out and sliding
bulk storage baskets
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Adjustable temperature
control • Upfront defrost
drain (not on FCM5SA)
CHEST FREEZERS
Lift-Out and Sliding Wire
Baskets for easy loading
and unloading.
Interior Light brightens for
easy access.
GE
FCM15SA
• 14.8 cu. ft. capacity • 1 lift-out and
sliding bulk storage basket
GE
FCM5SA
• 5.0 cu. ft. capacity • Adjustable
temperature control
38
IMPROVE THE MOST IMPORTANT ELEMENT INYOUR HOME
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
39
—Water!
INTRODUCING GE’S SMARTWATER™IMPROVEMENT SYSTEMS
If you’re among the 75% of Americans concerned about the quality of their water,* here’s some refreshing news. GE now offers
a selection of water filtration and water softening systems. The advantage of a GE SmartWater™Filtration System is healthy
drinking water. It’s ideal for drinking and cooking, and you will eliminate expensive bottled water costs. GE also recommends
you install a GE SmartWater Softening System at the point the water enters your home. The softener alone offers tremendous
benefits: sinks, tubs and showers are easier to clean; laundered clothes are cleaner, softer and brighter; dishes will have fewer
spots; and after a shower or bath, soft water will feel noticeably smoother to your skin. To top it off, GE SmartWater Softening
Systems increase the efficiency of your water heater, saving you money!
*Source: Water Quality Association
40
GE SMARTWATER™FILTRATION BENEFITS—HEALTHY WATER
75% of all Americans are concerned about the quality of their water.†† Homeowners are looking for water solutions from a name
they can trust—GE.
*National average price of “Premium” bottled water.
**Average cost per gallon for delivered bottled water.
†GE SmartWater™ estimate is calculated by dividing the number of gallons by consumer cost of product, installation and replacement filters.
††Source: Water Quality Association
†††Dual carbon filtration will remove lead and cysts on certain models.
Great for cooking—
Cooking with filtered water provides
great tasting foods.
Healthy water—
Provides added assurance of healthy
drinking water.
Better tasting water—
Healthy water for drinking and making
beverages such as coffee, tea, juice
and baby formula.
GE SMARTWATER™FILTRATION SYSTEMS—QUALITY WATER FOR DRINKING AND COOKING
Not all features available on all models.
Saves you money!
Eliminates the expense and inconvenience of purchasing bottled water at a store or
scheduling home delivery of bottled water.
A GE SMARTWATER™FILTRATION SYSTEM SAVES MONEY!
Cost per Gallon Comparison
GE SMARTWATER™FILTRATION SYSTEMS VS.
BOTTLED WATER—A COST COMPARISON
Delivered
Bottled Water**
Premium
Bottled Water* GE SmartWater
™
Carbon Filtration
†
GE SmartWater
™
Reverse Osmosis
†
$
1
00
$
2
00
$
3
00
$
4
00
$1.60
$4.10
$1.60
$.22-$.28 $.08-$.13
$4.10
GE SMARTWATER™FILTRATION SYSTEMS
Dual Carbon Filtration†††
Removes unpleasant tastes and
odors, such as chlorine from your
drinking water.
THIS SYSTEM REDUCES: THIS SYSTEM REDUCES:
Taste and Odor
Sediment
Rust
Lead
Inorganic Chemical Contaminants
Nitrates/Nitrites
Sodium
Cysts
And More!
Taste and Odor
Sediment
Rust
Reverse Osmosis
Filtration
This is GE’s best filtration
process. It combines dual
carbon filtration with
reverse osmosis technology.
NSF certified—
GE is certified by NSF, the most highly
recognized independent testing
institution for water treatment products.
41
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 156.
THESE MODELS INCLUDE
All-In-One System Space-saving design installs in less space
than conventional models.
Reverse Osmosis (RO) Process
GE’s best filtration process, which
combines dual carbon filtration with
reverse osmosis technology, reducing
up to 99%* of the following undesirable
elements: Taste and odor, Sediment, Lead,
Inorganic chemical contaminants,
Nitrates/Nitrites, Sodium and Cysts
(such as cryptosporidium/giardia).
See page 43 for a complete list of
undesirable elements reduced.
Super Capacity provides up to
18 gallons** of high-quality filtered
water per day.
SmartWater™Faucet with Electronic Monitor
Conveniently indicates the performance of the unit and when to
replace filters and membrane. Separate faucet is used only when
filtered water is needed, extending filter life.
Note: Batteries are included.
Amber “Filter” Light:
The pre-filter and
post-filter cartridges
need replacement. This
occurs after 6 months,
or 900 gallons of
product water use,
whichever occurs first.
Green “OK” Light:
The RO system is providing high-quality drinking water.
Amber “RO” Light: The RO membrane needs replacement.
Designer-Style Faucet Allows you to customize the faucet color
to complement the kitchen (see right for model/color selections).
Installation Flexibility Can be installed vertically or horizontally
undercounter, in basement or other convenient location.
Optional Accessories See page 156 for optional
accessories available.
NSF Approved NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment industry. NSF inspects,
tests and certifies our product performance.
See page 156 for details.
MONITORED REVERSE OSMOSIS FILTRATION:
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™SYSTEM
GE Profile
Performance
Series™
PNRV18ZWW
Reverse Osmosis
Filtration System
with White
on white Faucet
and Monitor
GE Profile
Performance
Series™
PNRV18ZBB
Reverse Osmosis
Filtration System
with Black
on black Faucet
and Monitor
GE Profile
Performance
Series™
PNRV18ZWH
Reverse Osmosis
Filtration System
with Chrome
on white Faucet
and Monitor
GE Profile
Performance
Series™
PNRV18ZBL
Reverse Osmosis
Filtration System
with Chrome
on black Faucet
and Monitor
Taste and Odor
Sediment
Rust
Lead
Nitrates/Nitrites
Sodium
Cysts
And More!
*Elements removed are not necessarily present in your water. See product specification sheet, packed with product,
for specific elements reduced by model, or call the GE Answer Center®toll-free, 800.626.2000.
**As tested and validated by the Water Quality Association using Standard S-300.
Note: Depends on water pressure, temperature and total dissolved solids.
42
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 156.
MONITORED REVERSE OSMOSIS FILTRATION:
GE PROFILE™SYSTEM
GE Profile™
PNRV12ZBL
Reverse Osmosis Filtration System (includes tank) with Chrome on black Faucet and Monitor
*Elements removed are not necessarily present in your water. See product
specification sheet, packed with product, for specific elements reduced by model,
or call the GE Answer Center®toll-free, 800.626.2000.
**As tested and validated by the Water Quality Association using Standard S-300.
Note: Depends on water pressure, temperature and total dissolved solids.
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Reverse Osmosis (RO) Process
GE’s best filtration process, which
combines dual carbon filtration
with reverse osmosis technology,
reducing up to 99%* of the
following undesirable elements:
Taste and odor, Sediment, Lead,
Inorganic chemical contaminants,
Nitrates/Nitrites, Sodium and
Cysts (such as cryptosporidium/
giardia). See page 43 for a
complete list of undesirable
elements reduced.
Extra-Large Capacity provides up to 12 gallons**
of high-quality filtered water per day.
SmartWater™Faucet with Electronic Monitor
Conveniently indicates the performance of the unit and when
to replace filters and membrane. Separate faucet is used only
when filtered water is needed, extending filter life.
Note: Batteries are included.
Amber “Filter” Light: The pre-filter and post-filter cartridges need
replacement. This occurs after 6 months, or 900 gallons
of product water use, whichever occurs first.
Green “OK” Light: The RO system is providing high-quality
drinking water.
Amber “RO” Light: The RO membrane needs replacement.
Simple Installation Can be installed easily undercounter,
in basement or other convenient location.
Optional Accessories
See page 156 for optional accessories available.
NSF Approved NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment industry. NSF inspects,
tests and certifies our product performance.
See page 156 for details.
Taste and Odor
Sediment
Rust
Lead
Nitrates/Nitrites
Sodium
Cysts
And More!
GE Profile™GE
43
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 156.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
REVERSE OSMOSIS FILTRATION:
GE SYSTEM
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Reverse Osmosis (RO) Process
GE’s best filtration process, which
combines dual carbon filtration
with reverse osmosis technology,
reducing up to 99%* of the
following undesirable elements:
Taste and odor, Sediment, Lead,
Inorganic chemical contaminants,
Nitrates/Nitrites, Sodium and
Cysts (such as cryptosporidium/
giardia). See below for a
complete list of undesirable
elements reduced.
Large Capacity provides up to 10 gallons** of high-quality
filtered water per day.
SmartWater™Faucet
Separate short-reach faucet is used only when filtered water
is needed, extending filter life.
Simple Installation Can be installed easily undercounter,
in basement or other convenient location.
Optional Accessories See page 156 for optional
accessories available.
NSF Approved NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment industry. NSF inspects,
tests and certifies our product performance.
See page 156 for details.
Reverse Osmosis Technology combines dual carbon
filtration with reverse osmosis.
Dual Carbon Filtration absorbs many common organic
contaminants that contribute to an unpleasant taste
and odor as well as sediments and dirt.
Reverse Osmosis a process in which water passes
through a semipermeable membrane and automatically
screens out and filters undesirable elements out of the
system. Models PNRV18Z, PNRV12Z and GXRV10ABL
reduce the following undesirable elements:*
Ammonia
Barium
Bicarbonate
Bromide
Cadmium
Chlorine (residual)
Chromium
Copper
Cysts
Fluoride
Lead
Magnesium
Mercury
Nickel
Nitrate
Sediment
Selenium
Sodium
Sulfate
Tannin
Zinc
Chloride
TDS
Nitrite
*Product water produced and percent rejection will vary with changes in
pressure, temperature and TDS. Feed water over 10 grains of hardness
may effect performance of RO membrane.
GE
GXRV10ABL
Reverse Osmosis Filtration System (includes tank) with Chrome on black Faucet
Taste and Odor
Sediment
Rust
Lead
Nitrates/Nitrites
Sodium
Cysts
And More!
GE SMARTWATER™REVERSE OSMOSIS
FILTRATION SYSTEMS
GE Profile Performance Series™
PNRV18ZWW PNRV18ZWH
PNRV18ZBB PNRV18ZBL
Filters & Membrane FX18M FX18M
RO Membrane Thin Film Polyamid (TFP) Thin Film Polyamid (TFP)
Pre-Filter (Sediment) FX18P-Act. Carbon Block FX18P-Act. Carbon Block
Post-Filter (Taste/Odor) FX18P-Gran. Act. Carbon FX18P-Gran. Act. Carbon
PNRV12ZBL GXRV10ABL
Filters & Membrane FX12M FX12M
RO Membrane Thin Film Polyamid (TFP) Thin Film Polyamid (TFP)
Pre-Filter (Sediment) FX12P-Carbon Composite FX12P-Carbon Composite
Post-Filter (Taste/Odor) FX12P-Carbon Composite FX12P-Carbon Composite
Replacement Membranes, Pre- and Post-Filters
Call GE SmartWater Services, toll-free 800.952.5039 for convenient ordering.
*Elements removed are not necessarily present in your water.
See product specification sheet, packed with product, for specific elements reduced
by model, or call the GE Answer Center®toll-free, 800.626.2000.
**As tested and validated by the Water Quality Association using Standard S-300.
Note: Depends on water pressure, temperature and total dissolved solids.
44
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 157.
DUAL CARBON FILTRATION SYSTEMS: GE SYSTEMS
GE
GNUT05B (filters included)
Taste and Odor Reduction Model
• System rated for 6000 gallons of water
• Long-reach faucet with electronic monitor
Filter I
• Reduces dirt, rust and sediments
Filter II
• Reduces unpleasant tastes and odors
• Reduces 99.5% chlorine
CarbonBlock System
THESE MODELS
INCLUDE
SmartWater™Faucet
with Electronic Monitor
Indicator light on the faucet
base shows when filters
need replacement.
Amber “Filter” Light:
Indicates when to replace
filters for the highest
quality water.
Note: Batteries are included.
Filter Cartridges should be changed
every six months, when monitor
indicates replacement, or if faucet
water pressure drops.
Filter Options Model
specific filters are included with
filtration system selected
(see options shown); or model
is available without filters
(Model GXEM01B).
NSF Approved
NSF is the most highly
recognized independent testing
institution in the water
treatment industry. NSF
inspects, tests and certifies our
product performance.
See page 157 for details.
INTRODUCING THE NEW CARBONBLOCK SYSTEM.
ENGINEERED TOPROVIDE SUPERIOR TECHNOLOGY AND CLEANER PERFORMANCE.
SmartWater™Faucet Separate faucet is used only when
filtered water is needed, extending filter life. Simple Installation Can be easily installed undercounter,
in basement or another convenient location.
III
Rust
Taste and Odor
Sediment
CarbonBlock System
Superior Carbon Block Technology–Cleaner Performance
GE
GNUL30B (filters included)
Lead/Cysts Reduction Model
• System rated for 1250 gallons of water
• Long-reach faucet with electronic monitor
Filter I
• Reduces unpleasant tastes and odors, dirt,
rust and sediments
Filter II
• Absolute 1 micron • Reduces 95.7% lead • Reduces
99.98% filterable cysts (such as cryptosporidium and
giardia) • Reduces 99.5% chlorine
CarbonBlock System
III
Rust
Taste and Odor
Lead
Cysts
Sediment
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
45
REFRIGERATOR/ICEMAKER WATER FILTER
Provides healthy, great tasting water and ice through your refrigerator dispenser.
GE
GXEM01B (filters sold separately)
• Model is customized based on water quality needs
• Filters must be purchased separately
• Long-reach faucet with electronic monitor
GE SMARTWATER™DUAL CARBON FILTRATION SYSTEMS
GE
GNUT03B
GNUL30B GNUT05B GXUT03B
Features
Filter I (Sediment) FXUSB FXUSB FXUSB
Filter Cartridge Polyspun Depth Filter Polyspun Depth Filter Polyspun Depth Filter
Filter II (Carbon block) FXULB (Lead,Cysts) FXUTB (Taste/Odor) FXUTB (Taste/Odor)
Rust
Taste and Odor
Sediment
III
GE
GNUT03B/GXUT03B (filters included)
Taste and Odor Reduction Model
• Short-reach faucet without electronic monitor
Filter I
• Reduces unpleasant tastes and odors, dirt,
rust and sediments
Filter II
• Reduces unpleasant tastes and odors
• Reduces 99.5% chlorine
CarbonBlock System
CarbonBlock System
GE
GXITQ
Taste and Odor Reduction Model
• System rated for 750 gallons of water • Quick connect fittings allow
for easy installation • Filter reduces dirt, rust, sediments and chlorine
• Auto shut-off valve
GXIT (not shown)
Taste and Odor Reduction Model
• System rated for 750 gallons of water • Filter reduces dirt, rust,
sediments and chlorine
GXILQ (not shown)
Lead/Cysts Reduction Model
• System rated for 1000 gallons of water • CarbonBlock Filter for cleaner
performance • Quick connect fittings allow for easy installation • Filter reduces
dirt, rust, sediments, chlorine, lead and cysts • Auto shut-off valve
46
Not all features available on all models.
GE SMARTWATER™SOFTENING BENEFITS
85% of the U.S. has hard water.†Homeowners are looking for water solutions from a name they can trust—GE.
GE SMARTWATER™SOFTENING SYSTEMS—QUALITY WATER THROUGHOUT THE HOME.
Reduces Energy Costs
Helps reduce build-up in pipes and
water-using appliances, providing cost
savings. Water heater efficiency on
systems using softened water may be
increased up to 22% if heating with
electricity, up to 29% if heating
with gas.**
Whiter Towels
Clothes are softer, cleaner, brighter and
last longer. Towels are 45% whiter while
using 1/3 less detergent. Eliminates
hard water-related washer service issues.
Smoother Skin
Soft water will feel noticeably smoother
to your skin.
Easier to Clean
Reduces hard water build-up (less soap residue) in tub, shower and sink.
Reduces Spotting
Provides cleaner dishes, glassware and
china by reduced spotting. Reduces
detergent use and eliminates hard
water-related dishwasher service issues.
†Source: Water Quality Association
*Assuming a typical energy bill over the life of a new electric water heater.
**Based on a study done by New Mexico State University.
Turn a Smart Purchase
Into a Smart Investment!
Reduces Energy Costs
When used with a
new water heater.*
Improves Water
Heater Efficiency
Helps reduce scale
build-up in water
heater; increases
efficiency by as
much as 29% (gas)
or 22% (electric)**.
47
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 158.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM: GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™SYSTEM
GE Profile Performance Series™
PNSF39Z
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Super Capacity Means Less Maintenance
A 38,500 grain capacity helps assure an ample supply of soft
water and provides for lifestyle changes.
300 lb. Salt Storage Reduces the need for frequent
salt replacement.
High-Efficiency Super capacity combined with the
salt-efficiency of the unit provides cost savings and convenience.
Reduces the need for frequent salt replacement.
Demand-Initiated Regeneration Softening system monitors
water usage to determine proper amount of salt needed using
demand-initiated regeneration (system will use only as much
salt as needed).
Easy Reading Backlit LCD Display Eliminates the need for a
flashlight to see display in difficult or dark locations.
Program and Time Memory Permanent memory maintains
hardness and regeneration time settings even if power is off or
unit is unplugged for extended periods. Maintains time for up
to 72 hours in case of power failure. No batteries needed, unit
recharges itself when power is restored.
24-Volt Electronic System Simplifies installation
and maintenance.
Installation Kit Included For installing convenience, a
complete installation kit with bypass valve, drain tubing and use
& care video is included with product.
Easy-to-Set Electronic Controls No calculations or complicated
programming. Simply turn it on, set time of day and set the
hardness level of your water supply.
Regenerates Only When Needed Memory maintains water
usage pattern reducing salt usage and assuring an ample supply of
soft water.
Systems Monitor Advanced electronic water management
features:
• Capacity Remaining—The data button will indicate
how much capacity is remaining and whether or not to
command an extra regeneration.
• Gallons Used—Indicates how many gallons of water have
been used per day.
• Average Gallons Used—Indicates the average gallons used
over the past seven days.
• Flow Rate—Shows how much water is flowing through
the softener.
48
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 158.
GE Profile™
PNSF31Z
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM: GE PROFILE™SYSTEM
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Extra-Large Capacity Means Less Maintenance
A 30,800 grain capacity helps assure an ample supply of soft
water and provides for lifestyle changes.
300 lb. Salt Storage Reduces the need for frequent
salt replacement.
High-Efficiency Extra-large capacity combined with the
salt-efficiency of the unit provides cost savings and convenience.
Reduces the need for frequent salt replacement.
Demand-Initiated Regeneration Softening system monitors
water usage to determine proper amount of salt needed using
demand-initiated regeneration (system will use only as much
salt as needed).
Program and Time Memory Permanent memory maintains
hardness and regeneration time settings even if power is off or
unit is unplugged for extended periods. Maintains time for up to
6 hours in case of power failure. No batteries needed, unit
recharges itself when power is restored.
24-Volt Electronic System Simplifies installation
and maintenance.
Installation Kit Included For installing convenience, a complete
installation kit with bypass valve, drain tubing and use & care
video is included with product.
Easy-to-Set Electronic Controls No calculations or
complicated programming. Simply turn it on, set time of day and
set the hardness level of your water supply.
Regenerates Only When Needed Memory maintains water
usage pattern reducing salt usage and assuring an ample supply
of soft water.
GE
GNSF23Z
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
Large Capacity Means Less Maintenance
A 23,100 grain capacity helps assure an ample
supply of soft water and provides for lifestyle
changes.
200 lb. Salt Storage Reduces the need for
frequent salt replacement.
High-Efficiency Large capacity combined with
the salt-efficiency of the unit provides cost
savings and convenience. Reduces the need for
frequent salt replacement.
Demand-Initiated Regeneration Softening
system monitors water usage to determine
proper amount of salt needed using demand-
initiated regeneration (system will use only as
much salt as needed).
Program and Time Memory Permanent
memory maintains hardness and regeneration
time settings even if power is off or unit is
unplugged for extended periods. Maintains time
for up to 6 hours in case of power failure. No
batteries needed, unit recharges itself when
power is restored.
24-Volt Electronic System Simplifies
installation and maintenance.
Installation Kit Included For installing
convenience, a complete installation kit with
bypass valve, drain tubing and use & care video
is included with product.
Easy-to-Set Electronic Controls
No calculations or complicated programming.
Simply turn it on, set time of day and set the
hardness level of your water supply.
Regenerates Only When Needed
Memory maintains water usage pattern reducing
salt usage and assuring an ample supply of
soft water.
49
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 158.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
WATER SOFTENING SYSTEMS: GE SYSTEMS
GE
GNSF18Z
THIS MODEL INCLUDES
18,000 Grain Capacity Assures an ample
supply of soft water.
140 lb. Salt Storage Combined with the
compact size means easier salt loading.
High Efficiency The salt-efficiency of the unit
provides cost savings and convenience. Reduces
the need for frequent salt replacement.
Compact Size Means Installation Flexibility
The compact housing provides installation
flexibility; installs in many areas other softeners
may not.
Demand-Initiated Regeneration
Softening system monitors water usage to
determine proper amount of salt needed using
demand-initiated regeneration (system will use
only as much salt as needed).
Program and Time Memory Permanent
memory maintains hardness and regeneration
time settings even if power is off or unit is
unplugged for extended periods. Maintains time
for up to 6 hours in case of power failure. No
batteries needed, unit recharges itself when
power is restored.
24-Volt Electronic System Simplifies
installation and maintenance.
Installation Kit Included For installing
convenience, a complete installation kit with
bypass valve, drain tubing and use & care video
is included with product.
Easy-to-Set Electronic Controls
No calculations or complicated programming.
Simply turn it on, set time of day and set the
hardness level of your water supply.
Regenerates Only When Needed
Memory maintains water usage pattern reducing
salt usage and assuring an ample supply of
soft water.
50
With the trend toward open-living homes, today's laundry room is conveniently located near
areas where people live most -- the kitchen and family room, or second-floor bedrooms and
baths. That's why reducing the noise of laundry appliances is so important now. The GE laundry
is specially designed to operate quietly with innovations such as automatic load balancing,
insulated motor operation and systems that reduce the sound of rotating drums. And with
enhanced performance features such as SensorWash™and Sensor Dry working hard and
keeping very quiet about it, you'll agree this is truly a laundry you can live with.
Shhh. THE GE LAUNDRY IS
WPSR4130WWW/
DPSR475EWWW
GE Profile™
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
51
“Quiet By Design.”
WPSF5170WWW/DPSF505EWWW
GE Profile Performance Series™
52
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™LAUNDRY
Designed to do so much more than simply wash and dry clothes, the GE Profile Performance Series™Washer and Dryer treat clothing
with the care it deserves. The washer’s unique system of fabric care includes features such as SpotSoak,™SensorWash,™GentleWash™and
a Stain Removal Guide on the lid. All work together to grant a new lease on life for clothes by washing thoroughly but gently. The dryer, with
its QuietDrum,™Extra Care and Sensor Dry operates efficiently and quietly—and it shuts off as soon as clothes are dry, to prevent the wear
and fading that can result from overdrying. On both the washer and dryer, ColorLogic™color codes fabric selections to the correct wash
or dry cycles, making it easy for anyone to do the laundry. All of the above combine to deliver GE’s Ultra Fabric Care System.
WPSF5170WWW/DPSF505EWW
GE Profile Performance Series™
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
53
ColorLogic™color-coded cycle
buttons allow you to correctly
select the temperature and
optimum wash/spin speed for
each fabric type.
SensorWash™is an advanced
temperature control that auto-
matically senses and adjusts
incoming water temperature
allowing detergent to work at
maximum effect.
Lid Instructions provide helpful
laundry tips.
SpotSoak™button provides a
7-second spray of cold water to
assist in stain pre-treatments.
Ultra Care handles ultra fine
fabrics with exquisite care.
QuietDrum™is wrapped with
additional sound-deadening
material that muffles buckles
and button noises.
The Exclusive adjustable
Drying Center provides a
convenient place to dry
garments or hang clothes
straight from the dryer,
minimizing wrinkling.
ColorLogic™color-coded cycle
buttons take the guesswork out
of doing laundry. Just match
the colors!
Deluxe Dryer Rack is designed
to dry a variety of items and is
easy to insert and remove.
Sensor Dry dries clothes more
evenly and efficiently. No more
underdrying or overdrying your
clothes!
WASHER FEATURES
DRYER FEATURES
GE ULTRA FABRIC CARE SYSTEM
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
54
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™AND GE PROFILE™LAUNDRY
Sensor Dry dries clothes more
evenly and efficiently. No more
underdrying or overdrying your
clothes!
The Exclusive adjustable
Drying Center provides a
convenient place to dry
garments or hang clothes
straight from the dryer,
minimizing wrinkling.
GE Profile™QuietPackage
Insulation dramatically reduces
noise and vibration.
An extra-wide opening provides
easy access to our 7.0 cu. ft. of
total dryer capacity.
ALL WASHERS INCLUDE • GentlePower™Agitator
• PermaTuf II™Basket • Self-cleaning filter • Bleach
dispenser • Fabric Softener dispenser • Steel drive
transmission • Auto Balance Suspension System
• 100% front serviceable
ALL DRYERS INCLUDE • DuraDrum™interior
• Removable up-front lint filter • Reverse-A-Door
• End-Of-Cycle Signal • Dryer interior light
• 100% front serviceable
DRYER FEATURES
PermaTuf II™Basket resists
peeling, rusting or flaking for
long-term durability.
GE Profile™QuietPackage
Insulation dramatically reduces
noise and vibration.
Super Capacity with a 3.2 cu. ft.
basket is one of the largest
capacity washers in the world!
100% Front Serviceable for
easy access to operational
parts without moving the unit.
WASHER FEATURES
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
The Auto Balance Suspension
System is designed to virtually
eliminate off-balanced loads.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
55
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 159-160.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
GE Profile™
WPSR4130W Washer
• Super capacity • 4 wash/spin speed
combinations • 4 wash/rinse temperatures
• Variable water levels • 13 wash cycles
• SensorWash™• SpotSoak™• ColorLogic™
• HandWash®• Deluxe Insulation Package
GE Profile™
WPSR3120W Washer
• Super capacity • 3 wash/spin
speed combinations • 4 wash/rinse
temperatures • 4 water levels • 12 wash
cycles • SensorWash™• ColorLogic™
• HandWash®• Deluxe Insulation Package
GE Profile™
DPSR475EW/DPSR475GW Dryer
• Super 7.0 cu. ft. capacity • Sensor Dry
• 7 drying cycles • 4 heat selections
• Deluxe Insulation Package
GE Profile™
DPSR473EW/DPSR473GW Dryer
• Super 7.0 cu. ft. capacity • Automatic
Dry Control • 7 drying cycles • 4 heat
selections • Deluxe Insulation Package
• Interior light
GE Profile Performance Series™
DPSF505EW/DPSF505GW Dryer
• Super 7.0 cu. ft. capacity • 10 drying cycles
• 5 heat selections • Sensor Dry with
indicator light • ColorLogic™• QuietDrum™
• QuickClean controls • Deluxe dryer rack
• Drying Center • Hush Insulation Package
GE Profile Performance Series™
WPSF5170W Washer
• Super capacity • 5 automatic fabric care
selections • Variable water levels • 17 wash
cycles • SensorWash™with indicator light
• SpotSoak™• ColorLogic™• Ultra Care
• Quick Wash• Stain Removal Guide
• QuickClean controls • Hush Insulation package
LUXURY
MOVE-UP
ENTRY LEVEL
56
GE LAUNDRY: CONTRACT EXCLUSIVE MODELS
Reverse-A-Door dryers have
doors that can reverse from
right-hand to left-hand swing.
DuraDrum™interiors provide
long-lasting dependability
and durability.
Up-Front Lint Filter is close at
hand for cleaning, optimizing
dryer performance.
An extra-wide opening provides
easy access to our 7.0 cu. ft. of
total dryer capacity.
ALL WASHERS INCLUDE • Auto Balance
Suspension System • PermaTuf II™Basket
• Self-cleaning filter • Quiet-By-Design™
• 100% front serviceable
ALL DRYERS INCLUDE • Removable up-front
lint filter • Reverse-A-Door • Quiet-By-Design™
• 100% front serviceable
DRYER FEATURES
The GentlePower™Agitator
adapts to the clothes load
providing gentle and effective
washing action.
The Auto Balance Suspension
System is designed to virtually
eliminate off-balanced loads.
PermaTuf II™Basket resists
peeling, rusting or flaking, and
is guaranteed for 20 years.
Super Capacity with a 3.2 cu. ft.
basket is one of the largest
capacity washers in the world!
WASHER FEATURES
100% Front Serviceable for
easy access to operational
parts without moving the unit.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
57
GE
DCXR453EV/DCXR453GV Dryer
• Extra-large capacity • Automatic Dry Control
• 5 cycles • 4 heat selections • Reverse-A-Door
• Interior light • Quiet-By-Design™
GE
WCSR2070T Washer
• Super capacity • 2 wash/spin speed combinations
• 7 wash cycles • 3 water levels • 3 wash/rinse
temperatures • Deluxe Insulation Package
GE
WCSR4110T Washer
• Super capacity • 5 automatic fabric care selections
• 11 wash cycles • Variable water levels • Optional
Extra Rinse • Super Insulation Package
GE
DCXR453EV/DCXR453GV Dryer
• Extra-large capacity • Automatic Dry Control
• 5 cycles • 4 heat selections • Reverse-A-Door
• Interior light • Quiet-By-Design™
GE
WWLR3100V Washer
• 24" wide • Large capacity • 3 wash/spin speed
combinations • 10 wash cycles • 4 water levels
• 4 wash/rinse temperatures • Quiet-By-Design™
GE
DCSR473EV/DCSR473GV Dryer
• Super capacity • Automatic Dry Control • 7 cycles
• 4 heat selections • Reverse-A-Door • Optional
Extra Care • Interior light • Quiet-By-Design™
GE
WCXR1070T Washer
• Extra-large capacity • 1 wash/spin speed
combination • 7 wash cycles • 3 water levels
• 3 wash/rinse temperatures • Quiet-By-Design™
GE
DCLR333ET/DCLR333GT Dryer
• Large capacity • Automatic Dry Control
• 3 cycles • 3 heat selections • Reverse-A-Door
• Quiet-By-Design™
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 159-160.
LUXURY
MOVE-UP
ENTRY LEVEL
58
FRONT LOADING LAUNDRY MODELS
The sturdy Dryer Rack is designed
to dry items such as washable
sneakers and stuffed animals,
and is easy to insert and remove.
The GE Front Loading Laundry Pair offers more than just clean
clothes. They offer Efficiency—typically 22 to 25 gallons of water vs.
35 to 40 gallons in a standard washer. That’s a 40% water savings!
And the water they do use is efficiently removed, with a longer spin
time for better water extraction. They provide Flexibility—both in
installation and use. They can be placed side-by-side to create an
excellent work space for folding clothes and other laundry items.
They were designed to be installed under your counter, or even
stacked for added space savings. And they’re easy to install!
DRYER FEATURE
Automatic Water Fill eliminates
guesswork and water waste.
Automatically adjusts water
level to size and type of load.
Water fill level remains below
the door.
Automatic Dispenser automatically
dispenses detergent, bleach and
fabric softener at just the right time
in the wash cycle.
WASHER FEATURES
Stacking kit included with dryer.
Undercounter installation requires mounting kits for washer and dryer.
59
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 162.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
18285
GE
WSXH208V120V Washer
• Front loading • High efficiency washer • 8 cycles:
Regular (Heavy Soil, Medium Soil), Permanent Press
(Medium Soil, Light Soil), Knits/Delicates, Pre-Wash,
Extra-Rinse Cycle/Auto Option, 3 standard rinse
cycles • 4 wash/rinse temperatures • Automatic
water level adjustment • Fabric Softener dispenser
• Bleach dispenser • Available in White on white
GE
DSXH43EV/GV240V Dryer
• Tumble drying • 4 Time Dry cycles (Regular,
Permanent Press, Knits/Delicates, Air Fluff)
• 3 Auto Dry cycles (Regular, Permanent Press,
Knits/Delicates) • 3 temperature options • Air Fluff
(No Heat) • End-of-cycle signal • Drum light
• Available in White on white
60
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 166-167.
SPACEMAKER®: PORTABLE/STATIONARY MODELS
GE
WSM2700T Electric
WSM2780T Gas
• Full size 27" wide • Extra-
Large capacity Washer features
3 cycles (Regular, Permanent
Press and Delicate), 3 wash
temperature options, 3 water
level selections • Dryer
features Automatic Dry
Control, 4 cycles: Automatic
Dry (Medium Heat), Timed
Dry (High Heat), Delicate
(Low Heat), Air Fluff
(No-Heat) • Available in
white and almond with black
control panel
GE
WSM2420T Electric
WSM2480T Gas
• 24" wide • Washer features 3 cycles
(Regular, Permanent Press and
Delicates), 3 wash/rinse temperatures,
3 water levels • Dryer features
Automatic Dry Control, 4 cycles:
Automatic Regular, Automatic
Permanent Press, Timed Dry, and
Air Fluff • Available in White on
white • Electric model also available
in Almond on almond
GE
WSKP2060T 120V Washer
• Portable model • 2 wash/spin
speeds • 6 cycles: Regular (Heavy
Soil, Medium Soil), Permanent Press
(Medium Soil, Light Soil) Delicates
and Spin Only • 3 wash/rinse
temperatures • 4 water levels
• Automatic cool down • Lint filter
• Easy-roll rollers • Unicouple
connector quickly attaches to a
faucet adaptor • Available in white
and almond with black control panel
WSKS2060T 120V Washer (not shown)
• Stationary model
DSR24RT Stack Rack
(Available at additional Cost)
• For use with Portable or Stationary
Washers and Stationary Dryer
UNITIZED WASHER/DRYER MODELS
DSR24RT shown with
WSKS2060T Washer and
DSKS433ET Dryer
GE
DSKP233ET 120V Dryer
• Portable/Stationary model
• 3 drying cycles: Automatic
Regular–Permanent Press, Timed
Dry up to 105 minutes and Air
Fluff • 2 Heat selections: Normal
and No-Heat Air Fluff (in timer)
• 15-amp dryer cord attached
• Available in white and almond
with black control panel
DSKS433ET
240V Dryer (not shown)
• Stationary model • 3 drying
cycles: Auto Regular–Permanent
Press, Auto Delicates and Timed
Dry up to 140 minutes • 4 Heat
selections: Regular (High Heat),
Permanent Press (Medium Heat),
Delicates (Low Heat) and Air
Fluff (No-Heat) • Available in
white and almond with black
control panel
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
61
Not all features available on all models.
GE
WCCB2050V Two-Speed
• 5 wash cycles • 2 wash/spin speed combinations
WCCB1030V(not shown) Single-Speed
• 3 wash cycles • 1 wash/spin speed combination
GE
DCCB330EV/GV
• Large Capacity • Automatic Dry Control
• 3 cycles • 3 heat selections • Up-front lint filter
• 100% front serviceable • Reverse-A-Door
Dimensions: 27" W x 25" D x 43-1/2" H
GE
DDC4400S Electric
DDC4500S Gas
• Stacked pair • Large capacity/
6.2 cu. ft. • 3 cycles • 3 heat selections
• “ON” indicator light • 100% front
serviceable • Shipped preassembled
Dimensions: 77" H x 27" W x 27" D
COMMERCIAL LAUNDRY
WASHERS INCLUDE • Extra-large capacity • 3 water levels (adjustable) • 3 wash/rinse temperatures • Self-cleaning filter
DRYERS INCLUDE • 100% front serviceable • Quiet-By-Design™• PermaTuf II™Basket Dimensions: 27" W x 25-1/2" D x 42" H
MODULAR COMMERCIAL DRYERS
100% Front Serviceable with
all operational parts in the
washer and dryer serviceable
without moving the unit.
Unique Upswept Design provides
a contemporary look and makes
cleaning easy.
The GentlePower™Agitator
adapts to the clothes load
providing gentle and effective
washing action.
ArmorGuard Protection provides
a rust-resistant durable finish to
the washer top and lid.
For more details and information on
Commercial Laundry, see Pub. No. 14-S057.
For detailed exhausting information,
see pages 163-165.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
62
JT950SA Double Oven
TRUE PERFORMANCE & Flexibility
GE Wall Ovens feature
the TrueTemp™System,
providing exceptional
cooking performance
through advanced
technology and
innovative design.
TrueTemp™offers
SmartLogic Electronic
Controls that monitor
and maintain oven
temperature; a Platinum
Oven Sensor senses
sudden heat loss, and
responds with more
power; and a powerful
bake element (our most
powerful ever!), that
delivers 3410 watts of even
heat distribution. But
delivering consistently
even oven temperatures
is only the beginning.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
63
These ovens can be installed in a wall or cabinet, or under a counter with a gas or electric cooktop. All GE 30"
built-in ovens fit into common cut-out spaces making it easy to replace an installed oven with an upgrade. And the
flush installation appearance is the final touch!
But there’s still more to tell! Profile Performance Series™offers professional touches like the Gourmet Shelf, that
features “baking stones” as part of the rack. Dough rises more quickly and efficiently with our innovative “proofing”
feature. Consistent cooking. Versatile placement. Professional features. GE Wall Ovens deliver in both cooking
performance and flexibility.
*Includes all 30" and 27" ovens.
THE MOST VERSATILE OVEN IN AMERICA IS
ALSO THE MOST ACCURATE OVEN INAMERICA!*
64
Not all features available on all models.
A GE WALL OVEN CAN BEFOUR OVENS INONE.
AND ALL OFTHEM ARE EASY TOCLEAN.
1. Conventional Baking 2. Conventional Broil
(variable temp) 3. Convection Bake 4. Convection Roast
The addition of a convection oven gives you a whole new range of possibilities. Especially since it requires no
additional space.With convection cooking, you’ll find roasts turn out beautifully brown on the outside, yet tender
and juicy on the inside. If you enjoy baking, you’ll delight in the way your baked goods maintain their delicate texture
while turning a delicious golden brown. On a practical level, convection cooking saves time and allows you to cook at
lower temperatures. GE convection ranges use the European or “true” convection system. The difference
between “us and them” is a third dual loop heating element that surrounds the
convection fan in the back wall of the oven. This extra fan at the rear of the oven
gently circulates heated air evenly throughout the entire oven cavity—under and
around the food. The moving air penetrates foods faster than stationary air.
The joy is in the cooking. Not in cleaning-up afterwards! That’s why GE pays so much attention to “Cleanability.”
GE’s remarkable CleanDesign wall oven is a superb example of this. CleanDesign starts with a clean design, meaning
there are no hard to clean protrusions, corners and crevices. Instead, the surface is smooth. Virtually seamless. There
are no endcaps on the control panel or on the handles. Further, the continuous surface design has no hard edges or
overlaps where dirt and grease can “catch” and accumulate. Consequently, clean-up is a snap. And of course, the oven
itself is self-cleaning.
65
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
AMAZINGLY EASY TOOPERATE, TOO.
GE’s SmartSet
Electronic controls
are simple to
understand, simple
to operate. Just
read and touch.
Setting the time and
temperature is easy.
Digipads are numbered
1 through 0. For example,
if you want to bake at
350°, you press 3…5…0…
then press Bake.
Centigrade or
Fahrenheit, it’s
your choice.
GE Slew Pads make
time and temperature
adjustment easy.
Increase or decrease
temperature or time
with a touch of
the finger.
It’s easy to convert from
conventional oven to
convection, and vice versa.
Convection cooking
generally requires less time
and lower temperatures.
But don’t worry about it.
GE’s SmartSet Controls
will automatically make
the corrections for you.
SEVEN RACK BAKING. A GE EXCLUSIVE!
The oven comes equipped with three racks. But with
the convection oven, you should consider buying up
to four additional racks. You can get superb results
with as many as seven racks. This means you can bake
several sheets of cookies at the same time, with all of
them turning out evenly cooked and browned. If you
have a big crowd coming over, you can actually bake
14 nine-inch pizzas at once.
66
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 168-169.
BUILT-INDOUBLE OVENS: 30" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Flush appearance
installation • Fits most
30" cabinets • TrueTemp™
System • SmartSet
Electronic Controls
• Control lock capability
• Frameless glass oven
doors • Exclusive Big
View windows • Upfront
interior oven lights
TrueTemp™System
”The Most Accurate
Oven in America”
Exclusive Gourmet Shelf
features “baking stones”
as part of the rack.
Dough rises more quickly and
efficiently with our new
Proofing option.
CONVECTION UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER
GE Profile Performance Series™
JT950SA
• Stainless steel • CleanDesign oven
interior • Integrated designer handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Convection Bake
• Convection Roast • Three oven racks
• Gourmet Shelf • Exclusive 7 embossed
rack positions • Roasting rack • Variable
broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Two oven racks
• 6 embossed rack positions
GE Profile Performance Series™
JT950WA
• White on white • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Convection Bake • Convection Roast
• Three oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Exclusive
7 embossed rack positions • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Two oven racks • 6 embossed rack positions
GE Profile Performance Series™
JT950BA
• Black on black • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Convection Bake • Convection Roast
• Three oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Exclusive
7 embossed rack positions • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Two oven racks • 6 embossed rack positions
JT950AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
67
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 168-169.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
CONVECTION UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER
GE Profile™
JTP56WA
• White on white • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer handles • Control lock
capability
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Convection Bake • Convection Roast
• Three oven racks • Exclusive 7 embossed rack
positions • Roasting rack • Variable broil
• Automatic meat thermometer
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • Two oven racks • 6 embossed rack positions
JTP56BA (not shown)
• Black on black
JTP56AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE
JTP45WA
• White on white • Extra-large self-cleaning ovens
with Delay Clean option • Sure Grip designer-style
handles • Variable broil • Two oven racks (each
oven) • Six embossed rack positions • Control
lock capability
JTP45BA (not shown)
• Black on black
SELF-CLEAN (BOTH OVENS)
GE
JTP27BA
• Black on black • Sure Grip designer-style handles
• Six embossed rack positions (both ovens)
UPPER OVEN
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean
option • SmartSet Electronic Controls • Control lock
capability • Variable broil • Two oven racks
LOWER OVEN
• Extra-large standard clean oven • Rotary controls
• Two oven racks
JTP27WA (not shown)
• White on white
SELF-CLEAN UPPER/STANDARD LOWER
CleanDesign wall ovens have a
smooth seamless surface,
making cleanup easier than ever.
Fast and easy cleanup is made
possible through our new
CleanDesign oven interior.
True convection ovens provide
even cooking and superior
baking.
Exclusive Seven Rack Baking
provides more usable
shelf capacity.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
68
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 168-169
and 172-173.
MICROWAVE UPPER/CONVECTION LOWER
GE Profile™
JTP95WA
• White on white • Fits most 30" cabinets • SmartSet
Electronic Controls • Exclusive Big View window
• Upfront interior oven lights
MICROWAVE UPPER OVEN
• 1.6 cu. ft. cavity • Sensor Cooking Controls for
Auto Cook and Reheat • Auto Defrost • Turntable
• 1000 watts
CONVECTION LOWER OVEN
• Self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Exclusive 7 embossed rack positions
• Roasting rack • Variable broil • Automatic meat
thermometer • Integrated designer handle
• Control lock capability
JTP95BA (not shown)
• Black on black
GE
JTP85WA
• White on white • Fits most 30" cabinets • SmartSet
Electronic Controls • Exclusive Big View window
• Designer-style handle • Upfront interior oven lights
MICROWAVE UPPER OVEN
• 1.6 cu. ft. cavity • Sensor Cooking Controls for
Auto Cook and Reheat • Auto Defrost • Turntable
• 1000 watts
LOWER OVEN
• Self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Variable broil • Two oven racks • Six embossed
rack positions • Control lock capability
JTP85BA (not shown)
• Black on black
Sensor Microwave Cooking
Controls take the guesswork out
of cooking your favorite foods.
MICROWAVE UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER
BUILT-INDOUBLE OVENS: 30" AND 27" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Flush appearance
installation • Frameless
glass oven doors
SmartSet Electronic Controls
are simple to understand and
easy to use.
True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.
GE
JKP85BA
• Black on black • Fits most 27" cabinets
MICROWAVE UPPER OVEN
• 1.6 cu. ft. cavity • Auto Roast • Auto Cook
• Auto Defrost • Double Duty™shelf
LOWER OVEN
• Self-cleaning oven with automatic oven door
lock • Two oven racks • Designer-style handle
• Electronic oven control • Variable broil
• Audible preheat signal • Electronic clock and
kitchen timer • Delay Bake option
JKP85WA (not shown)
• White on white
69
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 172-173.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.
TrueTemp™System
”The Most Accurate Oven
in America”
Exclusive Gourmet Shelf
features “baking stones”
as part of the rack.
GE Profile Performance Series™
JK950WA
• White on white • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer-style handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Two oven racks
CONVECTION UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Flush appearance
installation • Fits most
27" cabinets • TrueTemp™
System • SmartSet
Electronic Controls
• Control lock capability
• Frameless glass oven
doors • Exclusive Big
View windows
BUILT-INDOUBLE OVENS: 27" ELECTRIC
GE Profile Performance Series™
JK950AA
• Almond on almond • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer-style handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Two oven racks
GE Profile Performance Series™
JK950BA
• Black on black • CleanDesign oven interior
• Integrated designer-style handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Roasting rack
• Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
• Proofing option
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Two oven racks
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
70
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 172-173.
GE
JKP45WA
• White on white • Two large self-cleaning ovens
with Delay Clean option • SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Sure Grip designer-style handles • Two
oven racks (each oven)
JKP45BA (not shown)
• Black on black
SELF-CLEAN (BOTH OVENS)SELF-CLEAN UPPER/STANDARD LOWER
GE
JKP27WA
• White on white • Sure Grip designer-style handles
UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Control lock
capability • Variable broil • Two oven racks
LOWER OVEN
• Large standard clean oven • Rotary control
• Two oven racks
JKP27BA(not shown)
• Black on black
GE Profile™
JKP56BA
• Black on black • CleanDesign oven interior
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Integrated
designer handles
CONVECTION UPPER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three oven
racks • Variable broil • Automatic meat thermometer
THERMAL LOWER OVEN
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Two oven racks
JKP56AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JKP56WA (not shown)
• White on white
CONVECTION UPPER/SELF-CLEAN LOWER
BUILT-INDOUBLE OVENS: 27" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Fits most 27" cabinets • TrueTemp™System • Frameless glass oven doors
• Exclusive Big View windows
SmartSet Electronic Controls
are simple to understand and
easy to use.
Flush Installation Appearance
integrates into cabinetry and
makes cleanup easy.
True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.
TrueTemp™System
”The Most Accurate Oven
in America”
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
71
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 170-171.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
BUILT-INSINGLE OVENS: 30" ELECTRIC
INSTALLATION
FLEXIBILITY
30" wall ovens can be
installed in a wall or most
30" cabinets, or under-
counter installation with
either a gas or electric
cooktop above.
See pages 170 and 171
for approved cooktop use.
GE Profile Performance Series™
JT910SA
• Stainless steel • Integrated designer handle
• Extra-large self-cleaning oven with Delay
Clean option • Convection Bake • Convec-
tion Roast • Three oven racks • Gourmet
Shelf • Exclusive 7 embossed rack positions
• Roasting rack • Variable broil • Automatic
meat thermometer
GE Profile Performance Series™
JT910WA
• White on white
GE Profile Performance Series™
JT910BA
• Black on black
JT910AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
SELF-CLEAN CONVECTION
Exclusive Seven Rack
Baking provides more usable
shelf capacity.
True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Fits most 27" cabinets • TrueTemp™System • CleanDesign oven interior
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Control lock capability • Frameless glass oven door • Exclusive Big View window • Upfront interior oven light
TrueTemp™System
”The Most Accurate Oven
in America”
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
BUILT-INSINGLE OVENS: 30" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Fits most 30" cabinets • TrueTemp™System • SmartSet Electronic Controls
• Frameless glass oven door • Exclusive Big View window • Upfront interior oven light • Control lock capability
72
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 170-171.
GE
JTP15WA
• White on white • Sure Grip designer-style
handle • Extra-large self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • Two oven racks
• Six embossed rack positions
JTP15BA (not shown)
• Black on black
JTP15AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
SELF-CLEAN
SELF-CLEAN CONVECTION
GE Profile™
JTP18BA
• Black on black • Integrated designer
handle • Extra-large self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • Convection
Bake • Convection Roast • Three oven
racks • Exclusive 7 embossed rack positions
• Roasting rack • Variable broil • Automatic
meat thermometer
JTP18WA (not shown)
• White on white
JTP18AA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
INSTALLATION
FLEXIBILITY
30" wall ovens can be
installed in a wall or most
30" cabinets, or under-
counter installation with
either a gas or electric
cooktop above.
See pages 170 and 171
for approved cooktop use.
Exclusive Seven Rack Baking
provides more usable shelf
capacity.
Fast and easy cleanup is made
possible through our new
CleanDesign oven interior.
True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
73
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 174-175.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
BUILT-INSINGLE OVENS: 27" ELECTRIC
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Fits 27" cabinets • SmartSet Electronic Controls • Frameless glass oven door
• Big View window • Control lock capability (except model JKS05BA)
GE
JKS05BA
• Black on black • Sure Grip designer-style handle
• Large standard clean oven • Two oven racks
GE
JKP15WA
• White on white • TrueTemp™System • Sure Grip
designer-style handle • Large self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • Two oven racks
JKP15BA(not shown) JKP15AA(not shown)
• Black on black • Almond on almond
STANDARD CLEAN
SELF-CLEAN
SELF-CLEAN CONVECTION
GE Profile™
JKP18WA
• White on white • TrueTemp™System
• Large self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Convection Bake • Convection Roast • Three
oven racks • Variable broil • Automatic meat
thermometer • Sure Grip designer-style handle
JKP18BA (not shown) JKP18AA (not shown)
• Black on black • Almond on almond
INSTALLATION
FLEXIBILITY
27" wall ovens can be
installed in a wall or 27"
cabinet, or undercounter
installation with either
a gas or electric cooktop
above. See pages 174
and 175 for approved
cooktop use.
Flush Installation Appearance
integrates into cabinetry and
makes cleanup easy.
True convection ovens
provide even cooking and
superior baking.
Exclusive Gourmet Shelf
features ”baking stones”
as part of the rack.
GE Profile Performance Series™
JK910WA
• White on white • Integrated designer handle
• TrueTemp™System • Large self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • CleanDesign oven
interior • Convection Bake • Convection Roast
• Three oven racks • Gourmet Shelf • Roasting
rack • Variable broil • Automatic meat
thermometer • Proofing option
JK910AA (not shown) JK910BA (not shown)
• Almond on almond • Black on black
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
74
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 172-176.
GE
JRP15WW
• White on white • Self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Variable broil • Control lock
capability • Start pad • Delay Bake option
with Cook & Hold
JRP15BW(not shown)
• Black on black
JRS04BW(not shown)
• Black on black • Standard clean oven
• Variable broil • Start pad • Delay Bake option
with Cook & Hold
GE
JGRP17WEW
• White on white • Self-cleaning oven with Delay
Clean option • Control lock capability • In-oven
broiling • Storage drawer
JGRP17BEW(not shown)
• Black on black
GE
JGRS14BEW
• Black on black • Standard clean oven • Separate
broiler drawer
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Fits most 24" cabinets
• SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Frameless glass
oven doors • Designer-
style handles • Two oven
racks (each oven)
GE
JRP24BW
• Black on black
UPPER OVEN
• Self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Control lock
capability • Start pad • Delay Bake option with
Cook & Hold • Variable broil
LOWER OVEN
• Standard clean oven • Rotary controls
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Fits most 24" cabinets
• SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Electronic
pilotless ignition
• Frameless glass oven
door • Designer-style
handle
BUILT-INDOUBLE AND SINGLE OVENS: 24" ELECTRIC
BUILT-INSINGLE OVENS: 24" GAS
Self-Clean Ovens provide easy
clean convenience. Simply set
the controls and the oven
cleans itself.
SmartSet Electronic Controls
are simple to understand and
easy to use.
75
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 177.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Flush appearance installation • Frameless drawer front • Integrated designer-style handle
• Removable stainless steel drawer pan
BUILT-INWARMING DRAWERS: 30" AND 27" ELECTRIC
Half Rack provides even heat
distribution and allows extra
space to keep food warm and
tasty before serving.
Warming Drawer keeps plates
warm, ready and waiting to
serve that special meal.
Hidden Temperature Control has
Proof, Low, Medium and High
settings for warming flexibility.
GE Profile Performance Series™
JTD910SB
• Stainless steel • 30" warming drawer
• Temperature control with Proof, Low,
Medium and High settings • Crisp/Moist
humidity control • ON/OFF switch
• “ON” indicator light • One-half rack
JKD910SB (not shown)
• Stainless steel • 27" warming drawer
GE Profile Performance Series™
JTD910WB
• White on white • 30" warming drawer
• Temperature control with Proof, Low,
Medium and High settings • Crisp/Moist
humidity control • ON/OFF switch
• “ON” indicator light • One-half rack
JTD910AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond • 30" warming drawer
JTD910BB (not shown)
• Black on black • 30" warming drawer
JKD910WB (not shown)
• White on white • 27" warming drawer
JKD910AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond • 27" warming drawer
JKD910BB (not shown)
• Black on black • 27" warming drawer
76
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 178.
GE
JP340BA
• Black on black • 30" cooktop • Four
ribbon heating elements: Two 6" and two 8"
• Surface “ON” light • Flush mount
installation capability
JP340WA(not shown)
• White on white
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Smooth-surface glass-ceramic CleanDesign cooktop
• Fingerprint and scratch resistant patterned glass cooktop
GE Profile Performance Series™
JP960SA
• Stainless steel • 36" frameless cooktop
• Five ribbon heating elements, one 6",
one 7", one dual (6"/9") and two 7" with
connecting bridge burner • Five hot surface
indicator lights
JP960WA(not shown)
• White on white • Flush mount
installation capability
JP960AA(not shown)
• Almond on almond
• Flush mount
installation capability
BUILT-INCOOKTOPS: 36" AND 30" ELECTRIC CLEANDESIGN
GE Profile™
JP350WA
• White on white • 30" cooktop • Four
ribbon heating elements: One dual (6"/9"),
two 8" and one 6" • Four hot surface
indicator lights • Flush mount
installation capability
JP350BA(not shown)
• Black on black
JP350AA(not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE Profile Performance Series™
JP930BA
• Black on black • 30" frameless cooktop
• Four ribbon heating elements, one 6",
one dual (6"/9") and two 7" with connecting
bridge burner • Four hot surface indicator
lights • Flush mount installation capability
JP930WA(not shown)
• White on white • Flush mount
installation capability
JP930AA(not shown)
• Almond on almond
• Flush mount
installation capability
Ribbon Heating Elements
direct heat straight up to the
pan, providing even heat for
uniform cooking.
Flush Mount Installation creates
a stunning visual effect.
(Not available on stainless steel models)
Bridge Element for total
cooking flexibility.
JP960BA(not shown)
• Black on black
• Flush mount
installation capability
JP930SA(not shown)
• Stainless steel
77
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 179.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
GE
JP626WV
• White on white • 36" cooktop • One-piece chrome
drip bowls • Upfront white glass control panel
JP626AV(not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE
JP326BV
• Black on black • 30" cooktop • One-piece
porcelain-enameled drip bowls • Black glass
control panel
JP326WV (not shown)
• White on white
JP326AV(not shown)
• Almond on almond
JP326CV(not shown)
• Brushed-chrome
GE
JP201CV
• Stainless steel • 21-1/4" cooktop
• One 8" and one 6" plug-in heating elements
• Infinite heat rotary controls • Removable one-
piece chrome drip bowls • Heating element
“ON” indicator light
JP200V(not shown)
• White porcelain-enameled
(Available in White only)
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Porcelain-enameled lift-up cooktop • Two 8" and two 6" plug-in Calrod®heating elements
• Infinite heat rotary controls
BUILT-INCOOKTOPS: 36" AND 30" ELECTRIC COIL
BUILT-INCOOKTOPS: 21" COMPACT
78
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 180-181.
GE
JGP626WEV
• White on white • 36" cooktop • Porcelain-
enameled cooktop • Precise Simmer burner
• Standard cast grates
JGP626BEV(not shown)
• Black on black
JGP626AEV(not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE Profile™
JGP645BEX
• Black on black • 36" downdraft cooktop
• Tempered glass cooktop • Deluxe cast
grates • Automatic re-ignition • 500 CFM
retractable downdraft venting system
• Upfront variable speed fan • Use optional
GE accessory cover (JXBC55) for outdoor
installation of blower • Detached blower for
installation flexibility • JXBA55 Downdraft
Venting Kit required for installation
JGP645WEX(not shown)
• White on white
GE Profile™
JGP636BEV
• Black on black • 36" cooktop • Tempered
glass cooktop • Deluxe cast grates
• Five sealed burners • 2 Precise Simmer
burners • Maximum Output burner
JGP636WEV(not shown)
• White on white
JGP636AEV(not shown)
• Almond on almond
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Sealed burners (except JGP320EV) • Electronic pilotless ignition
GE Profile Performance Series™
JGP960SEA
• Stainless steel • 36" cooktop • Tempered
glass cooktop • Deluxe cast grates • Five
sealed burners • Two Precise Simmer
burners • Maximum Output burner
Shown with JVB96SA telescopic downdraft vent.
Sealed Burners help contain
spills from dripping beneath
cooktop for easy cleanup.
Precise Simmer Burner provides
more temperature control with
low 700 BTU setting.
Maximum Output Burners have
high power performance making
cooking convenient.
BUILT-INCOOKTOPS: 36" AND 30" GAS
79
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 180.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
GE
JGP326BEV
• Black on black • 30" cooktop • Sealed
burners • Precise Simmer burner
• Standard cast grates
JGP326WEV(not shown)
• White on white
JGP326AEV(not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE
JGP320EV
• 30" lift-up cooktop • Glass control panel
• Standard porcelain steel grates
• Available in white or black
GE Profile Performance Series™
JGP930SEA
• Stainless steel • 30" cooktop • Tempered
glass cooktop • Deluxe cast grates
• Precise Simmer burner • Maximum
Output burner
GE Profile™
JGP336AEV
• Almond on almond • 30" cooktop
• Tempered glass cooktop • Precise
Simmer burner • Maximum Output burner
JGP336WEV(not shown)
• White on white
JGP336BEV(not shown)
• Black on black
80
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 182-184.
GE
JP380BV
• 30" patio grill • Fixed grill elements
each side • Infinite heat rotary controls
• Powerful downdraft venting system
• Heating element “ON” indicator light
• Black porcelain-enameled cooktop
• Optional grill covers (JXDM4)
available at additional cost.
U.L. approved for outdoor use only.
Common Cutouts—30" Cooktops
Dimensions (W x D) Model # Description
28-1/2" x 19-5/8" JP930 CleanDesign
JP350 CleanDesign
JP340 CleanDesign
JP326 Calrod®
JGP930–Gas Sealed Burner
JGP336–Gas Sealed Burner
JGP326–Gas Sealed Burner
28-7/8" x 20-5/8" JP389 Modular Downdraft
JP387 Modular Downdraft
JP385 Modular Downdraft
JP380 Patio Grill
Common Cutouts—36" Cooktops
Dimensions (W x D) Model # Description
33-7/8" x 19-1/16" JP960 CleanDesign
JP626 Calrod®
JGP960 Sealed Burner
JGP636–Gas Sealed Burner
JGP626–Gas Sealed Burner
34-9/16" x 21-1/2" JGP641–Gas Sealed Burner Downdraft
JGP640–Gas Sealed Burner Downdraft
BUILT-INCOOKTOPS: PATIO GRILL
COMMON COOKTOP CUTOUTS
GE Profile™
JGP18BEV
• Black on black • 18" single modular
gas cooktop • Accepts optional cooking
modules
Shown with optional Grill module JXGG89.
GE Profile™
JGP389WEV
• White on white • 30" single modular gas
cooktop • Fixed standard gas burners
(right side) • Left side accepts optional
cooking modules
Shown with optional Grill module JXGG89.
JGP389BEV(not shown)
• Black on black
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• Powerful downdraft
venting • Electronic pilotless
ignition • Up-front controls
OPTIONAL MODULES
(available at additional cost)
TWO-BURNER GAS
MODULE FOR
STANDARD BURNERS
JXGB89W—White on white
JXGB89B—Black on black
GAS GRILL MODULE
JXGG89
GRIDDLE FOR USE
WITH OPTIONAL
GRILL MODULE
JXGL89
GRILL COVER
JXGC89W—White on white
JXGC89B—Black on black
BUILT-INCOOKTOPS: DOWNDRAFT GAS MODULAR
81
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 182-183.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
GE
JP385BV
• 30" single modular
cooktop • Black porcelain-
enameled cooktop • Fixed
6" and 8" plug-in Calrod®
heating elements • Left
side accepts optional
cooking modules
Shown with optional Grill module JXDL44N.
JP385CV(not shown)
• Brushed-chrome cooktop
GE
JP385WV
• 30" single modular
cooktop • White porcelain-
enameled cooktop • Fixed
6" and 8" plug-in Calrod®
heating elements • Left
side accepts optional
cooking modules
Shown with optional Grill module JXDL44N.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Infinite heat rotary controls • Powerful downdraft venting system • Heating element “ON” indicator light
GE Profile™
JP389WV
• White on white • 30"
dual modular cooktop
• 3-speed fan • Porcelain-
enameled cooktop
Shown with optional Ribbon module
JXDR50VW and Grill module JXDL44N.
GE Profile™
JP389BV
• Black on black • 30"
dual modular cooktop
• 3-speed fan • Porcelain-
enameled cooktop
Shown with optional Ribbon
modules JXDR50VB.
Optional Modules Models
(available at additional cost) JP389WV JP389BV JP385WV JP385BV JP385CV
Calrod®Module JXDC44RWH JXDC43RBL JXDC44RWH JXDC43RBL JXDC41NBC
Ribbon Module JXDR50VW JXDR50VB JXDR50VW JXDR50VB JXDR50VC
Grill Module JXDL44N JXDL44N JXDL44N JXDL44N JXDL44N
Griddle Accessory JXDD44R JXDD44R JXDD44R JXDD44R JXDD44R
Grill Cover JXDM3 JXDM2 JXDM3 JXDM2 JXDM2
BUILT-INCOOKTOPS: DOWNDRAFT ELECTRIC SELECT-TOP™MODULAR
OPTIONAL SELECT-TOP™MODULES
(AVAILABLE AT ADDITIONAL COST)
GRILL MODULE
Front and rear
controlled heating
element for more
cooking flexibility
and energy savings.
One-piece grill
grate and porcelain-
enameled reflector
pan can be removed
for cleaning in sink
or dishwasher.
GRIDDLE
ACCESSORY
(For use with
optional grill
module) Place over
heating element
and reflector pan
from optional grill
module. Griddle
accessory has a
non-stick coating
and is self-draining.
RIBBON
MODULE
Patterned glass top
with one 8" and
one 6" ribbon
heating element.
CALROD®
MODULE
One 8" and one 6"
plug-in Calrod®
heating element
with removable one-
piece drip bowls.
GRILL COVER (not shown)
Covers grill area when not in use. Available
in Black on black and White on white.
82
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 190.
Model shown with required filler strip provided.
THESE MODELS INCLUDE
• Custom built-in look with simple
slide-in installation. Note: All models
have black painted side panels.
GE Profile™
JSP40BW
• Black on black • SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Two 8", one 6" and one dual
(6"/9") ribbon heating element • 4 hot
surface indicator lights • Fingerprint and
scratch resistant patterned glass-ceramic
CleanDesign cooktop • Self-cleaning oven
with Delay Clean option • Frameless glass
oven door with window • Sure Grip designer-
style handle • Control lock capability
JSP40WW (not shown)
• White on white
JSP40AW (not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE
JSP34AW
• Almond on almond • SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Self-cleaning oven with Delay
Clean option • Frameless glass oven door
with designer-style handle • Control lock
capability
JSP34WW(not shown)
• White on white
JSP34BW(not shown)
• Black on black
GE
JSS26BW
• Black on black • Standard clean oven
• Frameless glass oven door with designer-
style handle
JSS16PW (not shown)
• Standard clean oven • Color-matched
oven door • Visor handle • Available in
white or almond
GE
JSP26BW
• SmartSet Electronic Controls • Self-
cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Frameless glass oven door with designer-
style handle • Control lock capability
• Available in white or almond
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Lift-up overhanging porcelain-enameled cooktop • Two 8" and two 6" plug-in Calrod®heating elements
• Electronic clock and kitchen timer • Custom built-in look with simple slide-in installation. Note: All models have black painted side panels.
SLIDE-INRANGES: 30" ELECTRIC
COIL
CLEANDESIGN
Ribbon Heating Elements
provide efficient cooking
response.
Models shown with required filler strip provided.
83
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 188-189.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
Models shown with required filler strip provided.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORY
TRIM KITS
Enhance the built-in look
of these Slide-In Gas ranges
with optional accessory trim
kits (all models except
JGSS05BEA), see page 188.
GE
JGSP23WEY
• White on white • SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Sealed burners • Standard
Simmer burner • Self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Control lock capability
• White porcelain-enameled cooktop
• Standard cast grates • Storage drawer
JGSP23BEY (not shown)
• Black on black
GE
JGSS05BEA
• Black on black • Extra-large standard
clean oven • Black porcelain-enameled
lift-up cooktop • Twin rod supports
• Separate broiler drawer with extra-large
broiler pan and grid • Standard porcelain
steel grates
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Electronic pilotless ignition • Frameless glass oven door
• Designer-style handle • Interior oven light • Broiler pan with grid
GE Profile™
JGSP44WEY
• White on white • SmartSet Electronic Controls
• Sealed burners • Standard simmer burner
• Maximum output burner • Deluxe cast grates
JGSP44BEY (not shown)
• Black on black
JGSP44AEY (not shown)
• Almond on almond
THESE MODELS
INCLUDE • Electronic
pilotless ignition • Self-
cleaning oven with Delay
Clean option • Sure Grip
designer-style handle
• Glass cooktop • Storage
drawer • Control lock
capability
Model shown with required filler strip provided.
SLIDE-INRANGES: 30" GAS
84
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 184 and 191.
GE
JDP39BW
• Black on black • Self-cleaning oven with
Delay Clean option • Control lock capability
JDP39WW (not shown)
• White on white
GE
JDP36BW
• Self-cleaning oven with Delay Clean option
• Control lock capability • Available with white
or almond cooktop
JDS26BW (not shown)
• Standard clean oven • Available with white or
almond cooktop
SLIDE-INRANGES: 30" DOWNDRAFT ELECTRIC
GE
JSP69WV
• White on white
JSP69BV (not shown)
• Black on black
The modular cooktop on these models allows you to
customize the range to suit your convenience and
food preparation needs. Downdraft venting allows you
to fry, griddle or even grill without an overhead vent
hood. These ranges are equipped with a grill module,
other modules shown are available at additional cost.
GRILL MODULE
JXGG50—Has two-piece,
non-stick coated grates
for cooking and cleaning
convenience.
(One included with
each range.)
GRIDDLE ACCESSORY
JXGL90—(For use with
grill module) Place over
heating element from
grill module. Griddle
accessory has a non-stick
coating.
COIL MODULES
JXGC53W—White on
white, JXGC53B—Black
on black. One 8" and
one 6" plug-in heating
element with removable
one-piece drip bowls.
RADIANT MODULE
JXGR63B—Frameless
module has patterned
glass top with two 7"
radiant heating elements.
BOTH MODELS
INCLUDE • Powerful
downdraft venting system
• Two-speed fan • Self-
cleaning oven • Glass
oven door with window
• Designer-style handle
• Electronic clock and
minute timer • Delay Bake
option • Dual modular
porcelain-enameled
cooktop • Storage drawer
(half depth)
ALL MODELS INCLUDE
• SmartSet Electronic
Controls • Lift-up
overhanging porcelain-
enameled cooktop
• Two 8" and two 6"
plug-in heating elements
• Removable one-piece
drip bowls • Lift-off oven
door • Frameless glass
oven door • Designer-style
handle
DROP-INRANGES: 30" ELECTRIC
85
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 192.
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
GE
JMP28BA
• Self-cleaning oven with automatic oven door lock
• White or almond cooktop • Electronic clock and
minute timer • Auto oven shut-off
GE
JMS08BA
• Standard clean oven • White or
almond cooktop • Rotary oven controls
DROP-INSPACEMAKER™RANGES: 27" ELECTRIC
GE Profile™
JMP31WA
• White on white • Self-cleaning
oven with automatic oven door
lock • Electronic clock and
kitchen timer • Auto oven shut-off
• Sure Grip designer-style handle
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Lift-up overhanging porcelain-enameled cooktop • One 8" and three 6" plug-in
Calrod®heating elements • Frameless glass oven door • Big View window • Chrome drip bowls
OPTIONAL
BACKGUARDS
White, black or almond
painted finish is available
at additional cost for
all models.
JX27RWH – White,
JX27RBK – Black,
JX27RAD – Almond
Lift-Up Cooktop stays up for
easy access to clean the
subtop quickly.
Calrod®Heating Elements unplug
for easy removal of one-piece
drip bowls for cleaning and
access to the subtop.
Electronic Oven Control provides
convenient cooking functions.
86
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 185-186.
THESE MODELS
INCLUDE • See-through
glass visor slides in and out
• 300 CFM performance
with variable speed fan
control • Auto heat sensor
• Compact housing leaves
ample shelf space behind
cabinet doors • Vertical
exhaust with 3-1/4" x 10"
rectangular duct
VENTING OPTIONS
GE Profile Performance Series™
JV960SA
• Stainless steel • 36" vented hood
with cooktop light
JV930SA (not shown)
• Stainless steel • 30" vented hood
with cooktop light
GE Profile™
JV695S (not shown)
• White on white • 36" vented hood
with cooktop light
JV694S (not shown)
• Black on black
JV394S (not shown)
• Black on black • 30" vented hood
with cooktop light
JV395S (not shown)
• White on white
SLIDE-OUT HOODS
HOODS
GE
JV347X Deluxe
• 30" width • Available in White on white, Black on
black or Almond on almond • Rotary control
• Three-speed fan • Cooktop light with Night Light
setting • Light cover • Convertible exhaust
(Shipped in non-vented configuration, convertible
to round or rectangular exhaust.) • Rectangular
damper included
JXDA22 round damper accessory, available at additional cost.
GE
JV327X Standard
• 30" width • 7" round duct • Easy-to-use rocker
switches • Two-speed fan • Cooktop light • Available
in white or almond
JXDA22 round damper accessory, available at additional cost.
JV337X (not shown)
• 3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct
• Rectangular damper included
GE
JV356V Performance
• 30" width • Available in White on white, Black on
black or Almond on almond • Rotary controls
• Variable speed fan control • 250 CFM (max.)
• 2 cooktop lights • Night Light setting • Convertible
exhaust options (rectangular or non-vented)
• Rectangular damper included
JV656V (not shown)
• 36" width
GE High Performance
and Performance Hoods
are designed with an
easy-to-clean continuous
surface and two large fil-
ters that can be cleaned
at the sink or dishwasher.
The High Performance
hoods are recommended
for use with gas cooktops
and grill/griddle
cooktops. Powerful
CFM performance draws
smoke and odors up and
out of the kitchen.
GE
JV376V High Performance
• 30" vented hood • Available in White on white or
Black on black • Rotary controls • 2 cooktop lights
• Night Light setting • Variable speed fan control
• Vertical or rear exhaust (410/380 CFM)
• 3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct
JN327X (not shown)
• Non-vented
Laundry
Built-In
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 186-187.
TELESCOPIC DOWNDRAFT SYSTEMS
Cooktop Sold Separately
GE Profile™
JVB37ABB
• 30" Black on black
telescopic downdraft system
JVB37AWW (not shown)
• White on white
GE Profile™
JVB67AWW
• 36" White on white
telescopic downdraft system
• Separate remote switch to
raise/lower vent
JVB67ABB (not shown)
• Black on black
GE Profile Performance
Series™
JVB96SA
• 36" stainless steel
telescopic downdraft system
JVB93SA (not shown)
• 30" stainless steel
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • 500 CFM performance • Upfront variable speed fan with slide control • Raises to 8-3/4" over cooktop
surface • Retracts when not in use • Ideal for island or peninsula installations • Use optional GE accessory cover (JXBC57) for outdoor
installation of blower or the indoor blower mounting kit (JXRB57) for indoor remote mounting of the blower.
Separate remote switch to
raise/lower vent provides
installation flexibility and
convenience of operation.
(only available on JVB67)
Raise/lower vent switch provides
convenience of operation.
87
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • 500 CFM performance • Variable speed fan control • Raises to 7" over
cooktop surface • Retracts when not in use • Ideal for island or peninsula installations • 3-1/4" x 10"
rectangular duct
Note: Approved for use with all GE Profile Performance™, GE Profile™and GE electric and sealed burner
gas cooktops. Not approved for use with standard burner gas cooktops.
Note: Approved for use with all GE Profile Performance™, GE Profile™and GE electric and sealed burner
gas cooktops. Not approved for use with standard burner gas cooktops.
88
Not all features available on all models.
GE PROUDLY INTRODUCES THE NEXT GENERATION
OF ELECTRIC RANGES.
YOU WON’T FIND A LARGER OVEN IN AMERICA!
JUST IMAGINE, A FULL 5.0 CUBIC FEET!
This 5.0 cubic foot oven is big enough to handle a
large quantity of food for those special occasions. It
has 26% more usable space than Whirlpool’s largest
oven, 28% more than Maytag’s and 36% more than
Frigidaire’s. It also features GE’s exclusive six rack
capability to accommodate a variety of cookware.
TRUETEMP™IS STILL THE MOST ACCURATE
OVEN IN AMERICA!
TrueTemp™electric ranges have the most advanced
temperature management system in the industry.
Less temperature variance means better oven
accuracy which delivers consistent cooking results.
-10°
-20°
-30°
+30°
+40°
-40°
+20°
+10°
GE
Whirlpool
Maytag
KitchenAid
Amana
Frigidaire
Baking
Temperature
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
89
Exclusive CleanDesign
As for cleanability, the CleanDesign
oven interior conceals the lower oven
element under a porcelain-coated steel
surface. All you see and clean is a flat,
smooth oven surface.
Seamless Backguard
The seamless backguard design
provides a sleek appearance and makes
cleaning fast and easy. The easy-to-use
glass touch controls bring elegance and
style to your range.
Warming Option
Keeps soups, sauces, breads and
pancakes warm, or melts butter and
chocolate. Or use this new burner as you
would any other cooktop element.
6"/9" Dual Element
The dual ring element is a small and a
large element all in one. It lets you heat
the element area that’s needed for
either a six- or nine-inch pan.
Bridge Burner
GE’s exclusive bridge burner, when
used with either one or both single
elements, allows you to create larger
cooking zones for any size cookware.
INCREDIBLY VERSATILE COOKTOP PUTS YOU INCONTROL WITH MORE CHOICES
THAN EVER BEFORE!
DESIGNED WITH THE CONSUMER’SCONVENIENCE INMIND;
EASY-TO-USE AND EASY-TO-CLEAN!
90
Not all features available on all models.
ONLY GE MAKES RANGES THIS EASY TOOPERATE.
RESPONSIVE. GE’s
Prompt Response System
makes the heating
elements come on fast,
and then directs the heat
straight up to the pan
or cookware.
UNIFORM HEAT.
Elements are designed
to distribute heat
uniformly, pulsing on
and off to maintain the
selected heat level.
DURABLE. The cooktop
is made with a specially
engineered ceramic glass
that has an amazing
resistance to both stains
and impact.
ATTRACTIVE. The
decorator pattern won’t
wear off under normal
use and also helps
camouflage any smudges
that might occur.
PROTECTIVE. Heating
elements have a “hot
surface” indicator light
to let you know when
the element is too hot
to touch (it continues to
work even if the element
has been turned off).
STYLISH. Please note
the designer handle,
frameless, full-width glass
oven door, sleek control
panel and overall
appearance.
The oven is self-cleaning, of course. But for most families, 80 percent of the cooking is done on the cooktop.
You can see in a glance just how easy it is to wipe the smooth ceramic glass cooktop clean.
GE convection ranges use
the European or “true”
convection system. The
difference between “us
and them” is a third dual
loop heating element that
surrounds the convection
fan in the back wall of the
oven. This extra fan at the
rear of the oven gently circulates heated air
evenly throughout the entire oven cavity—
under and around the food. The moving air
penetrates foods faster than stationary air.
DON’TSETTLE FOR LESS THAN TRUE CONVECTION.
Convection cooking has
long been acclaimed as
superior by professional
chefs and bakers. And
no wonder. Roasting
time is reduced with
more “even” results.
Roasts are beautifully
browned on the outside,
tender and juicy inside.
GE convection ovens
deliver exceptional
baking results with
reduced temperatures
(up to 25° less than a
conventional oven).
Expect your baked
goods to maintain their
delicate texture while
turning a golden brown.
91
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
LIFT-UP. Just lift-up and
lock the top into place for
easy access to the recessed
spill containment subtop.
STURDY. Don’t worry
about it falling. The
torsion bar and dual
support rods make it easy
to lift-up and lock. It’s
just as easy to reverse
the procedure.
CONTAINMENT. GE’s Clean-Well™
cooktops are designed to contain most
spills before they reach the subtop.
The porcelain-enameled subtop is designed with special containment wells for easy clean-up.
Wires have all been thoughtfully positioned under the edge of the cooktop so they never interfere with cleaning
EXCLUSIVE DESIGN.
Only GE has the
Clean-Well™Cooktop.
This closer look shows
you why clean-up is so
simple. First, the high
spill rims around the
Calrod®elements help
contain the spills on top.
Second, the plug-in
Calrod®elements and
the simple one-piece drip
bowls are easily removed.
AND THIS EASY TOCLEAN.
A SIMPLE GUIDE TOGE’SQUICKSET OVEN CONTROLS
QUICKSET II
• Dual Element Bake • Digital temperature display with recall • Oven
Preheat light • Electronic digital clock • Electronic reminder timer, up to
12 hours • Audible Preheat signal • 12-Hour automatic oven shut-off
• Self-clean countdown digital display, includes cool down • Auto self-clean
QUICKSET III
Same as QuickSet II, plus:
• Automatic oven control • Delay Bake • Delay Self-Clean
• Adjustable self-clean cycle time
QUICKSET IV
Same as QuickSet III, plus:
• Auto self-clean • All touchpad control • Large digital
temperature display • Variable broil
QUICKSET V
Same as QuickSet IV, plus:
• Convection bake/roast • Temperature probe
• Extra-large graphics and extra-large touchpads
• Digital glass touchpad control (0-9) entry • Oven function icons
92
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 193.
CLEANDESIGN: CONVECTION
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • TrueTemp™System • Warming option • Dual element bake • Six-pass power bake element
• SmartLogic™electronic control • Patterned glass-ceramic cooktop • One-piece upswept cooktop • Storage drawer
• Electronic digital clock and oven controls • Big View window
Convection Ovens provide even
cooking and superior baking.
CleanDesign oven interiors have
a smooth seamless surface,
making cleanup easier than ever.
Bridge Element for total
cooking flexibility.
GE
TrueTemp
+40°
+30°
+20°
+10°
Baking
Temp.
-10°
-20°
-30°
-40°
Other
Manufacturers'
Average
SmartLogic™Electronic Control
delivers more consistent oven
temperatures for exceptional
cooking results.
GE Profile Performance Series™
JB970SB
• Stainless steel • Self-cleaning convection oven
with dedicated third, dual-loop heating element
• Large 3.7 cu. ft. capacity oven • QuickSet V oven
controls (refer to page 91) • Two 7" ribbon heating
elements with connecting bridge element
• One dual 6"/9" and one 6" ribbon heating
element • Easy-view hot lights • Stainless steel oven
door with stainless tubular handle • Fluorescent
night light • Three oven shelves • Automatic
meat thermometer
GE Profile Performance Series™
JB960AB
• Almond on almond • Largest oven in America*
• Self-cleaning convection oven with dedicated
third, dual-loop heating element • Super large
4.5 cu. ft. capacity oven • CleanDesign oven
interior • Right rear 6" burner with warming
function • QuickSet V oven controls (refer to
page 91) • Two 7" ribbon heating elements with
connecting bridge element • One dual 6"/9" and
one 6" ribbon heating element • Easy-view hot
lights • One-piece upswept cooktop • Frameless
glass oven door with Sure Grip handle • Automatic
self-clean oven latch • Big View window
• Fluorescent night light • Three oven shelves,
one off-set • Automatic meat thermometer
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
*Among leading manufacturers
93
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 193.
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
GE Profile Performance Series™
JB960WB
• White on white • Largest oven in America*
• Self-cleaning convection oven with dedicated
third, dual-loop heating element • Super large
4.5 cu. ft. capacity oven • CleanDesign oven interior
• Right rear 6" burner with warming function
• QuickSet V oven controls (refer to page 91)
• Two 7" ribbon heating elements with connecting
bridge element • One dual 6"/9" and one 6" ribbon
heating element • Easy-view hot lights • One-piece
upswept cooktop • Frameless glass oven door with
Sure Grip handle • Automatic self-clean oven latch
• Big View window • Fluorescent night light
• Three oven shelves, one off-set • Automatic
meat thermometer
JB960BB (not shown)
• Black on black
GE Profile Performance Series™
JB940BB
• Black on black • Largest oven in America*
• Self-cleaning convection oven with dedicated
third, dual-loop heating element • Super large
4.5 cu. ft. capacity oven • CleanDesign oven interior
• Right rear 6" burner with warming function
• QuickSet V oven controls (refer to page 91)
• One dual 6"/9", one 8", and two 6" ribbon
heating elements • Easy-view hot lights • One-piece
upswept cooktop • Frameless glass oven door with
Sure Grip handle • Automatic self-clean oven latch
• Big View window • Fluorescent night light
• Three oven shelves, one off-set • Automatic
meat thermometer
JB940WB (not shown)
• White on white
JB940AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
*Among leading manufacturers
94
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 193.
CLEANDESIGN
6"/9” Dual Element saves
energy and provides more
efficient cooking.
Six-Pass Power Bake provides
more power, total coverage
and even cooking.
Dual Element Bake for even
baking and roasting.
GE
JBP78WB
• White on white • QuickSet III oven controls (refer
to page 91) • One 8" and two 6", and one dual 6"/9"
ribbon heating elements • Frameless glass oven door
with designer-style handle
JBP78AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JBP78BB (not shown)
• Black on black
GE Profile™
JBP79AB
• Almond on almond • QuickSet IV oven controls
(refer to page 91) • Glass backguard • One 8", two
6" and one dual 6"/9" ribbon heating elements
• Frameless glass oven door with Sure Grip handle
• Fluorescent night light
JBP79WB (not shown)
• White on white
JBP79BB (not shown)
• Black on black
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Largest oven in America* • Super large 5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • TrueTemp™System • Self-cleaning oven
• Right rear 6" burner with warming option • Dual element bake • Six-pass power bake element • SmartLogic™electronic control
• Easy-view hot lights • Patterned glass-ceramic cooktop • One-piece upswept cooktop • Storage drawer • Electronic digital clock and
oven controls • Big View window
*Among leading manufacturers
Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
95
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to page 193.
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
CLEANDESIGN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Self-cleaning oven • Dual element bake • Frameless glass oven door
• Designer-style handle • Two 8" and two 6" ribbon heating elements
GE
TrueTemp
+40°
+30°
+20°
+10°
Baking
Temp.
-10°
-20°
-30°
-40°
Other
Manufacturers'
Average
SmartLogic™Electronic Control
delivers more consistent oven
temperatures for exceptional
cooking results.
Six-Pass Power Bake provides
more power, total coverage and
even cooking.
Ribbon Elements direct heat
directly to the pan and provide
even heat for uniform cooking.
GE
JBP66WB
• White on white • Largest oven in America*
• Super large 5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven
• TrueTemp™System • SmartLogic™electronic
controls • Standard window • QuickSet III oven
control (refer to page 91) • Six-pass power bake
element • Easy-view hot lights
JBP66AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JBP66BB (not shown)
• Available in white or almond with
black glass door
GE
JBP64BB
• Largest oven in America* • Super large
5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • QuickSet II oven
controls (refer to page 91) • Easy-view
hot lights
GE
JBP63BB
• QuickSet II oven controls (refer to
page 91) • Easy-view hot lights
ACCESSORY INFORMATION
For easy cleaning of the cooktop, GE provides
one scraper and one 2.5-oz. bottle of cleaning
creme with each range. For additional supply,
call toll-free 1-800-626-2002.
*Among leading manufacturers
Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
96
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 194.
QUICKCLEAN™SELF-CLEAN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Self-cleaning oven • Dual Element Bake • Frameless glass oven door • Designer-style handle
• CleanWell™cooktop system • Lift-up Cooktop • Plug-in Calrod®heating elements, two 8" and two 6" • Heating element “ON”
indicator lights • Removable full-width storage drawer • Four leveling legs with Easy Level System • Removable one-piece drip bowls
Six Pass Power Bake provides
more power, total coverage
and even cooking.
GE Profile™
JBP48AB
• Almond on almond • Largest oven in America*
• Super 5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • TrueTemp™
System • Warming option • SmartLogic™
electronic controls • Six-pass power bake element
• Right rear 6" burner with warming function
• Big View window • QuickSet IV oven controls
(refer to page 91) • Sure Grip handle
JBP48WB (not shown)
• White on white
JBP48BB (not shown)
• Black on black
GE
JBP35BB
• Largest oven in America* • Super 5.0 cu. ft.
capacity oven • TrueTemp™System
• SmartLogic™electronic controls • Six-pass
power bake element • Big View window
• QuickSet III oven controls (refer to page 91)
GE
TrueTemp
+40°
+30°
+20°
+10°
Baking
Temp.
-10°
-20°
-30°
-40°
Other
Manufacturers'
Average
SmartLogic™Electronic Control
delivers more consistent oven
temperatures for exceptional
cooking results.
GE
JBP30WB
• White on white • Largest oven in America* • Super
5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • TrueTemp™System
• SmartLogic™electronic controls • Six-pass power
bake element • QuickSet III oven controls (refer
to page 91)
JBP30AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JBP30BB (not shown)
• Available in white or almond with black glass door
Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
*Among leading manufacturers
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
97
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 194.
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
Calrod®Heating Elements
provide even heat distribution
for better cooking performance.
Clean-Well™Cooktop System
contains spills so clean-up
is simple.
GE
JBP26WB
• White on white • Largest oven in America* • Super
5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven • TrueTemp™ System
• SmartLogic™ electronic controls • Six-pass power
bake element • Standard window • QuickSet III oven
controls (refer to page 91)
JBP26AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JBP26BB (not shown)
• Available in white or almond
with black glass door
GE
JBP24BB
• Largest oven in America*
• Super 5.0 cu. ft. capacity oven
• Standard window • QuickSet II oven
controls (refer to page 91)
GE
JBP21WB
• White on white • QuickSet II oven
controls (refer to page 91)
JBP21BB (not shown)
• Available in white or almond
with black glass door
Lift-up cooktop locks into
place for easy cleaning.
98
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 194.
QUICKCLEAN™STANDARD CLEAN
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Clean-Well™Cooktop System • Heating element “ON” indicator light • Removable full-width
storage drawer • Four leveling legs with Easy Level System • Removable one-piece chrome drip bowls
Clean-Well™Cooktop System
contains spills so clean-up
is simple.
Calrod®Heating Elements
provide even heat distribution
for better cooking performance.
Lift-up cooktop locks into
place for easy cleaning.
GE
JBS27BY
• Standard clean oven • Lift-up cooktop
• Plug-in Calrod®heating elements, two 8"
and two 6" • Electronic clock and minute
timer • Frameless black glass oven door
with window • Designer-style handle
JBS27WY (not shown)
• White on white
JBS27AY (not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE
JBS26W
• Standard clean oven • Plug-in Calrod®
heating elements, one 8" and three 6"
• Electronic clock and minute timer
• Color-matched oven door with window
• Chrome visor handle
GE
JBS07V
• White on white • Standard clean oven
• Plug-in Calrod®heating elements, one
8" and three 6" • Oven door with window
• Chrome visor handle
99
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 194-195.
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
GE
JBS03GV
• Standard clean oven • Plug-in Calrod®heating
elements, one 8" and three 6" • Frameless solid
black glass oven door • Designer-style handle
JBS03V (not shown)
• Solid color-matched oven door
• Chrome visor handle
GE
JBS05Y(Does not have Clean-Well™Cooktop System)
• Standard clean oven • Up-front controls
• Plug-in heating elements, one 8" and three
6" • Color-matched oven door with window
• Chrome visor handle • Storage drawer
GE
JCP67Y
• White on white • Self-cleaning master
oven • Standard clean companion oven
• Electronic clock and automatic master
oven timer
JCS57Y (not shown)
• White on white • Standard clean oven
• Companion storage compartment
with shelf • Electronic clock and timer
40" SELF-CLEANING & STANDARD CLEAN
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • Storage drawer • Lift-off oven door with window • Interior oven light • Two 6" and two 8" heating elements
Easy-to-use Electronic Controls
provide cooking convenience.
✓
100
WHEN ITCOMES TOACCURACY,
GE TRUETEMP™ISRIGHT ONTHE MARK
GE TRUETEMP,
™
THE MOST
ACCURATE OVEN
IN AMERICA!
The guesswork is gone. The
temperamental oven is a thing
of the past. GE’s exclusive
TrueTemp™system manages and
maintains the oven temperature
you select. It’s more accurate than
any other leading manufacturers’
brand. The SmartLogic™
electronic control, with a platinum
sensor, constantly monitors the
oven’s performance to ensure
more precise temperature
management. (Even if you open
the door when the oven is on,
SmartLogic™senses variations in
temperature and responds to
regain the selected setting.) The
TrueTemp™system also includes a
new enhanced broil system, which
distributes heat broadly and
evenly for improved cooking
performance. QuickSet electronic
controls make it easy for you to set
the oven temperature and the
time for baking or broiling. And
the extra-large oven, broiler pan
and grid provide the capacity you
need when cooking for a crowd.
Baking
Temp.
Other Leading Manufacturers’ Average
Amana, Magic Chef, Whirlpool,
Maytag, KitchenAid, Tappan
GE TrueTemp™
Look how it out-performs
the other leading brands.
Maytag
Whirlpool
-40° -30° -20° -10° +10° +20° +30° +40°
COMPARISON OF OVEN TEMPERATURE VARIATION
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
101
COMPLETING THE RECIPE FOR QUALITY COOKING
Advanced temperature control is only one of the features that GE gas ranges offer. They also have an amazingly versatile
cooktop—you can choose the burner that best suits the job: the Maximum Output burner for fast heating and rapid boiling;
the Precise Simmer burner for gentle heating; or any of the burners for cooking over medium heat. The cooktop’s seamless
design and porcelain-enameled surface help make clean-up smooth and swift. Meanwhile, your TrueTemp™oven is
super-sized with the largest usable oven capacity* available in 30" free-standing ranges.
*Among leading manufacturers’ brands.
102
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 196.
XL44™SELF-CLEANING: SEALED BURNERS
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • TrueTemp™System • SmartLogic™electronic control • Extra-large self-cleaning oven • Electronic
clock and automatic oven timer • Sealed burners • Precise Simmer burner • Maximum Output burners • Three oven racks
• Six embossed rack positions • In-oven broiling • Extra-large broiler pan with grid • Interior oven light • Electronic pilotless ignition
Enhanced Broil System provides
improved broil performance.
Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.
TrueTemp™System.
“The Most Accurate
Oven in America.”
Digipad Entry provides
digital precision with
easy-to-set controls.
GE Profile™
JGBP90MEA Commercial-Style Gas Range
• Brushed chrome styling • Mirrored glass
backguard • QuickSet V oven controls
with digipad entry; auto oven shut-off with
override; start pad; delay clean option
and self-clean cool down time display
• Fluorescent cooktop night light
• Mirrored glass oven door with Big View
window • Professional-style handle and
control knobs • One-piece upswept
brushed-chrome cooktop • Professional
cooktop grates with rubber feet
• Continuous grate surface
GE Profile™
JGBP86WEA
• White on white • Scratch resistant glass
backguard • QuickSet V oven controls
with digipad entry; auto oven shut-off with
override; start pad; delay clean option
and self-clean cool down time display
• Fluorescent cooktop night light
• Frameless glass oven door with Big View
window • Sure Grip handle • Designer-style
control knobs • One-piece upswept
porcelain-enameled cooktop • Professional
extra-large cast iron grates • Continuous
grate surface • One-piece drip pans
JGBP86AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JGBP86BEA (not shown)
• Black on black
*Among leading manufacturers’ brands.
Other Leading
Manufacturers’ Average
Amana, Magic Chef,
Whirlpool, Maytag,
KitchenAid, Tappan
GE
TrueTemp™
Baking
Temp
-30° -20° -10° +10° +20° +30°
OVEN TEMPERATURE VARIATION
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
103
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 196.
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
Precise Simmer Burner with
600 BTUs allows for low, even
heat distribution for delicate
foods and sauces.
Maximum Output Burners,
with 12,000 BTUs, provide
maximum output for fast
heat-up and boiling.
Sealed Burner Design helps
contain spills from dripping
beneath cooktop for easy
clean-up.
14955 GE Profile™
JGBP85BEA
• Black on black • Scratch resistant glass
backguard • QuickSet V oven controls
with digipad entry; auto oven shut-off with
override; start pad; delay clean option
and self-clean cool down time display
• Fluorescent cooktop night light
• Frameless glass oven door with Big View
window • Sure Grip handle • Designer-
style control knobs • One-piece upswept
porcelain-enameled cooktop • Square
deluxe cast grates with rubber feet
• One-piece drip pans
JGBP85AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JGBP85WEA (not shown)
• White on white
GE Profile™
JGBP79AEA
• Almond on almond • QuickSet IV oven
controls with digital temperature display;
auto oven shut-off with override; start pad;
delay clean option; self-clean cool down
time display and control lock capability
• Scratch-resistant porcelain-enameled
backguard • Glass oven door with
Big View window • Sure Grip handle
• Designer-style control knobs • One-piece
upswept porcelain-enameled cooktop
• Square deluxe cast grates with rubber
feet • One-piece drip pans
JGBP79WEA (not shown)
• White on white
JGBP79BEA (not shown)
• Black on black
104
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 196.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Extra-large
self-cleaning oven • Six embossed rack
positions • QuickSet oven controls
• Sealed burners • Electronic pilotless
ignition • One-piece, upswept porcelain-
enameled cooktop • Frameless glass oven
door • Designer-style handle • In-oven
broiling • Extra-large broiler pan
• Two oven racks • Interior oven light
GE
JGBP35BEA
• Black on black • TrueTemp™System
• SmartLogic™electronic control
• QuickSet IV oven controls with digital
temperature display; auto oven shut-off with
override; start pad; delay clean option; self-clean
cool down time display; and control lock
capability • Precise Simmer burner • Maximum
Output burner • Big View window • Storage
drawer • Black standard cast square grates
• Black porcelain-enameled drip pans
JGBP35AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JGBP35WEA (not shown)
• White on white
GE
JGBP30BEA
• TrueTemp™System • SmartLogic™
electronic control • QuickSet III oven
controls with digital temperature display;
auto oven shut-off and audible preheat
signal • Precise Simmer burner • Maximum
Output burner • Big View window • Storage
drawer • Black deluxe porcelain steel square
grates • Black porcelain-enameled drip pans
JGBP30AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JGBP30WEA (not shown)
• White on white
GE
JGBP28BEA
• QuickSet II oven controls with digital
temperature display; auto oven shut-off
and audible preheat signal • Storage
drawer • Black standard porcelain
steel square grates
GE
JGBP27BEA
• QuickSet II oven controls with digital
temperature display; auto oven shut-off
and audible preheat signal • Black
standard porcelain steel square grates
XL44™SELF-CLEANING: SEALED BURNERS
105
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 196.
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
XL44™SELF-CLEANING: STANDARD BURNERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Extra-large
self-cleaning oven • Six embossed rack
positions • Electronic pilotless ignition
• QuickSet oven controls • Frameless
glass oven door with designer-style handle
• Lift-up cooktop • Square, standard
porcelain steel grates • One-piece,
porcelain-enameled cooktop and subtop
• In-oven broiling • Extra-large broiler
pan with grid • Two oven racks
• Interior oven light
Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.
Sixth Embossed Rack Position
increases cooking flexibility.
GE
JGBP26BEA
• TrueTemp™System • SmartLogic™
electronic control • QuickSet III oven
controls with digital temperature
display; delay bake option; auto oven
shut-off and audible preheat signal
• Black porcelain-enameled drip pans
• Storage drawer
JGBP26AEA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
JGBP26WEA (not shown)
• White on white
GE
JGBP24BEA
• QuickSet II oven controls
with digital temperature display;
auto oven shut-off and audible
preheat signal
*Among leading manufacturers’ brands.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
106
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 197.
XL44™STANDARD CLEAN: SEALED BURNERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Extra-large standard clean oven • Six embossed rack positions • Electronic clock and timer
• Sealed burners • Porcelain steel square grates • Electronic pilotless ignition • One-piece, upswept porcelain-enameled cooktop
• Slide-out broiler drawer • Extra-large broiler pan with grid
GE
JGBS23AEA
• Almond on almond • Frameless almond
glass oven door with Big View window
• Designer-style handle • Precise Simmer
burner • Maximum Output burner
• Taupe porcelain-enameled drip pans
• Interior oven light
JGBS23WEA (not shown)
• White on white
• Grey porcelain-enameled drip pans
JGBS23BEA (not shown)
• Black glass door
• Black porcelain-enameled drip pans
GE
JGBS22BEA
• Frameless black glass oven door
with window • Interior oven light
GE
JGBS21PEA
• Solid porcelain-enameled oven door
• Chrome visor handle
Sixth Embossed Rack Position
increases cooking flexibility.
Largest Usable Oven Capacity*
has room enough for cooking
an entire meal.
Sealed Burner Design helps
contain spills from dripping
beneath cooktop for easy
clean-up.
*Among manufacturers’ brands.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
107
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 197.
Laundry
Free-Standing
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
XL44™CONTINUOUS & STANDARD CLEAN: STANDARD BURNERS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Six embossed rack positions • Electronic pilotless ignition • Lift-up cooktop • Square, standard porcelain steel
grates • Porcelain-enameled cooktop • Easy-clean porcelain-enameled subtop • Slide-out broiler drawer • Extra-large broiler pan with grid
• Two oven racks • Interior oven light
GE
JGBS07PEA
• White on white • Extra-large standard
clean oven • White porcelain-enameled
oven door with designer-style handle
• Interior oven light
GE
JGBS04BEA
• Frameless solid black glass oven door
with designer-style handle • Extra-large
standard clean oven
JGBS04BPA (not shown)
• Standing pilot ignition
JGBS04PEA (not shown)
• Solid porcelain-enameled oven door
with chrome visor handle
JGBS04PPA (not shown)
• Standing pilot ignition
GE
JGBS03PPA
• Solid porcelain-enameled oven door with
chrome visor handle • Standing pilot ignition
GE
JGBC17PEA
• Extra-large continuous clean oven
• Electronic clock and timer
• Color-matched porcelain-enameled
oven door with designer-style handle
• One-piece upswept cooktop
JGBS17PEA (not shown)
• Extra-large standard clean oven
GE
JGBC20BEA
• Extra-large continuous clean oven
• Electronic clock and timer • Frameless
black glass oven door with designer-style
handle • One-piece upswept cooktop
JGBC20WEA(not shown)
• White on white
JGBS20BEA (not shown)
• Extra-large standard clean oven
JGBS20WEA (not shown)
• White on white
GE
JGBS15PEA
• Extra-large standard clean oven
• Color-matched porcelain-enameled oven
door with window • Chrome visor handle
• Electronic pilotless ignition • Square
standard porcelain steel grates • Interior
oven light • Drop-down broiler drawer
108
COMBINING Style, Flexibility
BEFORE
JE1640WB
GE—THE ORIGINAL SPACEMAKER™
In 1979, GE invented the Spacemaker™over-the-range microwave. With so many features and the
20 years that go behind the GE Spacemaker™it is easy to see why many people are making this their
microwave of choice. When combined with a GE range, you now have a cooking center that gives even
more flexibility. The GE Spacemaker™1600 still reigns as the largest over-the-range microwave ever!
A powerful, two-speed exhaust fan, with 300 CFM and cooktop light are integrated into the base of the
microwave oven, eliminating the need for a range hood. The Easy Mount system makes GE over-the-range
microwave ovens simple to install. When installed above a GE range, you’ve increased valuable
countertop space in the kitchen. Experience combined with space-saving design, exactly what you’ve
come to expect from GE.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
109
AND GREAT FEATURES!
AFTER
JVM1660WB
110
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 200.
BUILT-INMICROWAVE OVENS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 1.0 cu. ft. oven cavity • 800 watts* • Sensor Cooking Controls
for Popcorn, Cook, Reheat and Beverage pads • Express Cook
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
The Built-In Microwave/
Convection Oven provides
a true built-in appearance.
Convection cooking produces
brown exteriors
and moist interiors.
Sensor Controls take the
guesswork out of cooking.
GE Profile Performance Series™
JEB1095SB
• Stainless steel • Combination Roast
(probe) • Combination Cooking
JEB1095BB (not shown)
• Black on black • Convection Cooking
• Combination Roast (probe)
• Combination Cooking
JEB1095WB (not shown)
• White on white
GE Profile™
JEB1055WB
• White on white • Auto Roast (probe)
JEB1055BB (not shown)
• Black on black
MICROWAVE/CONVECTION
MICROWAVE ONLY
The new built-in
microwave oven, JEB1095
and JEB1055, now fits a
27" or 30" configuration.
A trim kit (included with
all models) enables the
unit to be adapted to a
30" width. The models are
available in classic white
and black. There is also a
new GE Profile
Performance™stainless
steel model available.
Shown in 30" width
Shown in 27" width
JEB1055 control panel shown
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
111
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 198.
SPACEMAKERPLUS™: COMBINATION MICROWAVE/CONVECTION
Convection Cooking
provides a browned crisp
exterior and moist interior.
The Combination Bake/Hi
uses 30% microwave power,
combined with convection
cooking for faster cooking
results.
The Sensor Combination
pads take the guesswork
out of cooking.
This powerful 300 CFM venting
system quickly removes smoke
and steam from your cooktop.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 1.1 cu. ft. oven cavity • 825 watts* • Sensor Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Beverage, Canned Vegetables,
Fresh Vegetables and Frozen Vegetables and Reheat Pads • Combination Microwave/Convection Oven • Sensor Combination (Chicken,
Fish, Potato) • Combination Roast (probe) • Combination Bake Hi/Lo • Convection Bake • Auto Defrost/Time Defrost • SmartControl
System with Interactive Display • Convection Rack/Broil Pan • Temp Cook (probe) • Programmable Nite Light
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
GE Profile Performance Series™
JVM1190WY
• White on white
JVM1190BY (not shown)
• Black on black
GE Profile
Performance Series™
JVM1190SY
• Stainless steel
GE Profile
Performance Series™
JVM1190AY
• Almond on almond
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
112
SPACEMAKER: SENSOR COOKING CONTROLS
Sensor Controls automatically
eliminate guesswork.
Message Center allows you
to leave audio messages for
your family.
Appointment Scheduler Pad
allows you to schedule and input
future appointments and will
remind you as well.
This powerful 300 CFM venting
system quickly removes smoke
and steam from your cooktop.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 1.6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1000 watts* • Sensor Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Beverage, Reheat, Ground Meats, Fish
Fillets, Chicken Pieces, Potatoes and Vegetable Pads • Audio Message Center • Appointment Scheduler • Two Custom Pads • CircuWave™1000
Cooking System • Turntable On/Off • SmartControl System with Interactive Display • Help Pad • 2 Removable Dual Racks • Timer On/Off
• Full-View Cooktop Lighting • Programmable Nite Light • Time Cook I & II • Temp Cook/Roast (probe) • Auto Defrost/Time Defrost
• Add 30 Seconds • Instant On Controls • Beeper Volume Control • Child Lock-Out • Powerful 300CFM Two-Speed,High-Capacity Exhaust
Fan • Easy Mount Installation • Clock Saver • Cookbook
GE Profile™
JVM1660SB
• Stainless steel
GE Profile™
JVM1660WB
• White on white
JVM1660BB (not shown)
• Black on black
JVM1660AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 199. *IEC-705 Test Procedure
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
113
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 199.
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
SPACEMAKER: SENSOR/CONVENIENCE COOKING CONTROLS
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • 1.6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1000 watts* • Convenience Cooking Controls for Beverage Pad • CircuWave™1000
Cooking System • Time Cook I & II • Delay Start • Reminder • Auto/Time Defrost • Express Cook • Add 30 Seconds • 10 power levels
• Instant On Controls • Timer On/Off • Child Lock-Out • Cooking Complete Reminder
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost
automatically sets defrosting
time and power level.
Convenience Cooking Controls
allow you to defrost, cook or
reheat at the touch of a pad.
Add 30 Seconds extends
cooking time without the hassle
of reprogramming.
GE
JVM1640WB
• White on white • Convenience Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Reheat and Cook pads
• Turntable On/Off • Beeper Volume Control • Removable dual rack
GE
JVM1630BB
• Black on black • Convenience Cooking Controls for Popcorn
and Reheat pads • Turntable
GE
JVM1650BB
• Black on black • Sensor Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Beverage, Potato, Vegetables
and Reheat pads • Convenience Controls for Cook and Snack pads • Turntable
On/Off • Removable Dual Rack • Programmable Nite Light • Beeper Volume Control
JVM1651BB
(not shown)
• Non-vented model
JVM1650AB
(not shown)
• Almond on almond
JVM1651AB
(not shown)
• Non-vented model
JVM1650WB
(not shown)
• White on white
JVM1651WB
(not shown)
• Non-vented model
JVM1640BB
(not shown)
• Black on black
JVM1640AB
(not shown)
• Almond on almond
JVM1631BB
(not shown)
• Non-vented model
JVM1630WB
(not shown)
• White on white
JVM1631WB
(not shown)
• Non-vented model
This powerful 300 CFM venting
system quickly removes smoke
and steam from your cooktop.
114
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 201.
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
COUNTERTOP: MICROWAVE/CONVECTION
Convection Cooking produces
golden brown exteriors and
moist interiors.
Combination Cooking
combines microwave and
convection cooking.
The SmartRack provides two
levels of convection cooking.
GE Profile Performance Series™
JE1390GA
• Black with greystone case
GE Profile Performance Series™
JE1390WA
• White on white
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • 1.3 cu. ft. oven cavity • 850 watts* • Sensor Cooking Controls for Beverage,
Popcorn, Cook and Reheat pads • Turntable • Time Cook I & II • Convection Cook • Combination Cook
• Combination Roast • 10 power levels • SmartRack • Auto Defrost • Kitchen Timer • Delay Start
• Express Cook • Deluxe Cookbook • Built-in kit (available at additional cost)
BUILT-INACCESSORY TRIM KITS
Built-in accessory trim kits allow installation in a wall or cabinet alone, or over a
GE 30" or 27" single electric wall oven. Use a convection wall oven under these
convection microwave ovens for a complete convection cooking center.
(See page 203 for dimensional data. Kit available at additional cost.)
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
115
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 201.
COUNTERTOP: SENSOR CONTROLS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Scrolling Display • Sensor Cooking Controls for Beverage, Popcorn, Potato, Vegetable, Chicken/Fish
and Reheat pads • Time Cook I & II • Auto Defrost/Time Defrost • Express Cook • Add 30 Seconds • 10 power levels • Instant On
Controls • Timer On/Off • Child Lock-Out • Delay Start • Reminder • Cooking Complete Reminder • Variable Beeper Volume
The Scrolling Display is easy
to read and a helpful
cooking guide.
Sensor Controls take the
guesswork out of cooking.
JE1660GB
(not shown)
• Black with
greystone case
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
GE Profile™
JE1660WB
• White on white • Full-size 1.6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1100 watts*
• Turntable • Built-in kit available at additional cost
JE1360WB
(not shown)
• White on white
GE Profile™
JE1360GB
• Black with greystone case • Family-size 1.3 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 1100 watts* • Turntable
JE1860GB
(not shown)
• Black with
greystone case
JE1860WB
(not shown)
• White on white
GE Profile™
JE1860SB
• Stainless steel • Extra-large 1.8 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1100 watts*
• Turntable On/Off • Built-in kit available at additional cost
116
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 201-202.
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
JE1060WB
(not shown)
• White on white
GE Profile™
JE1060GB
• Black with greystone case • Family-size 1.0 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 1100 watts* • Turntable
JEM31GA
(not shown)
• Black with
greystone case
JEM31SA
(not shown)
• Stainless steel
GE Profile™
JEM31WA
• White on white • Mid-size .9 cu. ft. oven cavity • 800 watts*
COUNTERTOP: SENSOR CONTROLS (CONTINUED)
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Scrolling Display • Sensor Cooking Controls for Beverage, Popcorn, Potato, Vegetable, Chicken/Fish
and Reheat pads • Time Cook I & II • Auto Defrost/Time Defrost • Express Cook • Add 30 Seconds • 10 power levels • Instant On
Controls • Timer On/Off • Child Lock-Out • Delay Start • Reminder • Cooking Complete Reminder • Variable Beeper Volume
The Scrolling Display is easy to
read and a helpful cooking guide.
Sensor Controls take the
guesswork out of cooking.
117
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 201.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
GE
JE1640WB
• White on white • Full-size 1.6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1100 watts*
• Built-in kit available at additional cost
JE1640GB (not shown)
• Black with greystone case
JE1640AB (not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE
JE1840WB
• White on white • Extra-large 1.8 cu. ft.
oven cavity • 1100 watts* • Built-in kit
available at additional cost
JE1840GB (not shown)
• Black with greystone case
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
GE
JE1340GB
• Black with greystone case • Family-size 1.3 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 1100 watts*
JE1340WB (not shown)
• White on white
GE
JE1040WB
• White on white • Mid-size 1.0 cu. ft. oven cavity • 1100 watts*
JE1040GB (not shown)
• Black with greystone case
GE
JE740WY
• White on white • Compact .7 cu. ft. oven cavity • 700 watts*
• Undercabinet hanging kit available at additional cost
JE740GY (not shown)
• Black with greystone case
COUNTERTOP: CONVENIENCE CONTROLS
THESE MODELS INCLUDE • Convenience Cooking Controls for Popcorn, Reheat, Snacks, Cook and Beverage Pads
• Time Cook I & II • Auto Defrost • Time Defrost • Express Cook • Kitchen Timer • Child Lock-Out
118
COUNTERTOP
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 202.
GE
JE520BW
• Black with greystone case • Subcompact .5 cu. ft. oven cavity • 600
watts* • Turntable • Electronic touch controls with electronic digital
display and clock • Time Cook • Time Defrost • Cooking Complete
Reminder • 10 power levels • Undercabinet hanging kit (at additional cost)
GE
JE510BW
• Black with greystone case • Subcompact .5 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 600 watts* • Turntable • 15-minute timer
GE
JE835WW
• White on white • Mid-size .8 cu. ft. oven cavity • 800 watts*
• Convenience Controls for Beverage, Popcorn, Frozen Pizza, Dinner
Plate, Baked Potato, Vegetables and Soup Pads • Time Preference
GE
JE710BA
• Black with greystone case • Compact .7 cu. ft. oven cavity
• 600 watts* • Turntable • Mechanical dial • Undercabinet
hanging kit (at additional cost)
GE
JE635WW
• White on white • Compact .6 cu. ft. oven cavity • 600 watts*
• Convenience Cooking Controls for Beverage, Popcorn, Frozen
Pizza, Dinner Plate, Baked Potato and Vegetables Pads • Instant On
controls • Auto Defrost • Auto Start • Electronic Digital Display
with Clock • Child Lock-Out
*IEC-705 Test Procedure
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
119
BUILT-INACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR 1.8 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
This trim kit allows for built-in installation of the 1.8 countertop microwave oven in a wall or cabinet
alone, or over a GE 30" single electric wall oven as shown. In addition, this deluxe trim kit is designed
to integrate handsomely for a built-in one-piece appearance.
30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For models JE1860 and JE1840: JX1830SB —Stainless Steel, JX1830BB—Black, JX1830WB —White
27" DELUXE ACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR 1.8 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS (not shown)
The 27" deluxe trim kit allows a 1.8 countertop microwave oven to be built into a wall or cabinet alone,
or over a GE 27" single electric wall oven for a complete one-piece built-in integrated appearance.
27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For models JE1860 and JE1840: JX1827SB —Stainless Steel, JX1827BB—Black, JX1827WB —White
BUILT-INACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR 1.6 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
This trim kit allows for built-in installation of the 1.6 countertop microwave oven in a wall or cabinet
alone, or over a GE 30" single electric wall oven as shown. In addition, this deluxe trim kit has smooth
rounded corners and is designed to integrate handsomely for a built-in one-piece appearance.
30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For models JE1660 and JE1640: JX1530MAW—Almond, JX1530MBW—Black, JX1530MWW—White
27" DELUXE ACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR 1.6 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS (not shown)
The 27" deluxe trim kit allows a 1.6 countertop microwave oven to be built into a wall or cabinet alone,
or over a GE 27" single electric wall oven for a complete one-piece built-in integrated appearance.
27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For models JE1660 and JE1640: JX1527MAW—Almond, JX1527MBW—Black, JX1527MWW—White
BUILT-INACCESSORY TRIM KIT FOR .9 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
For a custom built-in appearance, this kit allows built-in installation of the Spacemaker II™
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone.
Accessory Trim Kits
For models JEM31 and JEM25:
JX827BN—Black Trim Kits
JX827WN—White Trim Kits
JX827SS—Stainless Steel Trim Kits
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™BUILT-INACCESSORY TRIM KITS
FOR 1.3 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
Built-in accessory trim kits allow installation in a wall or cabinet alone, or over a GE 30" single
electric wall oven. Use a convection wall oven under these convection microwave ovens for a
complete convection cooking center.
30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For model JE1390: JX1330BV—Black, JX1330WV—White
HANGING KIT FOR .5, .7 AND .9 CU. FT. MICROWAVE OVENS
This hanging kit allows installation under a cabinet.
Hanging Kit
4-A019—JE510, JE520, JE710, JEM25, JEM31
COUNTERTOP MICROWAVE OVEN TRIM KITS
SPACEMAKER II™
Easy Under Cabinet Installation
leaves counter space free for
food preparation.
GE
JEM25WY
• White on white • Mid-size
.9 cu. ft. oven cavity • 800 watts*
• Convenience Cooking Controls
for Popcorn, Beverage, Reheat,
Snacks and Cook Pads • Delay
Start/Reminder • Time Defrost
• Auto Defrost • Time Cook I & II
• Express Cook • Instant On
Controls • Sound On/Off • Built-in
or Undercabinet Hanging Kit
(available at additional cost)
JEM25GY (not shown)
• Black with greystone case
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 202.
27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
For JE1390: JX1327BV—Black, JX1327WV—White
120
#1 QUIETEST
GSD4940CSS
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
121
As more homes feature “Open” Plans, it is important that you provide dishwashers that clean quietly and efficiently. We are
very pleased to point out that GE Profile™and Profile Performance™dishwashers have been rated by consumers as the
quietest among leading brands!
How did we make it so quiet? We started out with GE QuietMotor, that’s been designed to operate with less noise. Then we
added thicker tub and door insulation, which reduces vibration and overall sound levels. Next, the ActiveVent keeps the
dishwasher even quieter by closing during fill, wash and drain cycles and opening during the drying portion for silent
convection drying. Finally, a Quiet Water Valve was designed to minimize water inlet noise by reducing the flow rate.
So what does all all that mean? It means that these dishwashers keep the sounds of its great wash action where it belongs—
inside the dishwasher.
AMONG LEADING BRANDS!
GSD4320ZBB shown with custom wood panels and 1/4" wood panel trim kit GPF425B
122
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 204.
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • CleanSensor II • Electronic Controls • SureClean™Wash System • Piranha™Anti-Jamming Hard Food
Disposer • Glasses Cycle • China/Crystal Cycle* • 8-Hour Delay Start • Triple Filtration • SmartBasket • SmartBasket Plus • GE Profile
Performance™Quiet Package • GE Profile™QuietMotor • ActiveVent • Quiet Water Valve • Trimless appearance • Child lock
CleanSensor II adjusts water
usage preventing under-washing
or over-washing of dishes.
Stemsafe System eliminates
hand-washing by safely holding
stemware securely without fear
of breaking.
Piranha™Anti-Jamming Hard
Food Disposer eliminates the
need for pre-rinse dishes.
SureClean™Wash System
cleans dishes completely.
GE Profile Performance Series™
GSD4940CSS
• Variable cycles/options • Power Pre-Soak
option • Super (nylon) upper rack
• SmartShelf with StemSafe • Super12 (nylon)
lower rack with 4 rows of fold-down tines
GSD4930ZWW (not shown)
• White on white
GSD4920ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black
GSD4910ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
GE Profile Performance Series™
GSD4620ZBB
• Variable cycles/options • Super upper rack
• SmartShelf • Super12 lower rack with 2 rows
of fold-down tines
GSD4630ZWW (not shown)
• White on white
GSD4610ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
*Developed in consultation with Lenox,®
the leading manufacturer of fine china.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
123
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 204.
BUILT-IN: GE PROFILE™ QUIETPOWER™SERIES
BOTH MODELS INCLUDE • SureClean™Wash System • Electronic Controls • SmartShelf • Piranha™Anti-Jamming
Hard Food Disposer • POTSCRUBBER Cycle • Hi-Temp Rinse option • Hi-Temp Wash option • Delay Start • GE Profile™
QuietMotor • Trimless appearance
GE Profile™QuietMotor is
quieter and more energy efficient.
Especially for fine china and
crystal (GSD4300 series only).*
Electronic Controls provide
reliability and cleanability.
SureClean™Wash System
cleans dishes completely.
GE Profile™
GSD4010ZAA
• 4 cycles/26 options • Dual filtration
• Super upper rack • Deluxe lower rack
• Super silverware basket • QuietPower™ II
package • 6-hour Delay Start option
GSD4030ZWW (not shown)
• White on white
GSD4020ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black
GE Profile™
GSD4330ZWW
• 5 cycles/34 options • China/Crystal cycle*
• Dual filtration • Super12 racks • SmartBasket
• SmartBasket Plus • 8-hour Delay Start option
• QuietPower™ III package • ActiveVent
GSD4320ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black
GSD4310ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
*Developed in consultation with Lenox,®
the leading manufacturer of fine china.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
124
PermaTuf®Tub won’t chip, peel,
crack or rust under normal use.
Dual Filtration System eliminates
the need to pre-rinse dishes.
SureClean™Wash System
cleans dishes completely.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • SureClean™Wash System • Normal Wash cycle
• Short Wash cycle (on dial) • Heated Dry On/Off option • Trimless appearance
• Rinse Only/Hold (on dial)
GE
GSD3210ZAA
• 5 cycles/14 options
• 3 wash levels
• POTSCRUBBER Cycle
• Plate Warmer cycle
• Hi-Temp Wash option
• Deluxe rack system
• Deluxe silverware basket
• PermaTuf®Tub
GE
GSD2030ZWW
• 4 cycles/7 options
• 2 wash levels • Heavy Wash
cycle (on dial) • Standard
upper rack • Deluxe lower
rack • Deluxe silverware
basket • PermaTuf ®Tub
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 205.
GE
GSD3630ZWW
(HPS exclusive model)
• 6 cycles/18 options • 3 wash
levels • POTSCRUBBER
Cycle • Plate Warmer cycle
(on dial) • Hi-Temp Wash
option • Deluxe rack system
• Deluxe silverware basket
• QuickClean controls
GE
GSD2230ZWW
(HPS exclusive model)
• 5 cycles/8 options
• 2 wash levels
• POTSCRUBBER Cycle
• Plate Warmer cycle (on
dial) • Heated Dry On/Off
• Deluxe silverware basket
• Deluxe lower rack
GE BUILT-IN
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
GSD3620ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black GSD3610ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
GSD3830ZWW (not shown)
• White on white GSD3810ZAA (not shown)
• Almond on almond
GSD3230ZWW (not shown)
• White on white GSD3220ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black
GSD2220ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black GSD2200ZWH (not shown)
• White front panels/
black control panel
GSD2200ZAD (not shown)
• Almond front panels/
black control panel
GSD2020ZBB (not shown)
• Black on black GSD2000ZWH (not shown)
• White front panels/
black control panel
GSD2000ZAD (not shown)
• Almond front panels/
black control panel
GE
GSD3630ZWW
(HPS exclusive model)
• 7 cycles/23 options • 3 wash
levels • POTSCRUBBER
Cycle • Plate Warmer cycle
(on dial) • Hi-Temp Wash
option • 6-hour Delay Start
option (on dial) • Dual
Filtration • Super upper rack
• Light Wash cycle • Energy
Saver • Super silverware
basket • QuickClean controls
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
125
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 206.
SureClean™Wash System
cleans dishes completely.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • SureClean™Wash System • POTSCRUBBER Cycle • Normal Wash cycle • Short Wash cycle (on dial)
• Plate Warmer cycle (on dial) • Rinse Only/Hold cycle (on dial) • Heated Dry On/Off option • Hi-Temp Wash option
• 3 wash levels • Deluxe rack system • Trimless appearance
POTSCRUBBER Cycle
Hi-Temp Wash Option
GE
GSC3430ZWW/GSC3400ZBL
• 6 cycles/19 options • 3 wash levels • Light Wash cycle • Dual Filtration • 6-hour Delay
Start Option (on dial) • Piranha™Anti-Jamming Hard Food Disposer • GE QuietMotor
Super silverware basket • QuietPower™I Package • Rinse Aid dispenser with indicator
GE
GSC3200ZBL/GSC3230ZWW
• 5 cycles/14 options • 3 wash levels • Deluxe silverware basket • Standard Quiet Package
PORTABLE NOW BUILT-IN LATER
GE CONVERTIBLE
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
Piranha™Anti-Jamming Hard
Food Disposer eliminates the
need for pre-rinse dishes.
INDUSTRY EXCLUSIVE
126
GE
GSM2100ZAD/WH
• 5 cycles/8 options • POTSCRUBBER Cycle • Normal Wash cycle • Short Wash
cycle (on dial) • Plate Warmer cycle (on dial) • Rinse Only/Hold cycle (on dial)
• 2 wash levels • Spacemaker®upper rack • Deluxe lower rack • Deluxe silverware
basket • PermaTuf®Tub
Note: Undersink dishwashers can only be installed under sinks and not under any appliance.
SINGLE SINK BOWL OFFSET INSTALLATION FOR USE WITH DISPOSER
GE
GSS1800Z
• 4 cycles/6 options • 2 wash levels • Pots & Pans cycle • Normal
Wash cycle (on dial) • Light Wash cycle (on dial) • Standard
silverware basket • Heated Dry On/Off option • Reversible color
panels Black/Harvest, Almond/White
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 206-207.
GE SPACEMAKER®: UNDERSINK
GE SPACEMAKER®: 18" BUILT-IN
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
127
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Dishwasher drain connector • Polyester
drain housing • Stainless steel flange • Sink stopper • Manual reset
protector • Dual swivel impellers • Precutter
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 1/3-horsepower • Removable key lock
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications
and color availability, refer to page 208.
GE Continuous Feed Models
GFC1000Y
• Rugged 3/4-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action
• Super Deluxe sound insulation • Power Boost feature for
heavy loads • Fast Mount installation • Removable splash guard
GFC800Y
• 1/2-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action
• Deluxe sound insulation • Fast Mount installation
• Removable splash guard
GFC700Y
• 1/2-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action • Standard
sound insulation • Fast Mount installation • Removable
splash guard
GFC705Y
Similar to GFC700Y but has attached line cord.
GFC300Y
• 1/2-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action
• Fast Mount installation • Removable splash guard
GFC305Y
Similar to GFC300Y but has attached line cord.
GFC290Y
• 1/3-horsepower motor • 8000 RPM grinding action
• Fast Mount installation • Removable splash guard
GFC295Y
Similar to GFC290Y but has attached line cord.
GE Batch Feed Model
GFB1050V
• Rugged 3/4-horsepower motor • 2700 RPM grinding action
• Super Deluxe sound insulation • Twist Mount installation
Where local codes permit, any GE Dishwasher and any
GE Disposer may be connected to a single 20-amp circuit.
White and Almond flanges are available: GPF71 (White) and GPF72 (Almond).
GFC1000Y GFC800Y GFC700Y/GFC705Y
GFC300Y/GFC305Y GFC290Y/GFC295Y GFB1050V
GE
GCG950T
• Lock/start control with
removable key • Bag
storage compartment
above compactor drawer
• Replaces standard 12-inch
base cabinet
GE
GCG1530ZWW
• White on white • Optional
toe pedal opener kit • Rear
wheels allow easy movement
and installation • Heavy-
gauge steel construction
GCG1520ZBB
• Black on black
DISPOSERS
COMPACTORS
128
COOL OPTIONS For Your Comfort
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
129
GE has room air conditioners for nearly every application.
From new construction and remodeling, to renovation
and replacement, GE units offer you and your customers
plenty of choices.
The unique GE full-line provides the features your customers
look for and you demand. Choose from window or through-
the-wall installation models. Pick from heat pump, electric
resistance heat or choose the cooling only models. Plus, most
units come with the reliability of microprocessor or solid-state
controls. All units offer contemporary styling and are easy to
install and maintain.
So, regardless of type or scope of your project, GE delivers
dependable, quality units that meet your specifications—
and exceed your customer’s expectations.
130
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 210.
COOL ONLY UNITS BTUH
Electric
BTUH Resistance Wall
Models Cooling Volts EER Heating Case
AJCS06LC 6000 115 9.5 – RAB46/47/48
AJCS08AC 8000 115 9.2 – RAB46/47/48
AJCS10AC 9900 115 9.2 – RAB46/47/48
AJCS09DC 8900/8700 230/208 9.5/9.5 – RAB46/47/48
AJCS10DC 9900/9700 230/208 9.2/9.2 – RAB46/47/48
AJCS12DC 11,600/11,400 230/208 9.0/9.0 – RAB46/47/48
HEAT/COOL UNITS BTUH
Electric
BTUH Resistance Wall
Models Cooling Volts EER Heating Case
AJES09DC 8900/8700 230/208 9.5 11,600/9,500 RAB46/47/48
AJES10DC 9900/9700 230/208 9.2/9.2 11,600/9,500 RAB46/47/48
AJES12DC 11,600/11,400 230/208 9.0/9.0 11,600/9,500 RAB46/47/48
HEAT PUMP UNITS BTUH BTUH
Electric Reverse
BTUH Resistance Cycle Wall
Models Cooling Volts EER Heating Heating† Case
AJHS08DC* 8000/7800 230/208 9.2/9.2 11,600/9500 7700/7500 RAB46/47/48
AJHS10DC* 9800/9600 230/208 9.2/9.2 11,600/9500 9700/9500 RAB46/47/48
*Model includes two-stage heating thermostat.
†At 47°F.
Note: If any “J” Series unit is a replacement unit the existing rear grille should
be replaced for better performance with either stamped aluminum (RAG13)
grille or architectural louvered extruded aluminum (RAG14).
COOL ONLY UNITS
Offer a variety of capacities to cool
many applications.
HEAT/COOL UNITS
Provide a variety of capacities for
summer cooling, plus supplemental
heat for cold weather—units
combine air conditioning with
electric resistance heat.
HEAT PUMP UNITS
Heat pump units offer efficient
summer cooling with reverse cycle
heating and back-up resistance
heat for cold weather.
Units include attractive room-side grille of high-impact
polystyrene.
These units are chassis-only models and require a
separately purchased solid-sided wall case (RAB46,
RAB47 or RAB48) and exterior grille (RAG13 or RAG14)
for installation.
Fan Cycle Switch helps reduce
power consumption and
operating costs.
E.E.R. (Energy Efficiency Ratio)
shown on the tag of each new
unit, compares the air condi-
tioner’s cooling output with the
electricity it requires for power.
The higher the E.E.R. number,
the more efficient the unit, and
the less costly to operate.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Variable setting thermostat
• Fan Cycle switch • Four-way air direction • Up-front,
washable air filter • “Fan Only” setting for air circulation
BUILT-IN“J” SERIES: SLOPE-TOP CHASSIS ONLY MODELS
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
131
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 210-211.
For high-mount installations where control
accessibility is difficult, GE offers five “J” Series
models with controls located in the lower corner of
the room-side cabinet. There are two 115V and two
230V cooling only models, and one 230V model
with electric heat.
Units include attractive room-side grille of high-impact polystyrene.
Each unit requires a solid-sided wall case (RAB46, RAB47 or RAB48) and exterior
grille (RAG13 or RAG14) for installation.
BTUH Electric
BTUH Resistance Wall
Model Cooling Volts EER Heating Case
AJEH12DC 11,600/11,400 230/208 9.0/9.0 11,600/9500 RAB46/47/48
HEAT/COOL UNIT
COOL ONLY UNITS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Variable setting thermostat
• Fan Cycle switch • Four-way air direction • Up-front,
washable air filter • Multiple fan speeds
BTUH Electric
BTUH Resistance Wall
Models Cooling Volts EER Heating Case
AJCH08AC 8000 115 9.2 – RAB46/47/48
AJCH10AC 9900 115 9.2 – RAB46/47/48
AJCH10DC 9900/9700 230/208 9.2/9.2 – RAB46/47/48
AJCH12DC 11,600/11,400 230/208 9.0/9.0 – RAB46/47/48
BUILT-IN“J” SERIES: HI-MOUNT CHASSIS ONLY MODELS
BUILT-IN“J” SERIES: WINDOW/WALL MOUNT MODELS
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Multiple Cooling/Heating speeds • Vent/Exhaust • Multi-position thermostat
• Fan Cycle switch • Easy access filter • Slide-out chassis • EZ Mount window kit (for Cooling Only models)
Cooling Only Heat/Cool, Heat Pump
HEAT/COOL UNITS Heater
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.) Wattage
AJES10DS 9,900/9,700 9.2/9.2 230/208 425-525 3.4/2.8 (kw)
AJES08AS 8,000 9.2 115 250-350 1.2 (kw)
AJES06LS 6,000 9.5 115 170-210 1.2 (kw)
HEAT PUMP UNIT Heater
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.) Wattage
AJHSO8AS 8,000 9.2 115 250-350 1.2 (kw)
COOLING ONLY UNITS
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AJCS10AZ 9,900 9.2 115 425-525
AJCS08AZ 8,000 9.2 115 250-350
AJCS06LZ 6,000 9.5 115 170-210
For convenience and efficiency, GE offers a unique
line of units that provide cooling only, cooling with
electric heat, and cooling with heat pumps, for use
in window or through-the-wall application.
All units include solid-sided sleeve with a slide-out chassis.
132
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 212-214.
Versatile Zoneline units provide year-round comfort with individual
heating and cooling temperature control for economy and
convenience.
Designed to blend with most architectural styles and interior decors,
Zoneline units are adaptable to a wide variety of applications,
including hotels and motels, office buildings, schools and apartments.
Zoneline’s design and easy installation also make it ideal for remodel-
ing and room additions.
The two-tier Zoneline lines, Deluxe and Premium, offer a wide
selection of features, heating and cooling capacities, and voltages to
meet each zonal application. All Zonelines come with microcomputer
controls, each with its own special features. Whether it’s the Deluxe
line with solid-state controls, high efficiency, and deluxe features, or
the Premium line with higher efficiencies and sophisticated features,
Zoneline quality and ease of maintenance will serve its owner or users
well for years to come.
RESISTANCE HEAT MODELS
GE Zoneline packaged terminal units with resistance heat
are especially suited for installations where heating demands are
moderate.
HEAT PUMP MODELS
Zoneline units with heat pump operation offer economical
year-round comfort for zonal comfort conditioning, for most
temperatures. Heating is provided by a high efficiency heat pump.
The heat pump operation is backed up with resistance heat for
those times when outdoor temperatures fall below the heat
pump capacity.
DELUXE LINE
The Deluxe Line is a high efficiency, two fan motors, microcomputer
controlled line of cooling with resistance heat, and cooling with heat
pump operation and resistance heat back up. Energy savings, plus
standard features make these units an excellent value.
DRY AIR 25
The Dry Air 25 Series centers around GE’s exclusive use of the patented
Dinh®Dehumidifier Heat Pipe from Heat Pipe Technology, Inc. This
innovative NASA spin-off technology enables the Dry Air 25 to remove
25% more moisture from the air than other packaged terminal air
conditioners. The Dry Air 25 is perfect for high-humidity climates.
Available on 7000, 9000 and 12,000 BTU models.
Note: Use of drain kit RAD10 is recommended.
PREMIUM LINE
The Premium Line is a high efficiency, two fan motors, full featured,
microcomputer controlled line, in both cooling with resistance heat,
and cooling with heat pump and resistance heat back up. The
microprocessor, with solid state sensors, offers a variety of features
for energy savings and reliable operation.
EASY INSTALLATION
Zoneline models are designed for easy installation, whether in new
construction, renovation or for replacement of old units. Unless
specified by code, they require no sub-base and may be installed
flush with the finished floor.
All models are adaptable to remote and central desk control.
Zoneline units may even be placed in unusual locations, such as
transom or common area installations.
Compatibility with existing Zoneline wall cases simplifies retrofit
installations. A new chassis simply slides into the already installed
wall case. A new matching rear grille should be used.
And the exclusive, Quick Connect power supply kit for Premium Line
models, allows the unit to be installed on various amperage circuits.
3200 SERIES DELUXE HEAT PUMPS
STANDARD MICROCOMPUTER CONTROLS
2200 SERIES DELUXE RESISTANCE HEAT
STANDARD MICROCOMPUTER CONTROLS
ZONELINE®: HEAT PUMP AND HEAT/COOL MODELS
DRY AIR 25 SERIES DELUXE RESISTANCE HEAT
STANDARD MICROCOMPUTER CONTROLS
5200 SERIES PREMIUM HEAT PUMPS
HIGHLY-FEATURED MICROCOMPUTER CONTROLS
133
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 212-214.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
(PREMIUM LINE
CHASSIS SHOWN)
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
M
A
N
U
F
A
C
T
U
R
E
R
C
E
R
T
I
F
I
E
D
T
O
A
R
I
A
S
C
O
M
P
L
Y
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
A
R
I
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
3
1
0
P
A
C
K
A
G
E
D
T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
A
I
R
-
C
O
N
D
I
T
I
O
N
E
R
S
R
M
A
N
U
F
A
C
T
U
R
E
R
C
E
R
T
I
F
I
E
D
T
O
A
R
I
A
S
C
O
M
P
L
Y
I
N
G
W
I
T
H
A
R
I
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
3
8
0
P
A
C
K
A
G
E
D
T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
H
E
A
T
P
U
M
P
S
R
Resistance Heat Heat Pump
Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Premuim
Features 2200 Series Dry Air 25 3200 Series 5200 Series
Standard Microcomputer Controls Standard Standard Standard —
Highly Featured Microcomputer Controls — — — Standard
Rotary Control Knobs Standard Standard Standard —
Tactile Touch Pad Controls with LED — — — Standard
Universal Heaters/Power Connection Kit — — — Standard
Solid State Thermostat Standard Standard Standard Standard
Concealed Manual Vent Control Standard Standard Standard Standard
Upfront Filter Standard Standard Standard Standard
Automatic Indoor Frost Control Standard Standard Standard Standard
Corrosion Treated Chassis Optional Standard Optional N/A
2 Position Discharge Grille Standard Standard Standard Standard
Fan Motors 2 2 2 2
Fan Cycle Switch Standard Standard Standard Standard
Fan Only Setting - 2 Speed Standard Standard Standard Standard
Indoor Fan Speed Hi/Low Hi/Low Hi/Low Hi/Low/Auto
Staged Heating — — — Standard
Freeze Sentinel™ Standard Standard Standard Standard
Temperature Limiting Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical Electronic 7 step
Remote Control Compatibility
(Requires RAKOIM) Standard Standard Standard Standard
Central Desk Control Compatibility
(Requires RAKOIM) Standard Standard Standard Standard
Service Indicator LED — — — Standard
Heat Pump with resistance heat back-up — — Standard Standard
Heat Pump with supplemental resistance heat — — — Standard
Automatic Emergency heat — — Standard Standard
Electric Resistance heat lock-out — — Standard Standard
Heat Pump Defrost system — — Passive Reverse Cycle
Internal Condensate Removal (ICR) — — Optional Optional
Quick Heat Recovery — — Standard Standard
Self-Diagnostics — — — Standard
Auto Power Recovery Standard Standard Standard Standard
THE NEWEST INNOVATION FROM GE:
THE DRY AIR 25
The Dry Air 25 features innovative technology from
HPT, an addition which enables this unit to remove 25%
more moisture from the air than all other models. The
Dry Air 25 system, Heat Pipe, is a hermetically sealed
heat transfer surface that is saddle-bagged around the
indoor coil (evaporator) of the Zoneline. This coil
arrangement will transfer heat from one coil to another
without power consumption. This assembly uses R-22 as
the refrigerant and is isolated from the regular Zoneline
refrigerant circuit.
As warm humid air is pulled through the pre-cool section
of the Heat Pipe, the heat removed from the air is
absorbed by the refrigerant, causing the refrigerant to
boil. As the pre-cooled air passes through the Zoneline
evaporator, the air is further cooled (colder than it would
be normally), removing 25% more moisture than other
packaged terminal units.
As the cold air passes through the re-heat section of the
Heat Pipe, the refrigerant condenses and the liquid flows
back to the pre-cool section to be re-heated again. The
air discharged into the room by this process is much
drier, creating a more comfortable room condition.
ALL ZONELINE UNITS FEATURE SUPERSEAL
Air leakage into living space wastes energy and creates an
uncomfortable environment. All Zoneline units meet
the rigid air infiltration specifications of ASTME283-91
which requires 7 CFM infiltration or less with a 25 mile
per hour wind velocity. With optional ICR the
specification is 10 CFM.
Water infiltration into a room could cause serious
structural or furnishing damage.
All Zoneline units are tested to ASTME331-86
specifications which requires no water infiltration when
exposed to 8" per hour rainfall at 63 mile per hour wind
velocity for 15 minutes. Superseal means room comfort
and energy saving.
SPECIAL CORROSION PROTECTED UNITS
To help extend the life of the Zoneline in seacoast areas,
some Deluxe Zonelines may be ordered with a special
corrosion protection treatment on outdoor components
and uses stainless steel hardware. Zonelines with optional
Corrosion Protection have a ‘C’ in the 10th character of
the model number.
INTERNAL CONDENSATE REMOVAL
Available on the 3200 and
5200 heat pumps, this feature
drips the heat pump conden-
sate over the warm indoor
coil to help dissipate water
from heat pump operation
and associated defrost cycles.
The installation of an internal or external drain system
is recommended if no dripping of condensate to the out-
doors is desired. ICR must not be installed in seacoast or
corrosive applications.
WEATHER
BARRIER CONDENSATE
PUMP
INDOOR
COIL
COIL DISTRIBUTOR CONDENSATE TUBE
OUTDOOR
COIL
134
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to page 209.
ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS: DELUXE SERIES
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Energy Saver feature • Multiple cooling speeds • Vent/Exhaust • Adjustable thermostat
• Four-way adjustable air discharge • Easy access filter • Slide-out chassis • EZ Mount window kit
Energy Efficiency Ratio (E.E.R.) -
Higher E.E.R. numbers indicate
greater efficiency and lower
operating costs. An E.E.R. of
10.0 (AGH08FA) compared to
an E.E.R. of 9.0 (ASV08AC) can
provide an annual energy
savings of more than 10%
while still providing the same
amount of cooling BTU’s.
Energy Saver feature allows
the cooling fan to continue to
run while the compressor shuts
down. This feature allows cool
air to continue to circulate but
at a lower energy level there-
fore reducing your energy cost.
High CFMs (Cubic Feet per
Minute) for more air circulation
speed in a room. A high CFM
means faster air flow and
more comfort. Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AVM24DD 23,500/23,000 8.7/8.7 230/208 1480-1620
AVM22DB 22,000/21,300 8.2/8.2 230/208 1330-1450
AVM18DC 18,000/17,500 9.5/9.5 230/208 1050-1150
AVM15DC 15,000/14,500 9.0/9.0 230/208 850-950
AVM14AB 14,000 10.0 115 750-850
• Concealed controls
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AMD12DB 12,000/11,800 9.1/9.1 230/208 575-650
• Electronic controls • 12 hour timer • Circulaire
oscillating air flow • Concealed controls
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AGH08FA 7,800 10.0 115 250-350
Energy Star compliant
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AMH12AC 11,500 10.0 115 550-625
AMH10AA 10,000 10.0 115 425-525
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AMH06LA 5,800 10.0 115 170-210
Energy Star compliant
Cools Heater
Model BTU EER Volts (sq. ft.) Wattage
AVE22DA 22,000/21,300 8.2/8.2 230/208 1,330-1,450 4.7/3.9 (kw)
AVE18DA 18,000/17,500 9.5/9.5 230/208 1,050-1,150 3.0/2.6 (kw)
AVE15DA 15,000/14,500 9.0/9.0 230/208 850-950 3.0/2.6 (kw)
135
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and
color availability, refer to pages 209 and 211.
Laundry
Cooking Products
Microwave Ovens
Dishwashers Water SystemsRoom Air Refrigeration
VALUE SERIES
HEAT/COOL SERIES
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Multiple cooling speeds • 8-Position thermostat
• Easy access filter • EZ Mount window kit
Easy Mount Installation
designed for ease of placement,
this unit can be installed by
anyone and requires no prior
experience or special tools.
Quick Clean Filters keep unit
running efficiently and save
money. Simply slide out the
filter, wash and replace. Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AGV18DB 17,800/17,400 8.8 230/208 1,000-1,100
AGV12DA 12,000 9.0/9.0 230/208 575-650
• Circulaire oscillating air flow
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AGV12AA 12,000 9.0 115 575-650
AGV10AA 10,000 9.2 115 425-525
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
ASV08AC 8,000 9.0 115 250-350 Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AQV06LA 6,000 9.0 115 170-210
AQV05LA 5,000 9.0 115 100-150
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • Multiple cooling/heating speeds • Vent/Exhaust • 10-Position thermostat
• Four-way adjustable air discharge • Easy access filter • Slide-out chassis • Rigid panel window kit
Concealed Controls are hidden
from view to provide a clean,
contemporary appearance.
Cooling and Electric Heat along
with comfortable cooling
capabilities, our new series
also provides supplemental
heat during winter months and
can even be used as the primary
heat source in temperate zones.
136
Not all features available on all models.
For additional features, specifications and color availability, refer to pages 209, 212 and 214.
ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS: SLIDE-AIRE
DEHUMIDIFIERS
The GE Split System Air Conditioner provides virtually
silent cooling comfort. With a design that includes out-
side air compressor placement, disturbing sounds are
kept out of doors and out of earshot. This design also
eliminates annoyances like rattling windows. So rest easily
and peacefully. Available in heat pump and cooling
only models in 9,000, 12,000 and 18,000 BTU sizes.
ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS: SPLIT SYSTEM
For more information, see Pub. No. 20-S008, or call the GE Answer Center®at 800.626.2000.
INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT
Slide-Aire models accommodate
the special installation needs of
sliding and casement windows
(those with side hinges that
open in or out).
Sleek New Contemporary Styling
blends quietly with most decor.
ALL MODELS INCLUDE • 10-Position thermostat
• Vertical Slider Kit Panel • Multiple Cooling and Fan
speeds • Two-way adjustable air discharge
Model BTU EER Volts Cools (sq. ft.)
AVX10AC 10,000 9.0 115 425-525
AVX07FB 7,000 8.5 115 210-280
Model Pints Per Day
AHG20LA 19
• Electronic Micro Computer
Control • Overflow protection
• Water Full indicator
• Automatic defrost • 6-Pint
bucket capacity • External
drain connector
Model Pints Per Day
AHG50LA 50
AHG40LA 40
AHG25LA 25
• Compact and contemporary
design • Automatic Humidistat
control • Automatic Shut-Off
system with Bucket Full
indicator • Easy roll casters
• External drain connector
• Automatic defrost control
• Removable condensate
container • Washable air filter
137
CONTENTS
Warranty Information.........................................................138-141
CustomStyle™Refrigerators ................................................142-147
Side-By-Side Refrigerators...................................................148-149
Bottom-Freezer Refrigerators....................................................150
Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerators...................................150-152
Cycle and Manual Defrost Refrigerators..................................153
Spacemaker™Compact Refrigerators.......................................153
Upright and Chest Freezers.......................................................154
Optional Refrigerator Panels and Trim Kits............................155
Water Systems.......................................................................156-158
Washers........................................................................................159
Dryers....................................................................................160-161
Front Loading Washer and Dryer.............................................162
Dryer Exhausting and Installation Information...............163-165
Spacemaker®Washers and Dryers.............................................166
Unitized Spacemaker®Washers and Dryers.............................167
30" Built-In Double Ovens..................................................168-169
30" Built-In Single Ovens....................................................170-171
27" and 24" Built-In Double Ovens....................................172-173
27" and 24" Built-In Single Ovens......................................174-175
24" Built-In Gas Ovens................................................................176
30" and 27" Warming Drawers...................................................177
Built-In CleanDesign Cooktops.................................................178
Built-In Electric Cooktops..........................................................179
Built-in Gas Cooktops.................................................................180
Downdraft Gas Cooktops...........................................................181
Select-Top™Modular Downdraft Cooktops
and Patio Grill......................................................................182-183
Built-In Downdraft Gas Modular Cooktops.............................184
30" Slide-In Downdraft Ranges..................................................184
High Performance, Performance,
Deluxe and Standard Hoods.....................................................185
Slide-Out Hoods..........................................................................186
Telescopic Downdraft System.............................................186-187
30" Slide-In Gas Ranges.......................................................188-189
30" Slide-In Electric Ranges.......................................................190
30" Drop-In Electric Ranges.......................................................191
Spacemaker™27" Drop-In Electric Ranges...............................192
30" Free-Standing CleanDesign Electric Ranges..............192-193
30" Free-Standing QuickClean™Electric Ranges.....................194
40" Free-Standing Electric Ranges............................................195
30" Free-Standing Gas Ranges............................................196-197
SpacemakerPlus™Microwave/Convection Ovens...................198
Spacemaker XL Over-The-Range Microwave Ovens...............199
Built-In Microwave Ovens ..........................................................200
Countertop Microwave Ovens...................................................201
Spacemaker II™Microwave Ovens............................................202
Countertop/Compact/Subcompact Microwave Ovens .........202
Microwave Oven Accessory Trim Kits.......................................203
Built-In Dishwashers............................................................204-205
Convertible/Portable Dishwashers...........................................206
Spacemaker®Built-In 18" & Undersink Dishwashers.......206-207
Disposers and Compactors.........................................................208
Deluxe/Value and Slide-Aire Room Air Conditioners...........209
Built-In “J” Series Units and Heat Pumps.................................210
Heat/Cool and Window/Built-In “J” Series Units
and Heat Pumps..........................................................................211
Split System Room Air Conditioners/Heat Pumps.................212
Zoneline®..............................................................................212-214
Dehumidifiers..............................................................................214
Nomenclatures.....................................................................215-219
SPECIFICATIONS AND
INSTALLATION INFORMATION
INSTANT DIMENSIONAL &
INSTALLATION INFORMATION
FROM THE SPEED OF A TOUCHTONE PHONE,
ORDER INSTALLATION INFORMATION TO BE
DELIVERED THROUGH YOUR FAX MACHINE.
THIS AUTOMATED FAX-ON-DEMAND SYSTEM PROVIDES
A QUICK REFERENCE TO PRODUCT DIMENSIONS FOR
MONOGRAM,®GE PROFILEPERFORMANCE SERIES,™
GE PROFILE,™GE AND HOTPOINT APPLIANCES.
• TOUCHTONE ACTIVATED
Simply follow the voice prompts to make your selection from
any touchtone phone.
• MODEL SPECIFIC INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS
Select accurate installation dimensions by individual model
numbers for virtually every model. Make your selection from the
List of Available Documents (available by fax from GE QuickSpecs).
Select up to fifteen documents per call.
• FEATURE AND APPEARANCES
Feature information and product illustrations are included
for most models.
• FAX INFORMATION TO ANY FAX TELEPHONE NUMBER
Once you make your selection, you will be asked to enter the fax
telephone number where you wish your request to be faxed
(your office, job site, customer). It will be faxed to the specified
fax number within 15 minutes.
• AVAILABLE 24 HOURS A DAY, 7 DAYS A WEEK
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
GE QUICKSPECS
1-800-432-3729
138
WARRANTY INFORMATION
The condensed list below is a convenient overview of the written warranties offered on various GE appliances described in this catalog. For complete warranty
details on a specific GE appliance model, contact your nearest GE supplier, or call GE Factory Service, toll-free, 800-GE-CARES (800-432-2737).
Refrigerators(All models except TAX2SNBWH, TAX2SNYWN, TAX4ANXWN, TAX4SNYWH)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the refrigerator which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service costs to replace the defective part free of charge.
Sealed Refrigeration System or Compressor, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this
full five-year warranty, GE will also provide all labor and in-home service costs to replace the defective part free of charge.
See-Thru Vegetable/Fruit Pans, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this lifetime limited
warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.
Refrigerators(Models TAX2SNBWH, TAX2SNYWN, TAX4ANXWN, TAX4SNYWH)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the refrigerator which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip charges.
Compressor, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited five-year warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.
Freezers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the freezer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will also provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Sealed Refrigeration System, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full five-year warranty,
GE will also provide all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Food Spoilage, Cumulative limits: $100—14.9 and smaller, $150—15.0 and larger. One-year on spoilage from any part failure.
Five-year on spoilage from sealed refrigeration system failure.
Icemakers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the icemaker which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will also provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
Lifetime
From the date of the original purchase
Note: See written warranty for details.
This warranty is extended to the original purchaser and any succeeding owner for products purchased for home use within the USA. In Alaska, the One Year Warranty excludes the cost of shipping, or service calls
to your home. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state
to state. To know what your legal rights are, consult your local or state consumer affairs office or your state’s Attorney General.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year/Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
GE SmartWater™Filtration Systems (Models PNRV18ZWW, PNRV18ZBB, PNRV18ZWH, PNRV18ZBL, PNRV12ZBL)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship (excludes membrane and/or filters). During this full one-year
warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
GE SmartWater™Filtration Systems (Model GXRV10ABL)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship (excludes membrane and/or filters). During this limited
one-year warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part. You will be responsible
for service trip costs.
GE SmartWater™Filtration Systems (Models GNUL30Z, GNUV10Z, GNUT05Z, GNUT03A)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship (excludes filters). During this full one-year warranty,
GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
GE SmartWater™Filtration Systems (Models GXUT03A, GXEM01Z)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship (excludes filters). During this one-year limited warranty,
GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part. You will be responsible for the service trip costs.
GE SmartWater™Softening Systems (Models PNSF39Z, PNSF31Z, GNSF23Z, GNSF18Z)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Electronic Monitor, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this three-year limited warranty,
GE will provide the part and you will be responsible for labor and service trip charges.
A replacement cabinet (brine tank) and resin tank, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship.
During this ten-year limited warranty, GE will repair or replace the defective part free of charge, you will be responsible for the service trip
and labor charges.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Three Years
From the date of the original purchase
Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase
Two Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
139
GE Profile Performance Series™and GE Profile™Washers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the washer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Any part in the washer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited two-year warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.
ArmorGuard Lid & Cover Protection and Auto Balance Suspension System, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in
materials or workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.
Steel Drive Transmission, Outer Tub, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this
ten-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.
PermaTuf II™Basket, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this lifetime limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.
GE Washers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the washer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Auto Balance Suspension System, ArmorGuard Lid & Cover Protection andSteel Drive Transmission, if any of these parts
should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip
and labor charges.
Outer Tub, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this ten-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.
PermaTuf II™Basket, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this twenty-year limited warranty,
you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Two Years
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase
Lifetime
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase
Twenty Years
From the date of the original purchase
GE Profile Performance Series™
, GE Profile™and GE Super Capacity and Extra-Large Capacity Dryers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the dryer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide all labor
and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Dryer Drum, if this should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be responsible
for service trip and labor charges.
GE Large Capacity, Spacemaker®and Front Loading Dryers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the dryer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
GE Commercial Laundry
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the washer or dryer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited two-year warranty,
you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.
GE Commercial Stacked Dryers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the dryer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
GE Spacemaker®Washers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the washer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Transmission, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
GE Front Loading Washer
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the washer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Replacement parts for the suspension, outer tub, motor, driven pulley or motor controller, which prove to be defective in materials or
workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.
The inner wash basket, that breaks due to defective materials or workmanship. During this twenty-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the third year to fifth year from
the original purchase
Twenty Years
From the date of the original purchase
140
WARRANTY INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Microwave Ovens (Over-The-Range models, Built-In models, JEM31SA/GA/WA, JE1860SB/GB/WB, JE1840GB/WB, JE1660GB/WB, JE1640AB/GB/WB, JE1390GA/WA)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the microwave which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide all
labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Magnetron Tube, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this nine-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for any labor or in-home service costs.
Microwave Ovens (Models JE1360GB/WB, JE1340GB/WB, JE1060GB/WB, JE1040GB/WB, JEM25GY/WY, JE740GY/WY)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the microwave which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year
warranty, GE will provide labor and you will be responsible for service trip charges.
Magnetron Tube, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this nine-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for any labor or in-home service costs.
Microwave Ovens (Models JE835WW, JE710BA, JE635WW, JE520BW, JE510BW)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the microwave which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year
warranty, GE will provide labor and you will be responsible for service trip charges.
Magnetron Tube, if this part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this four-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for any labor or in-home service costs.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Two Years
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
Twenty Years
From the date of the original purchase
Dishwashers (Models GSD4010Z, GSD4020Z, GSD4030Z, GSD4310Z, GSD4320Z, GSD4330Z, GSD4610Z, GSD4620Z, GSD4630Z, GSD4910Z, GSD4920Z, GSD4930Z, GSD4940C)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the dishwasher which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Any part in the dishwasher which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this two-year limited warranty, you will be
responsible for service trip and labor charges.
Racks or Electronic Control Board, if either of these part should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this five-year
limited warranty, you will be responsible for service trip and labor charges.
PermaTuf®Tub or Door Liner, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full twenty-year
warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to repair or replace the defective part.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Ranges/Cooktops/Built-In Ovens/Warming Drawers/Hoods (Excluding CleanDesign Ranges and Cooktops)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the cooking product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Ranges (CleanDesign)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the cooking product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Glass-Ceramic Cooktop, Ribbon Heating Elements and Rubber Seal, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or
workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, GE will replace the defective part free of charge, you will be responsible for service
trips and labor charges.
Cooktops (CleanDesign)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the cooking product which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Glass-Ceramic Cooktop, Ribbon Heating Elements and Rubber Seal, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or
workmanship. During this five-year limited warranty, GE will replace the defective part free of charge, you will be responsible for
service trips and labor charges.
Hoods
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the hood which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide
all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
■Service trips to your home to teach you how to use the product.
■Improper installation.
■Replacement of house fuses or resetting of circuit breakers.
■Failure of the product if it is abused, misused, or used for other than the
intended purpose or used commercially.
■Damage to product caused by accident, fire, floods or acts of God.
■Incidental or consequential damage to personal property caused by
possible defects with this appliance.
What GEWill Not Cover:
141
Room Air Conditioners (Window, Window Built-In, Built-In Units and Split System Units)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide all labor
and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Sealed Refrigeration System, if any of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full five-year
warranty, GE will provide all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part free of charge.
Room Air Conditioners (Zoneline)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the unit which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide all labor
and in-home service to repair or replace or the defective part free of charge.
Compressor, if this should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full five-year warranty, GE will provide labor and
in-home service to repair or replace any part of the sealed refrigerating system (the compressor, condenser, evaporator, and all connecting tubing)
free of charge.
Fan motors, switches, thermostat, heater, heater protectors, compressor overload, solenoids, circuit boards, auxiliary controls,
thermistors, Freeze Sentinel, frost controls, ICR pump, capacitors, varistors and indoor blower bearing, if these should fail due to a
defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited second through fifth year warranty, GE will repair or replace the defective part
free of charge, you will be responsible for labor and service trip charges.* *Except in Alaska. See warranty for details.
Dehumidifiers
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the dehumidifier which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited one-year warranty,
GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.*
Sealed Refrigeration System (compressor, condenser, dehumidifying coil and all connecting tubing), if this should fail due to a
defect in materials or workmanship. During this limited five-year warranty, GE will provide all labor and in-home service to replace the
defective part.* *Full one- and five-year warranty for model AHG20 and GE will provide labor and you will be responsible for service trip charges.
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
Second through Fifth Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
Dishwashers (Models GSD2000Z, GSD2020Z, GSD2030Z, GSS1800Z)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the dishwasher which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
PermaTuf®Tub or Door Liner, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. Duringthis full ten-year
warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Compactors
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the compactor which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Disposers (Models GFC305Y, GFC300Y, GFC295Y, GFC290Y)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the disposer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Disposers (Models GFC705Y, GFC700Y)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the disposer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full two-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Dishwashers (Models GSM2100Z, GSC3200Z, GSC3230Z, GSC3400Z, GSC3430Z, GSD2200Z, GSD2220Z, GSD2230Z, GSD3210Z, GSD3220Z, GSD3230Z,
GSD3610Z, GSD3620Z, GSD3630Z, GSD3810Z, GSD3820Z, GSD3830Z)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the dishwasher which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full one-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Any part of the Water Distribution System, which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. Associated inlet & drain plumbing parts
are not covered by this warranty. During this second-year limited warranty, you will be responsible for any labor or in-home service costs.
PermaTuf®Tub or Door Liner, if either of these parts should fail due to a defect in materials or workmanship. Duringthis full ten-year
warranty, GE will provide, free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Disposers (Model GFC800Y)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the disposer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full four-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Disposers (Models GFB1050V, GFC1000Y)
For The Period Of GE Will Replace
Any part in the disposer which fails due to a defect in materials or workmanship. During this full five-year warranty, GE will provide,
free of charge, all labor and in-home service to replace the defective part.
Four Years
From the date of the original purchase
Five Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Two Years
From the date of the original purchase
Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Ten Years
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
One Year
From the date of the original purchase
Two Years
From the date of the original purchase
142
See page 138 for warranty information.
CUSTOMSTYLE™NO-FROST SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS
GE Profile Performance Series™GE Profile™
TPS24PBB TPX21PRB
TPS24PPB TPS24BPC TPX24PBB TPX24PPB TPX24BPB TPS24PIB TPS24BIC TPX24PRB TPX24BRB TPX24BIB TPX21BRB
Stainless steel model ●● ●●
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.7 23.7 23.5 23.5 23.7 20.7
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 14.48 14.48 14.48 14.48 14.48 14.48 14.48 14.48 14.48 14.48 13.00
Freezer (cu. ft.) 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.05 9.25 9.25 9.05 9.05 9.25 7.65
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 23.2 23.2 23.2 23.2 23.2 24.0 24.0 23.2 23.2 24.0 23.0
Features
Refreshment Center ●/ – ●
Electronic Monitor System ●/ – ●
Exclusive Water by Culligan™ ●●●●●
Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes,
Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice
LightTouch! dispenser & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water
Auto. factory-installed icemaker & ice bin ●●●● ●●●●●●●
Cabinet shelves 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass
(adjustable) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(slide-out, spill-proof) 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass
Quick Space™ shelf ●●●●●●●●●●●
Smart Storage System (w/spill-proof cover)
Snack pan (top) Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity
Vegetable/fruit crisper (middle) Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity Adj. Humidity
Meat pan (lower) Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp.
2
Spacemaker™ door bins w/gallon storage 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj.
Modular door bins 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Snugger™ Clip(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Dairy compartment w/glass butter dish ●●●● ●●●●●●●
Beverage rack ●●●●●●●●●●●
Egg bin ●●●●●●●●●●●
Interior light(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Freezer slide-out basket(s) 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 2 Wire Everwhite 1 Wire Everwhite 3 Wire Everwhite
Freezer storage bin(s) (wire Everwhite) 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding
Cantilevered freezer shelf 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 1 3 (2 Adj.)
Freezer door shelves 4 (2 Adj.) 4 (2 Adj.) 4 (2 Adj.) 4 (2 Adj.) 4 (2 Adj.) 5 (2 Adj.) 4 (2 Adj.) 4 (2 Adj.) 4 (2 Adj.) 5 (2 Adj.) 4
Adjustable rollers ●●●●●●●●●●●
Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package ●●●●●●●●●●
Auto Energy Saver (condenser loop) ●●●●●●●●●●●
Insulation (cabinet and door) Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet liner–Baked Enamel-on-Steel ●●●●●●●●●●●
Door liner–ABS ●●●●●●●●●●●
Appearance WW, AA, BB
Color(s) available* BS BS WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, BB BS BS WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, BB WW, BB
Installed Installed Installed Trimless
Built-in configuration Trimless Trimless Trimless Trimless Trim Trimless Trimless Trimless Trim Trim Installed Trim
Color-Matched
Premium Deluxe door handle(s) Black N/A Color-Matched Color-Matched N/A Black N/A Color-Matched N/A N/A –
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel –
Full-length handles N/A Appearance N/A N/A Color-Matched N/A Appearance Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched
Exterior design Rounded Doors Squared Doors Rounded Doors Rounded Doors Squared Doors Rounded Doors Squared Doors Rounded Doors Squared Doors Squared Doors Squared Doors
Textured steel ●●● ●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4
Height to top of case (in.) 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4
Case depth without door (in.) 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-7/8 23-3/4
Case depth less door handle (in.) 26-3/8 26-3/8 26-3/8 26-3/8 26-3/8 26-3/8 26-3/8 26-3/8 26-3/8 26-3/8 26
28-15/16 28-1/2
Case depth with door handle (in.) 28-7/16 28-7/16 28-15/16 28-7/16 28-7/16 28-7/16 28-7/16 28-15/16 28-7/16 28-7/16 27-5/8
45-1/4
Depth w/fresh food door open 90° (in.) 45-5/8 45-5/8 45-1/4 45-5/8 45-5/8 45-5/8 45-5/8 45-5/8 45-5/8 45-5/8 45-5/8
Width (in.) 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4
Width w/door open 90° w/door handle (in.) 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40-7/8 40
Air clearances Each side (in.) 1/8** 1/8** 1/8** 1/8** 1/8** 1/8** 1/8** 1/8** 1/8** 1/8** 1/8**
Top (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Back (in.) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 376 350 350 350 350 376 350 350 350 350 336
Accessories
Factory trim kit attached N/A N/A N/A N/A ●N/A N/A N/A ●● N/A/●
Black acrylic panels (optional) N/A N/A N/A N/A TKP24RBBB N/A N/A N/A TKP24RBBB TKP24IBBB N/A/TKP21LS
White acrylic panels (optional) N/A N/A N/A N/A TKP24RBWW N/A N/A N/A TKP24RBWW TKP24IBWW N/A/TKPW21LS
Almond acrylic panels (optional) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A TKP24RBAA N/A N/A
Stainless steel panels (optional) N/A N/A N/A N/A TKP24RBSS N/A N/A N/A TKP24RBSS TKP24IBSS N/A/TKP21RXSS
Black collar trim (optional) N/A N/A N/A N/A TRMBISBB N/A N/A N/A TRMBISBB TRMBISBB N/A/TRMBISBB
White collar trim (optional) N/A N/A N/A N/A TRMBISWW N/A N/A N/A TRMBISWW TRMBISWW N/A/TRMBISWW
Almond collar trim (optional) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A TRMBISAA N/A N/A
Stainless steel collar trim (optional) N/A TRMBISSS N/A N/A N/A N/A TRMBISSS N/A N/A N/A N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, BS = Black case with stainless steel doors.
**If installed against a wall, allow clearance of 11-1/4" on freezer side to remove bin.
Clearance required to remove fresh food full size pan without disassembling is 14".
ALL MODELS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.
143
See page 138 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™AND GE PROFILE™SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™
INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS
Standard, New Construction
and Replacement Installation
Rough-In Dimensions
• All wall/floor moulding
should be removed prior
to installation.
• Water recess on rear wall
recommended to prevent
water line damage. 48"
minimum length 1/4"
diameter water line tubing
recommended.
• When possible, recess
both copper water line
and electrical outlet.
(See local codes)
• Front and rear leveling
legs are adjustable for
the built-in look.
(See owner’s manual)
• If optional collar trim kit is
to be used or anticipated,
see collar trim installation
on next page for different
rough-in dimensions.
Installation Tips to
Maximize the Built-In Look
25"
Counter
Top
ElectricalWater
3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)
24"* Side panels
24"
Cabinet
25"
Counter
Top
Electrical Water
3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)
24"* Side panels
24"
Cabinet
For 24 cu. ft. models only.
For 21 cu. ft. models only.
8' Ceiling
13" to 14"
Cabinet
12"
Soffit
70-1/4"*
36"
24"
*The rough-in dimension of 70-1/4" is minimum and is measured from the
finished floor to top of opening (or the underside of the overhead cabinets).
For Models with Trim Kit: If frameless style cabinets are planned for above the
refrigerator, you may need to consider adding a maximum of 1/4" (70-1/2") to
height of opening to allow additional clearance between cabinet doors and
top of refrigerator trim when cabinet doors are in open position.
(Fresh Food panel shown)
Notch required at top
corner as noted.
For 21 and 24 cu. ft. models
Door Panel Dimensions
E
C
Detail C Detail C
Fresh Food Panel
Freezer Panel
Without Dispenser Freezer Panel
With Dispenser
D
F
H
Detail C
*For 24 cu. ft. models only
B
A G
2"* 2"*
1"* 1"* 1"*
11-1/4"*
1-1/8"1-1/8"
2-3/8" 2-3/8"
4-13/16"*
11-1/4"*
11-1/4"*
37-5/8"* 37-5/8"*
Detail C
5/16"
1/8"
1/4" Max.
Panels 1/4" thick
or less
Order your own custom wood panels to match cabinetry or other decor.
All other dotted lines indicate
areas that must be routed out
about 5/32" (4 mm) on the back
side of panels 1/4" (6 mm) thick
or more. For panels less than
1/4" (6 mm) thick, these areas
can be cut out of the filler panel.
1"
1/4"
Depth of
material to be
routed out
Front
5/32"
Fresh Food Freezer Panel Freezer Panel
Panels With Dispenser Without Dispenser Weight Limits*
G-65-3/16" C-18-3/4" E-32-3/8" Fresh Food = 38 lbs.
21 cu. ft. H-20-1/16" D-14-5/16" F-14-5/16" Freezer = 28 lbs.
G-67-1/8" C-18-13/16" E-34-5/16" A-67-1/8" Fresh Food = 35 lbs.
24 cu. ft. H-19-5/16" D-14-1/2" F-14-1/2" B-14-1/2" Freezer = 25 lbs.
Panels up to 1/4" thick will fit door frame with no special preparation. *Total weight of panels
Add filler behind material thinner than 1/4" for proper fit. (ie: both freezer panels)
Note: Panels up to 3/4" will require special routing area around handles.
Dimensions may vary depending on depth of panel.
For 24 cu. ft. models only.
IMPORTANT: Before finalizing specifications for your GE Profile Performace™
and GE Profile™ CustomStyle™ Refrigerator, Please NOTE:
• A minimum of 36" is required for refrigerator installation
• Be sure to allow for 1/2" or 3/4" side panels in addition to the 36" minimum
*24" depth applies to the refrigerator opening, not the actual cabinet depth.
144
See page 138 for warranty information.
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™AND GE PROFILE™SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™
INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS
For 21 cu. ft. models only.
Recommended water line
location using recess
in rear wall
Recommended single loop
of 1/4" copper water line
Water hook-up
on the refrigerator
Rear Wall View
18"
24"
Allow 48" minimum water
line to enable refrigerator
to be pulled forward.
Installation of Water and Electrical Outlets
Alternate
water
line location
through floor
1/2"
Water hook-up
on the refrigerator
Top View
An enclosure is required to
match up to the trim, see
Typical Installation. To obtain
the most integrated look, the
cabinet or soffit above the
refrigerator should extend out
to the same depth as the side
panels. The refrigerator
opening must have minimum
dimensions of 70-1/4" high x
36-1/8" wide x 24-1/2" deep as
shown at right. If there is an
overhead cabinet, allow 1" for
cabinet door clearance with
the top trim piece so the
cabinet doors can be opened
without hitting the top trim. If
1/2" side panels are used, then
side trim and panel will be
even. If 3/4" side panels are
used, then some of the side
panel will extend beyond the
trim and must be finished.
Collar Trim Installation
25"
Counter
Top
Electrical Water
Trim
3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)
24-1/2"* Side panels
24"
Cabinet
25"
Counter
Top
ElectricalWater
Trim
3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)
24-1/2"* Side panels
24"
Cabinet
*24-1/2" depth applies only to the refrigerator opening, not the actual cabinet depth.
For 24 cu. ft. models only.For 21 cu. ft. models only.
Typical Installation
Shaded areas represent front surfaces of side panels
and overhead cabinet or soffit that contacts trim.
Overhead
Cabinet
Cabinet
Door
Top Trim
Case
1"
Magnetic
Tape
3/4" Cabinet
Side Panel
1/2" Cabinet
Side Panel
Side trim must be installed
flush with the gasket contact
surface on the case.
Refrigerator
Case
Side TrimDoor Gasket
MagneticTape
3/4" Cabinet
Side Panel
1/2" Cabinet
Side Panel
Refrigerator
Case
Side TrimRidge
For 24 cu. ft. models only.
For 21 cu. ft. models only.
Overhead
Cabinet
1"
Cabinet
Door
Case
Top Trim
IMPORTANT: Before finalizing specifications for your GE Profile Performace™
and GE Profile™ CustomStyle™ Refrigerator, Please NOTE:
• A minimum of 36-1/8" is required for refrigerator installation with collar
• Be sure to allow for 1/2" or 3/4" side panels in addition to the 36-1/8" minimum
70-1/4"*
36-1/8"
24-1/2"*
1/2" minimum
*The rough-in dimension of 70-1/4" is minimum and is measured from the
finished floor to top of opening (or the underside of the overhead cabinets).
For Models with Trim Kit: If frameless style cabinets are planned for above the
refrigerator, you may need to consider adding a maximum of 1/4" (70-1/2") to
height of opening to allow additional clearance between cabinet doors and
top of refrigerator trim when cabinet doors are in open position.
145
See page 138 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
5/16"
1/8"
Fabricating the Enclosure
• The drawing shows an 84" cabinet elevation. Adjust dimensions accordingly
for other cabinet elevations.
• Cabinet pieces to order: (2) side panels and (1) wall cabinet.
• Side panels will typically be attached to adjacent cabinets and/or cleated to
rear wall and floor.
• Refer to GE refrigerator installation instructions for proper plumbing, and
electrical and air clearances.
• (1) Some framed cabinet lines will make a refrigerator enclosure with a cabinet
12" high x 39" wide with sides and 1-1/2" face frame extended down to floor to
create the refrigerator space. This will replace the above construction.
(2) A tall cabinet on either side of the refrigerator can replace a side panel!
• Counter overhangs on either side of the refrigerator should have clipped
corners to allow for full door swing.
• If the refrigerator has a wall returning beyond the front of the refrigerator on
either side, a 2" tall filler will help to allow for movement of the door.
Door Panels
• See drawings for exact dimensions of the fresh-food and freezer door panels.
• Refrigerator door fronts from stock and most semi-custom cabinet manufacturers
will be supplied as 1/4" thick panels cut to dimensions, with closest available
standard door sizes applied to front.
– This will leave a “reveal” at top/bottom and sides.
Width of “reveal” will depend on manufacturer’s standard door sizes.
– Door will be affixed on the 1/4" panels at factory or in the field by the local
supplier, depending on manufacturer.
• Local shop-built or custom cabinet supplier may fabricate custom 3/4" panels.
In this case, edges must be routed.
• Follow notes on drawing to assure room for fingers/hands to open handles.
• Detail A: Dotted line indicates areas that must be routed out about 3/16" (5mm)
on the back of side panels 1/4" (6mm) thick or more.
25"
Counter
Top
ElectricalWater
3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)
24"* Side panels
24"
Cabinet
Detail C
*For 24 cu. ft. models only
CREATE A CUSTOM LOOK FOR YOUR SIDE-BY-SIDE CUSTOMSTYLE™REFRIGERATOR
Still another advantage offered by
GE Profile Performance™ and GE Profile™
CustomStyle™ Refrigerators is the ease with
which it can be installed. For a refrigerator that
does so much to enhance the beauty of your
kitchen, the “behind-the-scenes” preparation
and installation are surprisingly simple.
34-5/16
Detail A
Detail A
18-13/16
Detail C Detail C
Fresh Food Panel
Freezer Panel
Without Dispenser Freezer Panel
With Dispenser
14-1/2 19-5/16
1"
1/2" 18-3/8"*
14-5/8"*
Detail C
*For 24 cu. ft. models only
14-1/2
67-1/8 67-1/8
1"
2"
18-3/8"
14-5/8"
2"
1" 1" 1"
14-1/2
W3624
1/2" to 3/4" PANEL
Select appropriate
size door panel from
cabinet line.
Side
Trim
Route
hand slot
before
installing
panel.
146
See page 138 for warranty information.
CUSTOMSTYLE™NO-FROST TOP-FREEZER REFRIGERATORS
GE Profile Performance Series™
TNX22PRC TNX22PAC TNS22PRC TNX22BRC TNX22BAC TNS22BRC
Stainless steel model ● ●
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 21.7 21.9 21.7 21.7 21.9 21.7
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4 15.4
Freezer (cu. ft.) 6.3 6.5 6.3 6.3 6.5 6.3
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 20.0 22.4 20.0 20.0 22.4 20.0
Features Cubes, Crushed Ice Cubes, Crushed Ice Cubes, Crushed Ice Cubes, Crushed Ice
LightTouch! dispenser & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water
Automatic icemaker & ice bin Factory-Installed Opt. (IM3) Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Opt. (IM3) Factory-Installed
Ice ”N Easy trays 4 4
Ice storage bin ● ●
Cabinet shelves 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass
(adjustable) 444444
(slide-out) 333333
(spill-proof) 333333
Quick Space™ shelf ●●●●●●
Quick Store™ bin ●●●●●●
Beverage rack ●●●●●●
Window vegetable/fruit crisper 2 Adj. Humidity 2 Adj. Humidity 2 Adj. Humidity 2 Adj. Humidity 2 Adj. Humidity 2 Adj. Humidity
Slide-out, spill-proof crisper cover ●●●●●●
Meat pan Adj. Temperature Adj. Temperature Adj. Temperature Adj. Temperature Adj. Temperature Adj. Temperature
Modular door bins 3 Adj. w/Gallon Storage 3 Adj. w/Gallon Storage 3 Adj. w/Gallon Storage 3 Adj. w/Gallon Storage 3 Adj. w/Gallon Storage 3 Adj. w/Gallon Storage
Door shelf 1 Fixed 1 Fixed 1 Fixed 1 Fixed 1 Fixed 1 Fixed
Slide-out, slide-over pans ●●●●●●
Snugger™Clip(s) 222222
Modular dairy compartment 111111
Glass butter dish ●●●●●●
Dual upfront temperature control (backlit) ●●●●●●
Fresh food upfront lighting ●●●●●●
Freezer interior light ●●●●●●
Freezer compartment shelf(s)
(wire Everwhite) 1 Adj. 2 Adj. 1 Adj. 1 Adj. 2 Adj. 1 Adj.
3 (2 Adj./ 1 Fixed 3 (2 Adj./ 1 Fixed
Freezer door bins 2 Fixed w/Gallon Storage) 2 Fixed 2 Fixed w/Gallon Storage) 2 Fixed
Adjustable rollers ●●●●●●
Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet/door liner ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS
Appearance
Color(s) available* WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB BS WW, BB WW, BB BS
Color-Matched Color-Matched Black Color-Matched Color-Matched Stainless Steel
Door handle(s) Premium Deluxe Premium Deluxe Premium Deluxe Full-Length Full-Length Full-Length
Textured steel doors & case ●● ●●●
Factory-Installed Trim &
Built-in configuration Trimless Trimless Trimless Installed Trim Installed Trim Stainless Steel Panels
Exterior design Rounded Doors Rounded Doors Rounded Doors
Choose right or left door opening ●●●●●●
Reversible doors ●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A 69-7/8 69-7/8 69-7/8 69-7/8 69-7/8 69-7/8
Height to top of case (in.) B 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 70-7/16 70-7/16 70-7/16
Case depth without door (in.) C 23-3/4 23-3/4 23-3/4 23-3/4 23-3/4 23-3/4
Case depth less door handle (in.) D 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4
Case depth with door handle (in.) E 28-5/8 28-3/8 28-5/8 28-3/8 28-3/8 28-5/8
Depth w/fresh food door open 90° (in.) F 61 61 61 61 61 61
Width (in.) G 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4
Width w/door open 90° w/door handle (in.) H 36-1/4 36-1/4 36-1/4 36-5/8 36-5/8 36-5/8
Air clearances Each side (in.) 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8
Top (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Back (in.) 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 325 300 325 325 300 325
Accessories
Black acrylic panels (optional) N/A N/A N/A TKP22RCBB TKP22ACBB N/A
White acrylic panels (optional) N/A N/A N/A TKP22RCWW TKP22ACWW N/A
Stainless steel panels (optional) N/A N/A N/A TKP22RCSS TKP22ACSS N/A
Black collar trim (optional) N/A N/A N/A TRMBISBB TRMBISBB N/A
White collar trim (optional) N/A N/A N/A TRMBISWW TRMBISWW N/A
Stainless steel collar trim (optional) N/A N/A N/A TRMBISSS TRMBISSS TRMBISSS
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, BS = Black case with stainless steel doors.
ALL MODELS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.
AB
G
E
C
F
D
H
Top ViewFront View
Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerator
147
See page 138 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE™TOP-FREEZER CUSTOMSTYLE™
INSTALLATION INFORMATION AND SPECIFICATIONS
Standard, New Construction
and Replacement Installation
Rough-In Dimensions
• All wall/floor moulding should be
removed prior to installation.
• Water recess on rear wall recom-
mended to prevent water line
damage. 48" minimum length 1/4"
diameter water line tubing
recommended.
• When possible, recess both cop-
per water line and electrical outlet.
(See local codes)
• Front and rear leveling legs are
adjustable for the built-in look.
(See owner’s manual)
Handle Side Clearance
–At least 2" (51 mm) on the handle side for fingertip clearances.
Top and Bottom Clearance
–At least 3/16" (4.75 mm) at the top and bottom edges to allow for trim flange.
Hinge Side Clearance
• A 3/4" (19 mm) thick door panel may strike the adjacent countertops when the
door is fully opened. Therefore, the hinge side clearance to raised panel will
vary according to the installation situation.
–Allow 1-3/4" (44 mm) clearance when installation does not include side panels.
–The installation of 3/4" (19 mm) thick side panels requires less clearance
because the space between the door and adjacent countertop is wider.
• To avoid door contact to countertop consider:
–Miter the corner of the adjacent countertops 45°, or
–pull the refrigerator forward enough to avoid contact.
Stability Leg
• The top-freezer refrigerator is the first cabinet depth top-freezer. This means
depth is more shallow than conventional models and the width is larger. The
stability leg gives the unit extra support.
Installation Tips to
Maximize the Built-In Look
25"
Counter
Top
ElectricalWater
3/4" Airspace
(1/2" Gap + 1/4"
Wall Plates)
24-1/2"* Side panels
24"
Cabinet
For 22 cu. ft.
models only.
8' Ceiling
13" to 14"
Cabinet
12"
Soffit
70-1/4"*
36"
24"
8' Ceiling
13" to 14"
Cabinet
12"
Soffit
70-1/4"*
36-1/8"
24-1/2"
Door Panel Dimensions
Order your own custom wood panels to match cabinetry or other decor.
Fresh Food Freezer Panel Freezer Panel
Panels Without Dispenser With Dispenser
B-42-1/4" A-24-1/16" D-24-1/16"
22 cu. ft. C-35-3/4" C-35-3/4" C-35-3/4"
Panels up to 1/4" thick will fit door frame with no special preparation.
Add filler behind material thinner than 1/4" for proper fit.
Note: Panels up to 3/4" will require special routing area around handles.
Dimensions may vary depending on depth of panel.
IMPORTANT: Before finalizing specifications for your GE Profile Performance™
CustomStyle™ Refrigerator, Please NOTE:
• A minimum of 36" is required for refrigerator installation
• Be sure to allow for 1/2" or 3/4" side panels in addition to the 36" minimum
*22" depth applies to the refrigerator opening,
not the actual cabinet depth.
An enclosure is required to match up to
the trim, see Typical Installation. To
obtain the most integrated look, the cabi-
net or soffit above the refrigerator should
extend out to the same depth as the side
panels. The refrigeratoropening must
have minimum dimensions of
70-1/4" high x 36-1/8" wide x 24-1/2"
deep as shown at right. If there is an
overhead cabinet, allow 1" for cabinet
door clearance with the top trim piece so
the cabinet doors can be opened without
hitting the top trim. If 1/2" side panels
are used, then side trim and panel will be
even. If 3/4" side panels are used, then
some of the side panel will extend
beyond the trim and must be finished.
Collar Trim Installation
Freezer Panel
Without Dispenser
Fresh Food Panel
2-5/8
Clearance
Handle Side
(Detail A)
2-5/8
Clearance
Handle Side
(Detail A)
Hinge Side
Clearance
(See Notes)
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
A
B
C
D
C
Detail B Detail B Freezer Panel
With Dispenser
2-5/8
Clearance
Handle Side
(Detail A)
Hinge Side
Clearance
(See Notes)
3/16
3/16 3-15/16
15-7/16
3/16
3/16
14-7/8
1/8
5/16
Detail B
1/8 1-3/4
1/4
Detail A Area to be routed out
on handle side of panel
Detail B
*The rough-in dimension of 70-1/4" is minimum and is measured from the fin-
ished floor to top of opening (or the underside of the overhead cabinets).
For Models with Trim Kit: If frameless style cabinets are planned for above the
refrigerator, you may need to consider adding a maximum of 1/4" (70-1/2") to
height of opening to allow additional clearance between cabinet doors and top
of refrigerator trim when cabinet doors are in open position.
Installation
without collar trim Installation
with collar trim
Rough-In Dimensions Collar Trim Installation
148 See page 138 for warranty information.
SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS
TFS28PBB TFX30PBB TFX25PRB
TFS28PPB TFS25PPB TFS22PPB TFX30PPB TFX28PBB TFX28PPC TFX25PPB TFX22PPB TFX27PRB TFX25PAB TFX22PRB
Stainless steel model
●●●
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 28.2 25.2 21.6 29.8 28.2 28.2 25.2 21.6 26.6 25.2/25.3 21.6
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 17.23 15.92 14.85 18.15 17.23 17.23 15.92 14.85 16.83 15.92 14.85
Freezer (cu. ft.) 10.94 9.32 6.75 11.65 10.94 10.94 9.32 6.75 9.72 9.32/9.41 6.75
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 27.5/27.7 25.2 23.4 29.8 27.5 27.7 25.2 23.4 27.6 25.2/25.6 23.4
Features
Refreshment Center ●/– ●/– ●
Electronic Monitor/Diagnostic System ●/– ●/– ●
Exclusive Water by Culligan™ ●●●●●●●● Cubes,
Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Crushed Ice & Cubes,
Crushed Ice & Crushed Ice & Crushed Ice & Crushed Ice & Crushed Ice & Crushed Ice & Crushed Ice & Crushed Ice & Crushed Ice & Chilled Water Crushed Ice &
LightTouch! dispenser Chilled Water Chilled Water Chilled Water Chilled Water Chilled Water Chilled Water Chilled Water Chilled Water Chilled Water – Chilled Water
Automatic icemaker and ice bin ●●●●●●●●●●/Opt. (IM3) ●
Cabinet shelves 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass
(adjustable) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(slide-out) 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass 2 Glass
(spill-proof) ●●●●●●●●●●●
Quick Space™ shelf(s) ●●●●●●●●●●●
Smart Storage System (w/spill-proof cover)
Snack pan (top) Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid.
Vegetable/fruit crispers (middle) Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid. Adj. Humid.
Meat pan (lower) Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp.
Spacemaker™ door bins ●Extra-Deep ●● ●
4 (3 w/gal. 4 (3 w/gal.
storage, 1 Adj.) storage, 1 Adj.)
4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 w/gal. 4 (3 w/gal. 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 5 (4 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/
Modular door bins gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) storage (3 Adj.) storage, 1 Adj.) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage)
Snugger™ Clip(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Dairy compartment w/glass butter dish ●●●●●●● ●●●●
Beverage rack ●●●●●●●●●●●
Egg bin (clear) ●●●●●●●●●●●
Interior light(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Freezer compartment shelves –
(Wire Everwhite) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 1 Adj.
Freezer slide-out baskets (wire Everwhite) 1 Adj. 3 3 1 Adj. 1 Adj. 1 Adj. 3 3 3 3 3
Freezer storage bin(s) (wire Everwhite) 1 Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding
4 (2 Adj.) 4 Extra-Deep 5
Freezer door shelves 4 Adj. 5 5 (2 Adj.) 4 (2 Adj.) 5 5 5 5 6 5
Adjustable rollers ●●●●●●● ●●●●
Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package ●●●●●●●●●●●
Automatic Energy Saver (condenser loop) ●●●●●●● ●●●●
Cabinet and door insulation Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet liner–Baked enamel-on-steel ●●●●●●●●●●●
Door liner–ABS ●●●●●●●●●●●
Appearance
Color(s) available* BS BS BS WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB
Premium deluxe door handle(s) Black Black Black Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched
Exterior design Rounded Doors Rounded Doors Rounded Doors Rounded Doors
Textured steel doors and case ●●●● ●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A 69-3/4 69-3/4 67-5/8 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 69-3/4 67-5/8 69-3/4 69-3/4 67-5/8
Height to top of case (in.) B 68-3/4 68-3/4 66-5/8 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 68-3/4 66-5/8 68-3/4 68-3/4 66-5/8
Case depth without door (in.) C 28 28 28 28** 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Case depth less door handle (in.) D 30-1/2 30-1/4 30-1/4 32-1/4** 30-1/2 30-1/2 30-1/4 30-1/4 31-5/8 30-1/4 30-1/4
Case depth with door handle (in.) E 32-5/8 32-1/2 32-1/2 34-1/2** 32-5/8 32-5/8 32-1/2 32-1/2 33-7/8 32-1/2 32-1/2
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F 49-3/8 49-3/4 49-3/8 49-1/4** 49-3/8 49-3/8 49-3/4 49-3/8 50-1/4 49-3/4 49-3/8
Width (in.) G 35-3/4 35-3/4 33-1/2 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 35-3/4 33-1/2 35-3/4 35-3/4 33-1/2
Width with door open 90° less 40-5/8
door handle (in.) H 38 36-1/8 34-1/4 40 38 38 36-1/8 34-1/4 38-1/4 36-1/8 34-1/4
Air clearances Each side (in.) 1/8† 3/4† 3/4† 1/8† 1/8† 1/8† 3/4† 3/4† 3/4† 3/4† 3/4†
Top (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Back (in.) 1/2 1 1 1/2 1/2 1/2 1 1 1 1 1
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 421 361 332 395 395 395 335 310 386 335 310
Accessories TK30FBAL TK25RBAL
Aluminum trim kit N/A N/A N/A TK30RBAL TK28FBAL N/A TK25RBAL N/A TK27RBAL N/A N/A
LEXAN®black panels N/A N/A N/A N/A TKP28FB N/A TKP25RB N/A TKP27EB TKP25RB/N/A N/A
Black acrylic panels and trim kit N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A TFP25RB TFP22RB N/A TFP25RB/N/A TFP22RB
TKP30FBSS
Stainless steel panels N/A N/A N/A TKP30RBSS N/A N/A N/A N/A TKP27RBSS N/A N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black,
BS = Black case with stainless steel doors.
**Add 9/16" for water hook-up. Hook-up fits in 5/8" back air clearance when calculating installation depth.
†If installed against a wall, allow clearance of 11-1/4" on freezer side to remove ice bin.
To remove fresh food pans, remove door bins.
Clearances required to remove fresh food full-size pan without disassembling:
10-1/2" on 22 cu. ft.; 13-5/8" on 25 cu. ft.; 14" on 27 cu. ft.; 13" on 30 cu. ft.
For Built-In Appearance allow height space of 69-3/4" on 25, 27 and 28 cu. ft.
Plus, allow additional space for any necessary leveling adjustments.
ALL MODELS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.
GE Profile Performance Series™GE Profile™
Note: If the doors cannot be fully opened because of an obstruction or a wall on either side, a door stop
should be installed to prevent door or wall damage. If the doors cannot be opened at least 90 degrees,
access to the drawers is limited. Front
View
AB
G
D
C
F
E
H
Side-By-Side Refrigerator
Top View
Total volume and shelf
area are calculated by
the Association of
Home Appliance
Manufacturers’
standards.
R
149
See page 138 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS
GE “C” Series GE “Z” Series
TFX20JAB
TFX25CRB TFX22CRB TFX27ZPB TFX25ZPB TFX22ZPB TFX22JAB TFX20JRB TFX20SAB
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 25.2 21.7 26.6 25.2 21.7 21.8 19.7 19.7
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 15.92 14.92 16.88 15.92 14.92 14.92 12.90 12.90
Freezer (cu. ft.) 9.32 6.75 9.72 9.32 6.75 6.89 6.79/6.75 6.79
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 25.8 24.1 28.3 25.8 24.1 22.8 20.4/20.1 20.4
Features
Exclusive Water by Culligan™ ●●● –
Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes, Cubes,
Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice Crushed Ice
LightTouch! dispenser & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water & Chilled Water
Opt. (IM3)
Automatic icemaker and ice bin ●● ●●●Opt. (IM3) ●Opt. (IM3)
2
Ice ’N Easy trays 2–2
●
Ice storage bin ●–●
3 Wire
Cabinet shelves 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass Everwhite
(adjustable) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(spill-proof) ●●●●●
Sealed snack pan ●●●●●
Vegetable/fruit crispers (upper) 1 Adj. Humid. 1 Adj. Humid. 1 Adj. Humid. 1 Adj. Humid. 1 Adj. Humid. 1 Adj. Humid. 1 Sealed 1 Sealed
Meat pan (lower) 1 Adj. Temp. 1 Adj. Temp. 1 Adj. Temp. 1 Adj. Temp. 1 Adj. Temp. 1 Adj. Temp. 1 Adj. Temp.
4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (3 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 Adj. w/ 4 (2 w/ 4 (2 w/
Modular door bins gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage)
Snugger™ Clip(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Dairy compartment w/butter dish ●● ●●● ●●●
Utility bin (clear) ●●●●●●●
Interior light(s) 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
4 Adj.
Freezer cabinet shelves (wire Everwhite) 3 Adj. 3 Adj. 3 Adj. 3 Adj. 3 Adj. 4 Adj. 3 Adj. 4 Adj.
Freezer storage bin(s) 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 Clear Sliding 1 White Sliding
6
Freezer door shelves 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 6
Adjustable rollers ●● ●●●●●●
Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package ●● ●●●●●●
Automatic Energy Saver
(condenser loop) ●●●●●●●●
Cabinet and door insulation Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet liner–Baked enamel-on-steel ●●●●●●●●
Door liner–ABS ●●●●●●●●
Appearance WW, AA
Color(s) available* WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA WW, AA, WH WW, AA
CM
Deluxe door handle(s) CM/Premium CM/Premium CM CM CM CM CM, CM, Black CM
Textured steel doors and case ●●●●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A 69-3/4 67-5/8 69-3/4 69-3/4 67-5/8 67-5/8 67-5/8 67-5/8
Height to top of case (in.) B 68-3/4 66-5/8 68-3/4 68-3/4 66-5/8 66-5/8 66-5/8 66-5/8
Case depth without door (in.) C 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Case depth less door handle (in.) D 30-1/2 30-1/4 31-5/8 30-1/4 30-1/4 30-1/4 30-1/4 30-1/4
Case depth with door handle (in.) E 32-1/2 32-1/2 33-7/8 32-1/2 32-1/2 32-1/2 32-1/2 32-1/2
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F 49-3/4 49-3/8 50-1/4 49-3/4 49-3/8 49-3/8 47-3/8 47-3/8
Width (in.) G 35-3/4 33-1/2 35-3/4 35-3/4 33-1/2 33-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2
Width with door open 90°
less door handle (in.) H 36-1/8 34-1/4 38-1/4 36-1/8 34-3/8 34-3/8 32-1/4 32-1/4
Air clearances Each side (in.) 3/4† 3/4† 3/4† 3/4† 3/4† 3/4† 3/4† 3/4†
Top (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Back (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 335 310 355 335 310 310 327 296
Accessories
Aluminum trim kit TK25RBAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Black panels TKP25RB N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A
Black acrylic panels and trim kit N/A TFP22RB N/A N/A N/A N/A TFP20RB N/A
Stainless steel panels N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond,
WH = White with black handles and dispenser.
CM = Color-Matched indicates color of handle(s) matches exterior.
†If installed against a wall, allow clearance of 11-1/4" on freezer side to remove ice bin.
To remove fresh food pans, remove door bins.
Clearances required to remove fresh food full-size pan without disassembling is 10-1/2" on 20/22 cu. ft.;
13-5/8" on 25 cu. ft., and 14" on 27 cu. ft. For Built-In appearance, allow height space of 69-3/4" on 25 and 27 cu. ft.
Plus, allow additional space for any necessary leveling adjustments.
ALL MODELS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.
GE “J” Series GE “S” Series
R
Front
View
AB
G
D
C
F
E
H
Side-By-Side Refrigerator
Top View
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
150
See page 138 for warranty information.
BOTTOM-FREEZER REFRIGERATOR TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
GE Profile™
TBX25PRB TBX25PAB TBX22PRB TBX22PAB TBX22PIB TBX19PAB
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 24.7 24.7 21.5 21.6 21.6 19.0
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 17.12 17.12 14.96 14.96 14.96 13.61
Freezer (cu. ft.) 7.50 7.60 6.55 6.65 6.65 5.40
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 27.0 31.5 23.9 28.3 27.5 24.8
Features Cubes, Cubes,
Crushed Ice Crushed Ice
LightTouch! dispenser & Water & Water
Factory- Factory- Factory-
Automatic icemaker and ice bin Installed Opt. (IM3) Installed Opt. (IM3) Installed Opt. (IM3)
Ice ’N Easy trays 4 4 4
Ice storage bin Dispenser Pan w/handle Dispenser Pan w/handle Ice Bucket Pan w/handle
High ice shelf ●●●
Cabinet shelves 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass
(adjustable) 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split
(slide-out) 3 3 3 3 3 3
(spill-proof) 4 4 4 4 4 4
Quick Store™ bin ●●●● ●
Quick Serve™ storage dishes On Door On Door On Door On Door On Door
Wire slide-out can dispenser ●● ●● ●●
2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj.
Vegetable/fruit crisper(s) Humidity Humidity Humidity Humidity Humidity Humidity
Meat pan Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp. Adj. Temp.
4 (3 Adj. w/ 4 (3 Adj. w/ 4 (3 Adj. w/ 4 (3 Adj. w/ 4 (3 Adj. w/ 5 (4 Adj. w/
Modular gallon door bins gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage) gal. storage)
Slide-out, slide-over pans ●● ●●● ●
Snugger™ Clip(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2
Dairy compartment ●● ●● ●●
Butter dish ●●●● ● ●
Condiment caddy (removable) ●● ●●●●
Freezer interior light(s) ●● ●● ●●
Freezer compartment shelf(s) 1 F/W 1 F/W 1 F/W 1 F/W
(wire Everwhite) 1 Adj. (2-Pos.) 1 Adj. (2-Pos.) (2-Pos.) (2-Pos.)
2 (1 Adj.) 3 (1 Adj.) 2 (1 Adj.) 3 (1 Adj.) 3 (1 Adj.) 3 (1 Adj.)
Freezer door shelves Bins Bins Bins Bins Bins Bins
Freezer adjustable trivet ●●●● ● ●
Cross-brace retainer ●● ●● ●●
Adjustable rollers ●●●●●●
Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package ●●●● ● ●
Energy Saver Switch ●●●●● ●
Cabinet/door insulation Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet/door liner ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS
Appearance
Color(s) available* WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB
Deluxe door handle(s) CM/Premium CM/Premium CM/Premium CM/Premium CM/Premium CM/Premium
Customer installed handles ●● ●● ●●
Textured steel doors & case ●● ●● ●●
Reversible doors** ●●●●
Choose right or left door opening ●●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A 68 67-3/4 67-1/4 67 67 64-3/4
Height to top of case (in.) B 67 67 66 66 66 64
Case depth without door (in.) C 27-1/2 27-1/2 27-1/2 27-1/2 27-1/2 27-1/2
Case depth less door handle (in.) D 31 31 31 31 31 31
Case depth with door handle (in.) E 32-3/4 32-3/4 32-3/4 32-3/4 32-3/4 32-3/4
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F 62-7/8 62-7/8 59-7/8 59-7/8 59-7/8 58
Width (in.) G 34-1/2 34-1/2 31-1/4 31-1/4 31-1/4 29-3/8
Width with door open 90°
less door handle(in.) H 35-5/8 35-5/8 32-5/8 32-5/8 32-5/8 30-3/4
Air clearances Each side (in.) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Top (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Back (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 320 298 293 270 270 250
Accessories TMK25LL†
Aluminum trim kit N/A TMK25K†† N/A N/A N/A N/A
Black LEXAN®panel kit N/A TMP25K N/A N/A N/A N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, CM = Color-Matched.
**Order as right-hand door opening with option to change to left-hand door opening.
†For use on left-hand door opening.
††For use on right-hand door opening.
Note: Clearance dimensions for any 19 cu. ft., 22 cu. ft., and 25 cu. ft. refrigerators
with extra-deep doors, need an additional 3-5/8" for 90° door opening.
MODEL TBX19PAB IS AVAILABLE IN U.S. AND CANADA.
R
Note: All Top-Freezer No-Frost Right-Hand Refrigerator Doors: As you face the front
of the refrigerator, the handle is on your left and the hinges are on your right.
All Top-Freezer No-Frost Left-Hand Refrigerator Doors: As you face the front
of the refrigerator, the handle is on your right and the hinges are on your left.
TCX22PAC TCX18PAC TCX18IAC
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 21.7 17.6 17.6
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 15.20 12.90 12.90
Freezer (cu. ft.) 6.51 4.7 4.7
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 30.11 23.0 23.0
Features
Automatic icemaker Opt. (UK-3S) Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3)
Ice ’N Easy trays 4 2 2
Ice tray shelf ●●●
Ice storage bin ●●●
Cabinet shelves 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass
(adjustable) 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split
(spill-proof) 4 4 –
Snack pan ●●●
Vegetable/fruit crisper(s) 2 Adj. Humid. 2 Adj. Humid. 2 Adj. Humid.
Utility egg bin ●●
Modular door bins 4 Adj. 4 Adj. 4 Adj.
1 Fixed w/ 1 Fixed w/ 1 Fixed w/
Door shelf (full-width) gallon storage gallon storage gallon storage
Wire slide-out can dispenser ●●
2 Adj. w/ 1 Clear w/
Dairy compartments butter dish butter dish 1 Clear
Interior light ●●●
Wire Everwhite 1 Full-Width 1 Full-Width
freezer storage basket Sliding 1 Half-Width 1 Full-Width
Freezer compartment shelf 1 Full-Width – 1 F/W
2 Full-Width 2 Full-Width,
Freezer door shelves 2 Half-Width 1 w/gal. stor. 2 Full-Width
Freezer interior light ●● –
Upfront freezer control ●––
Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet liner ABS Steel Steel
Door liner HIPS ABS ABS
Appearance
Color(s) available* WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW
Door handle(s) Color-Matched Color-Matched CM Full-Length
Textured steel doors and case ●●●
Door stops ●●●
Reversible doors ●●●
Adjustable front rollers ●●●
Coil-free back ●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A 68-3/8 66-1/4 66-1/4
Height to top of case (in.) B 67-5/8 65-3/4 65-3/4
Case depth without door (in.) C 28-3/4 26-1/4 26-1/4
Case depth less
door handle (in.) D 32-3/4 28 28
Case depth with
door handle (in.) E 35-1/8 29-1/8 29-1/8
Depth with door
open 90° (in.) F 64-1/2 57-1/4 57-1/4
Width (in.) G 32-5/8 31 31
Side clearance for 90° door open 2-1/8 1-3/4 1-3/4
Air clearances Each side (in.) 0 1/2 1/2
Top (in.) 1 1 1
Back (in.) 1 0** 0**
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 329 247 247
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond,
BB = Black on black.
**Metal cover on back, when touching wall, gives 1-1/4" clearance.
Front View
Bottom-Freezer Refrigerator
Top View
B
A
G
E
C
F
D
GE Profile™GE
151
See page 138 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
GE “J” Series GE “I” SeriesGE “C” Series
TBX21CIB TBX18CIB TBX24JAB TBX21JAB TBX18JAB TBX16JAB TBX21IAB TBX18IAB TBX18IIB
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 20.6 18.2 23.6 20.6 18.2 15.6 20.6 18.2 18.2
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 14.25 13.04 16.35 14.25 13.04 11.69 14.25 13.04 13.04
Freezer (cu. ft.) 6.30 5.13 7.20 6.30 5.13 3.86 6.30 5.13 5.13
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 25.2 23.5 29.2 26.0 24.4 19.6 26.0 23.1 23.1
Features
Automatic icemaker and ice bin Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3) Factory-Installed
Ice ’N Easy trays 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ice storage bin Ice Bucket Utility-White Utility-Opaque Utility-Opaque Utility-Opaque Utility-Opaque Utility-Opaque Utility-Opaque Ice Bucket
High ice shelf ●● ● ●●
Cabinet shelves 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 4 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass 3 Glass
(adjustable) 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split 4 Split 2 Split, 1 F/W 2 Split, 1 F/W 2 Split, 1 F/W
(spill-proof) 4 4 4 4 4 4
Snack pan ● ●●● ●● ●●●
2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj.
Vegetable/fruit crisper(s) Humidity Humidity Humidity Humidity Humidity 2 Clear 2 Clear 2 Clear 2 Clear
3 (2 w/gallon 2 w/gallon 3 (2 w/gallon 3 (2 w/gallon 2 w/gallon 2 w/gallon 3 (2 w/gallon 2 w/gallon 2 w/gallon
Door shelves storage) storage storage) storage) storage storage storage) storage storage
Slide-out, slide-over pans ●●●● ●
Snugger™ Clip(s) 2 2 2 2 2
Dairy compartment ● ●●● ●● ●●●
Butter dish ●●●● ●
Utility (egg) bin ●
Freezer interior light(s) ●●
Freezer compartment shelf(s) 1 F/W 1 F/W 1 F/W
(wire Everwhite) 1 F/W 1 F/W (2-Pos.) (2-Pos.)* (2-Pos.) 1 1 F/W 1 F/W 1 F/W
Freezer door shelves 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Cross-brace retainer ● ●●● ●● ●●●
4 Fixed,
Adjustable rollers ●●●● ●2 Level legs ●●●
Economical/Quiet
Quiet Package ●●
Energy Saver Switch ● ●●● ●●
Cabinet/door insulation Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet/door liner ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS
Appearance
Color(s) available** WW, AA, BB WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA, BB WW, AA, BB WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA
Deluxe door handle(s) CM/Premium CM/Premium CM CM CM CM CM CM CM
Customer installed handles ● ●● ● ● ●●●
Textured steel doors & case ● ●●● ●● ●●●
Reversible doors*** ● ●●● ●● ●●●
Right or left door opening available ●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A 67 64-3/4 67-3/4 67 64-3/4 64-1/2 67 64-3/4 64-3/4
Height to top of case (in.) B 66-1/4 64 67 66-1/4 64 64 66-1/4 64 64
Case depth without door (in.) C 27-3/4 27-3/4 27-1/2 27-1/2 27-1/2 26 27-1/2 27-1/2 27-1/2
Case depth less door handle (in.) D 29-13/16 29-13/16 29-13/16 29-13/16 29-13/16 28 29-13/16 29-13/16 29-13/16
Case depth with door handle (in.) E 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2 29-9/16 31-1/2 31-1/2 31-1/2
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F 59-7/8 58 62-7/8 59-7/8 58 54-1/2 59-7/8 58 58
Width (in.) G 31-1/4 29-3/8 34-1/2 31-1/4 29-3/8 28 31-1/4 29-3/8 29-3/8
Width with door open 90°
less door handle(in.) H 31-1/4 29-3/8 34-1/2 31-1/4 29-3/8 29-3/4 31-1/4 29-3/8 29-3/8
Air clearances Each side (in.) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Top (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Back (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 240 230 266 240 230 192 240 230 230
Accessories
Black LEXAN®panel kit N/A N/A N/A TBP21XB TBP18XB N/A N/A N/A N/A
Black acrylic panel kit N/A N/A N/A TBP21XB TBP18XB N/A TBP21XB TBP18XB TBP18XB
*Shelf needs to stay in lower position to support ice bucket and icemaker.
**Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, CM = Color-Matched.
***Order as right-hand door opening with option to change to left-hand door opening.
Note: Clearance dimensions for any 19 cu. ft., 22 cu. ft., and 25 cu. ft. refrigerators
with extra-deep doors, need an additional 3-5/8" for 90° door opening.
R
Note: All Top-Freezer No-Frost Right-Hand Refrigerator Doors: As you face the front
of the refrigerator, the handle is on your left and the hinges are on your right.
All Top-Freezer No-Frost Left-Hand Refrigerator Doors: As you face the front
of the refrigerator, the handle is on your right and the hinges are on your left.
TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
AB
G
E
C
F
D
H
Top ViewFront View
Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerator
152
See page 138 for warranty information.
AB
G
E
C
F
D
H
TBX18SAB TBX16SAB TBX14SAB
TBX16DAB TBX14DAB TBX18SIB TBX16SIB TBX16SYB TBX16SSB TBX14SIB TBX14SYB TBX12SAX TBX10SNB
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 15.6 14.4 18.2 16.4 16.4 15.6 14.4 14.4 12.1 9.8
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 11.69 10.58 13.04 12.58 12.58 12.58 10.58 10.58 9.1 7.5
Freezer (cu. ft.) 3.86 3.86 5.13 3.86 3.86 3.86 3.86 3.86 3.0 2.33
17.5 17.2
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 19.6 19.6 23.1 16.9 17.5 17.5 16.4 17.2 13.6 12.1
Features Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3)
Automatic icemaker and ice bin Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3) Factory-Installed Factory-Installed Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3) Factory-Installed Opt. (IM3) Opt. (IM3)
22 2
Ice ’N Easy trays 2 2 – – 2 2 – 2 2 2
Utility-WH – –
Ice storage bin Bucket-WH ●●
●●
High ice shelf –●● –●
3 Wire 3 Wire 3 Wire 2 Wire 2 Wire 2 Wire 2 Wire 2 Wire 2 Wire 2 Wire
Cabinet shelves Everwhite Everwhite Everwhite Everwhite Everwhite Everwhite Everwhite Everwhite Everwhite Everwhite
2 Split, 2 Split, 2 Split,
(adjustable) 1 F/W 1 F/W 1 F/W 2 F/W 2 F/W 2 F/W 2 F/W 2 F/W 2 F/W 2 F/W
Snack pan ●● ●
Vegetable/fruit crisper(s) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Divided 1 F/W
2 w/gal. 2 w/gal. 2 w/gal. 2-tall bottle 2-tall bottle 2-tall bottle 2-tall bottle 2-tall bottle
Fixed door shelves storage storage storage storage storage storage storage storage 2-1/2 4
Dairy compartment ●● ●●●●●●●
Utility bin ●●
Freezer compartment 1 Step 1 Step 1 F/W
shelf(s) (wire Everwhite) Shelf Shelf (2-Pos.) 1 F/W
Freezer door shelves 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1
Cross-brace retainer ●● ●●●●●●●●
Coil-free back ●● ●●●●●●
4 Fixed, 4 Fixed, 4 Fixed, 4 Fixed, 4 Fixed, 4 Fixed, 4 Fixed,
Adjustable rollers 2 Level legs 2 Level legs ●2 Level legs 2 Level legs 2 Level legs 2 Level legs 2 Level legs Level legs Level legs
Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet liner ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS Plastic
Door liner ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS
Appearance
Color(s) available* WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WH, AD WH
Color- Color-
Color- Color- Color- Color- Matched Color- Color- Matched White
Deluxe door handle(s) Matched Matched Matched Matched Recessed Matched Matched Recessed Black Recessed
Customer installed handles ●
Textured steel doors & case ●● ●●●●●●●●
Rounded doors ●
Reversible doors** ●● ●●●●●●●●
Right or left door opening available ●●●●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A 64-1/2 61-1/2 64-3/4 67-1/4 67-1/4 64-1/2 61-1/2 61-1/2 60-5/8 59-1/8
Height to top of case (in.) B 64 61 64 66-3/4 66-3/4 64 61 61 60-1/4 58-5/8
Case depth without door (in.) C 26 26 27-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 26 26 26 27-7/16 25
Case depth less door handle (in.)D 28 28 29-13/16 29-1/8 29-1/8 28 28 28 29-11/16 26-3/8
Case depth with door handle (in.)E 29-9/16 29-9/16 31-1/2 30-7/8 29-1/8 29-9/16 29-9/16 28 31-7/16 28
Depth with door open 90° (in.) F 54-1/2 54-1/2 58 54-3/4 54-3/4 54-1/2 54-1/2 54-1/2 51-9/16 48-3/4
Width (in.) G 28 28 29-3/8 28 28 28 28 28 23-3/8 23-5/8
Width with door open 90°
less door handle (in.) H 29-3/4 29-3/4 29-3/8 30-1/8 29-3/4 29-3/4 29-3/4 29-3/4 23-9/16 24-1/8
Air clearances
Each side (in.) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
Top (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1
Back (in.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3/4 1
190
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 187 185 230 195 188 170 174 168 152 157
Accessories
Black Acrylic panel kit N/A N/A TBP18XB N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
*Color(s) available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond.
**Order as right-hand door opening with option to change to left-hand door opening.
GE “D” Series GE “S” Series
Top ViewFront View
Top-Freezer No-Frost Refrigerator
TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
153
See page 138 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
CYCLE AND MANUAL DEFROST REFRIGERATORS
SPACEMAKER™COMPACT REFRIGERATORS
TDX11SNY TDX9SNY TAX10SNX
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 11.0 9.0 9.6
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 8.6 6.6 8.64
Freezer (cu. ft.) 2.4 2.4 .94*
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 15.5 15.2 9.88
Features
Ice ’N Easy trays 2 Mini 2 Mini 2
Freezer chiller tray with baffle ●
Cabinet shelves Wire Everwhite 3 Adj. 2 Adj. 2 Adj.
Vegetable/fruit crisper 1 F/W 1 F/W 1 F/W
2 Modules, 4 Modules,
Door shelves 2 Stationary Shelves 1 Stationary Shelf 3 F/W
Tall bottle storage on door ●●●
Dairy compartment(s) 2 2 1
Egg storage bin Pockets
Freezer compartment shelf(s) 1 F/W 1 F/W
Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet/door liner Plastic Plastic Plastic
Appearance
Color(s) available White White White
Door handle(s) White White Black
Reversible doors ●●
Right or left door opening ●
Weights & Dimensions
Height to top of hinge (in.) A 63-1/2 55 58
Height to top of case (in.) B 63 54-1/2 57-9/16
Case depth without door (in.) C 20-1/2 20-1/2 21-3/8
Case depth with door less handle (in.) D 23-1/4 23-1/4 23-1/2
Case depth with door handle (in.) E 24-1/2 24-3/4 24-13/16
Depth with door open 90°
less door handle (in.) F 46 46 44-13/16
Width (in.) G 23-1/4 23-1/2 23
Width w/door open 90° less door handle (in.) H 23-3/4 23-3/4 23-1/2
Air clearances Each side (in.) 1/2 1/2 5/8
Top (in.) 2 2 2
Back (in.) 2 2 1
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 139 126 135
*Compartment for short-term storage of frozen food. The frozen food compartment of this refrigerator will make ice, and pre-frozen foods
can be stored for about two weeks. It will not effectively freeze fresh foods or provide long-term storage for meats, poultry, or fish.
Front View Top View
Cycle Defrost Manual Defrost
Manual Defrost Single Door Refrigerator
Spacemaker™Refrigerator
Front View Top View
Cycle Defrost Two Door Refrigerator
A
G
E
C
F
B
D
H
B
G
E
C
F
D
H
A
Note: Right-Hand Refrigerator Door: As you face the front of the refrigerator, the
handle is on your left and the hinges are on your right.
Left-Hand Refrigerator Door: As you face the front of the refrigerator, the
handle is on your right and the hinges are on your left.
A
Front View
TAX2SNYWN
TAX6SNXWH/WN TAX4SNYWH TAX4ANXWN TAX2SNBWH
Capacity
Total (cu. ft.) 6.0 3.7 3.7 1.7
Fresh food (cu. ft.) 5.51 3.26 3.42 1.51
Freezer (cu. ft.) .49* .42* .34* .21*
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 8.8 6.0 6.5 2.9
Features
Ice ’N Easy trays 2 Mini 1 Mini 1 Mini 2 Mini
Manual defrost ●●●●
3 F/W wire
Cabinet shelves 2 (Adj.) 2 F/W wire (1 w/retaining rod) 1
Vegetable/fruit pan 1 F/W White
Door shelves 3 F/W 2 F/W 2 F/W 1-1/2
Utility bin Tray
Economical/Quiet
Cabinet/door insulation Foam Foam Foam Foam
Cabinet/door liner Polystyrene Polystyrene Polystyrene Polystyrene
Appearance Woodgrain
Color(s) available White, Woodgrain White Woodgrain White
White Visor Color-Matched Color-Matched Color-Matched
Door handles Black Visor Recessed Recessed Recessed
Rounded doors ●
Reversible door(s) ●●
Right or left door opening Right Hand Right Hand
Weights & Dimensions
Height (in.) A 34-1/4 34-1/2 34-1/2 18-7/8**
Width (in.) B 23-5/8 18-7/8 18-7/8 18-5/8
Depth with handle (in.) C 25-7/8 20-3/4 20-3/4 19-1/2
Depth with door open 90° (in.) D 47-1/2 39-1/4 39-1/4 37
Air clearances Each side (in.) 0† 1/2 1/2 1/2
Top (in.) 1-1/2 12 12 12
Back (in.) 3/4 5 5 5
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 88 68 71 40
Accessories
Custom trim and black panel TK6 Optional
*Compartment for short-term storage of frozen food. The frozen food compartment of this refrigerator will make ice, and pre-frozen foods
can be stored for about two weeks. It will not effectively freeze fresh foods or provide long-term storage for meats, poultry, or fish.
**Height does not include hinge.
†If installed against a wall, allow 1-1/4" on hinge side to allow for proper door opening.
B
C
D
Top View
Today’s GE refrigerators use about 50% as much
energy as refrigerator models made in 1980.
GE
GE
154 See page 138 for warranty information.
UPRIGHT FREEZERS
CHEST FREEZERS
Front View
A
Top View
B
C
D
Top View
Side View
Front View
A
B
C
D
Frost-Free Manual Defrost
FUF20DA FUF17DA FUF14DA FUM21DA FUM21SA FUM17DA FUM17SA FUM14DA FUM14SA FUM12SA FUM9SA FUM5SA
Capacity
Total volume (cu. ft.) 20.3 16.7 13.7 20.6 20.6 17.1 17.1 14.1 14.1 11.6 8.7 5.0
Shelf area (sq. ft.) 23.9 18.4 14.3 25.3 21.9 19.1 16.2 17.9 15.0 13.0 10.1 6.0
Features
Audible temperature alarm ●●●● ● ●
Temperature control Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable
Limited food loss warranty ●●●●●●●●●●●●
Door shelves (total) 655665555453
Defrost water drain ●●●●●●●
Power “ON” light ●●●● ● ●
Interior light ●●●● ● ●
Lock ●●●● ● ●
Cabinet shelves (total) 5 (3 Adj.) 4 (3 Adj.) 3 (2 Adj.) 4 (1 Adj.) 4 4 (1 Adj.) 3 3 (1 Adj.) 3 3 4 2
Refrigerated shelves 3 4 3323342
Bulk storage basket Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out
Drop-front storage ●●●●
Economical/Quiet
Defrost Frost-Free Frost-Free Frost-Free Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual
Magnetic door gasket ●●●●●●●●●●●●
Baked Baked Baked Baked Baked Baked Baked Baked Baked Baked
enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on- enamel-on-
Cabinet liner steel steel steel steel steel steel steel steel steel steel Polystyrene Polystyrene
Wrap-around condenser ●●●●●●●●●●●●
Appearance
Color available White White White White White White White White White White White White
Door handle ●●●●Recessed ●Recessed ●Recessed Recessed ●Recessed
Textured steel case and door ●●●●●●●●●●●●
Rounded door ●
Weights & Dimensions
Height (in.) A 70 64-1/2 59 70 70 64-1/2 64-1/2 59 59 54-1/2 53-3/8 33-1/2
Width (in.) B 32 32 28 32 32 32 32 28 28 28 21-1/2 21-3/8
Depth (in.) C 28-1/2 26-1/2 28-1/2 28-1/2 28-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 28-1/2 28-1/2 26-1/2 26-3/8 26-1/8
Depth with door
open 90° (in.) D 59-1/8 57-1/8 55-1/8 59-1/8 59-1/8 57-1/8 57-1/8 55-1/8 55-1/8 53-1/8 49-1/8 45-3/4
Air clearances Each side (in.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
Top (in.) 3 33333333344
Back (in.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 231 213 173 231 231 211 211 173 173 168 120 80
NOTE: For proper installation of Upright Freezers (except FUM9SA and FUM5SA), allow clearance of 3" on each side; 3" or 4" on top; and 3" on back.
GE
FCM25DA FCM20DA FCM15DA FCM15SA FCM9DA FCM9SA FCM7DA FCM5SA
Capacity
Total volume (cu. ft.) 24.9 19.7 14.8 14.8 8.8 8.8 7.2 5.0
Features
Manual defrost ●●●●●●●●
Audible temperature alarm ●● ● ●
Temperature control Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable
Wrap-around condenser ●●●●●●●●
Wrap-around evaporator ●●●●●●●●
Limited food loss warranty ●●●●●●●
Defrost water drain ●●●●●●●
Power “ON” light ●● ●
Interior light ●● ● ●
Lock ●● ● ●
Lift-out and sliding
bulk storage basket(s) 3 2211 1
Economical/Quiet
Insulation (cabinet and lid)–Foam ●●●●●●●●
Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
Cabinet liner Epoxy-Coated Epoxy-Coated Epoxy-Coated Epoxy-Coated Epoxy-Coated Epoxy-Coated Epoxy-Coated Epoxy-Coated
Appearance
Color available White White White White White White White White
Handle ●● ●Recessed ●Recessed ●Recessed
Textured steel case and lid ●●●●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Height (in.) A 35 35 35 35 34-1/4 34-1/4 34-1/4 34-1/4
Width (in.) B 73-1/4 61-1/4 48 48 41 41 35 27
Depth (in.) C 29-1/2 29-1/2 29-1/2 29-1/2 23-1/4 23-1/4 23-1/4 23-1/2
Height with lid open (in.) D 60-3/4 59-1/2 60-3/4 60-3/4 55-1/4 55-1/4 55-1/4 55-1/4
Air clearances Each side (in.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Back (in.) 3 3333333
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 229 201 160 160 137 137 120 105
NOTE: For proper installation of Chest Freezers, allow clearance of 3" on each side and 3" on back.
GE
155
See page 138 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
Stainless Custom Panel Insert Cut-Out Dimensions (Inches)
Black Steel Aluminum
Model No. Panels Panels Trim ABCDE
TFX30PBB TKP30FBSS TK30FBAL 33-21/32 16-29/32 13-5/32 17-31/32
TFX30PPB TKP30RBSS TK30RBAL 65-1/8 16-29/32 33-21/32 13-5/32 17-31/32
TFX28PBB TKP28FB TK28FBAL 33-21/32 16-29/32 13-5/32 17-31/32
TFX27PRB TKP27EB TKP27RBSS TK27RBAL 63-1/4 16-7/8 31-25/32 12-5/8 18-5/16
TFX25PRB TKP25RB TK25RBAL 63-1/4 16-7/8 31-25/32 12-15/32 18-5/32
TFX25PPB TKP25RB TK25RBAL 63-1/4 16-7/8 31-25/32 12-15/32 18-5/32
Note: Handles not included with trim kit.
Black Acrylic Aluminum
Model No. Panels Trim
TFX20JRB TFP20RB
TFX22CRB TFP22RB
TFX25CRB TKP25RB TK25RBAL
TFX22ZPB TFP22RB
TFX25ZPB TFP25RB
Note: Handles not included with trim kit.
Acrylic Panels with Trim
QUALITY GE SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS
CREATE A CUSTOM LOOK FOR YOUR GE REFRIGERATOR
Decide from a choice of GE optional Panels and Trim to create a distinctiveappearance for your new refrigerator. Pre-cut panels in Black, White,
Almond or Stainless Steel provide an exciting way to express your individual taste and preference while complementing your kitchen.
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™AND GE PROFILE™
CUSTOMSTYLE™REFRIGERATORS
Acrylic and Stainless Steel Panels
Black Acrylic White Acrylic Almond Acrylic Stainless Steel
Model No. Panels Panels Panels Panels
TPX21BRB TKP21LS TKPW21LS TKP21RXSS
TPX24BRB TKP24RBBB TKP24RBWW TKP24RBAA TKP24RBSS
TPX24BPB TKP24RBBB TKP24RBWW TKP24RBSS
TPX24BIB TKP24IBBB TKP24IBWW TKP24IBSS
Note: For custom panel cut-out dimensions refer to Installation Instructions, Pub. No. 49-6477-1.
Stainless Steel
Model No. Black Collar Trim White Collar Trim Almond Collar Trim Collar Trim
TPX21BRB TRMBISBB TRMBISWW
TPX24BRB TRMBISBB TRMBISWW TRMBISAA
TPX24BPB TRMBISBB TRMBISWW
TPX24BIB TRMBISBB TRMBISWW
TPX24BPC TRMBISSS
TPX24BIC TRMBISSS
Note: Refer to Installation Instructions, Pub. No. 31-45227-1, for kitchen cabinet dimensions before ordering
cabinets or collar trim.
Collar Trim
GE PROFILE™TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
(NON-DISPENSER MODEL)
Lexan®Panels and Aluminum Trim
Black Acrylic
Model No. Panels
TFX25PPB TFP25RB
TFX25PRB TFP25RB
TFX22PPB TFP22RB
TFX22PRB TFP22RB
Note: Handles not included with trim kit.
Acrylic Panels with Trim
A
B
CD
Custom Panel Panel
Black Aluminum Dimensions (Inches) Depth
Model No. Panels Trim Kit A B C D
TBX25PAB TMP25K TMK25LL* 21-27/32 40-3/32 33-21/32 1/4
TBX25PAB TMP25K TMK25K** 21-27/32 40-3/32 33-21/32 1/4
Note: Black handles included with Aluminum trim kit.
**For use on left-hand door opening.
**For use on right-hand door opening.
GE PROFILE PERFORMANCE SERIES™AND GE PROFILE™
FREE-STANDING SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATORS
Lexan®Panels and Aluminum Trim
GE Profile Performance™ and
GE Profile™ Models: TFX30PBB, TFX28PBB GE Profile Performance™ and
GE Profile™ Models: TFX30PPB,
TFX27PRB, TFX25PRB, TFX25PPB
B
A
DE
C
B
A
CD
GE Profile™ Model:
TBX25PAB
QUALITY GE TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
Lexan®Panels with Trim
GE Models:
TBX21JAB/JIB/IAB,
TBX18SAB/SIB/JAB/
JIB/IAB/IIB
Black
Model No. Panels
TBX21JAB/JIB/IAB TBP21XB
TBX18SAB/SIB/JAB/JIB/IAB/IIB TBP18XB
Note: Black handle inserts included with trim kit.
QUALITY GE COMPACT REFRIGERATOR
Custom Panel Insert
Black Cut-Out Dimensions (Inches)
Model No. Trim No. A B
TAX6SNX TK6 29 22-3/4
Custom Trim
A
B
3/16"
1/ 2 "
GE Model:
TAX6SNX
TK6 Trim
• Panel is black painted aluminum
• Trim is black plastic that covers
entire side of door
• 1/4" wood can also be used with the trim
Order your own custom door panel
to match cabinetry or other decor.
—Maximum panel thickness 1/4"
—Minimum panel thickness 1/8"
Notch all four corners of panel
GE Models:
TFX20JRB, TFX22CRB,
TFX25CRB, TFX22ZPB,
TFX25ZPB
GE PROFILE™PERFORMANCE CUSTOMSTYLE™
TOP-FREEZER NO-FROST REFRIGERATORS
Acrylic Panels and Trim
Black White Stainless Black White Stainless
Acrylic Acrylic Steel Collar Collar Steel
Model No. Panels Panels Panels Trim Trim Trim
TNX22BAC TKP22ACBB TKP22ACWW TKP22ACSS TRMBISBB TRMBISWW TRMBISSS
TNX22BRC TKP22RCBB TKP22RCWW TKP22RCSS TRMBISBB TRMBISWW TRMBISSS
156
See page 138 for warranty information.
GE SMARTWATER™REVERSE OSMOSIS FILTRATION SYSTEMS
FLOW
21
10"
Overall Width
Including Filter System
Automatic
Shutoff
Assembly
Sink p-trap
Drain Line
Tank Shutoff Valve
Closed Open
Leadwires
Battery Pack
Electronic Box
Air Gap Device
Inside Faucet
RO Produce
Water Faucet
3/8" Tubing, Marked FAUCET
1/4" Tubing,
Marked
1/4" BARB
Into Air Gap
Device
Tools Needed:
• Screwdriver
• Pliers
• Drill
Disposer
3/8"
Drain Tubing
Drain line
Hot Cold
Sink P-Trap
Tank
Shutoff
17
11" Dia.
9
RO Product Water
Faucet Mounted
Through Sink
Electronics Box
Leadwire Connection
Battery Holder
Reverse Osmosis System
16
17
5-1/2
Depth
Tools Needed:
• Screwdriver
• Pliers
• Drill
Disposer
GE Profile Performance Series™
PNRV18ZWW PNRV18ZWH
PNRV18ZBB PNRV18ZBL PNRV12ZBL GXRV10ABL
Capacity
Storage Tank Capacity (gals.) 1.9 1.9 2.1 1.3
Features
SmartWater™ Faucet Electronic Monitor Electronic Monitor Electronic Monitor Short-Reach
White on white Chrome with white
Faucet Color Black on black Chrome with black Chrome with black Chrome with black
Output Per Day (gals.) –Production Rate 18* 18* 12 10
(gpd) as tested by WQA Standard S-300
Process Water Used (per gal.) 4 4 4 4
Working Pressure (psi) 40 min. - 125 max. 40 min. - 125 max. 40 min. - 125 max. 40 min. - 125 max.
Max. TDS Removal (ppm) 2000 2000 2000 2000
Percent TDS Removal** (ppm) 75-92 75-92 75-92 75-92
Percent Cysts Reduction 99.95 effective 99.95 effective 99.95 effective 99.95 effective
Max. Hardness 10 grains 10 grains 10 grains 10 grains
Feed Water pH limits 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10
Operation and Storage Water Temperature 40-100° F 40-100° F 40-100° F 40-100° F
Auto Shut-Off ●●●●
Filters & Membrane FX18M FX18M FX12M FX12M
RO Membrane Thin Film Polyamid (TFP) Thin Film Polyamid (TFP) Thin Film Polyamid (TFP) Thin Film Polyamid (TFP)
Pre-Filter (Sediment) FX18P-Act. Carbon Block FX18P-Act. Carbon Block FX12P-Carbon Composite FX12PA-Carbon Block
Post-Filter (Taste/Odor) FX18P-Gran. Act. Carbon FX18P-Gran. Act. Carbon FX12P-Carbon Composite FX12PA-Carbon Block
RO Filtration Indicator Electronic Electronic Electronic
Filter Change Indicator Electronic Electronic Electronic ●
Undercounter Installation (kit included) ●●●●
Optional Basement Installation
(hardware not included) ●●●●
Appearance
Style All-In-One All-In-One Bracket Bracket
Unit Color Grey Grey Grey Grey
Filter Housing Opaque Opaque Opaque Opaque
Weights & Dimensions
Approximate Shipping Weight (lbs.) 16 16 23 20
17 x 16 x 5-3/4 (unit) 17 x 16 x 5-3/4 (unit)
Overall W x H x D (in.) 10 x 21 x 10 10 x 21 x 10 11 x 17 x 11 (tank) 9 x 15 x 9 (tank)
Power/Ratings
Faucet Monitor Power Requirement 4 AA batteries (included) 4 AA batteries (included) 4 AA batteries (included)
Accessories (available at additional cost)
Supplemental Tank RVTNK1 RVTNK1 RVTNK1 RVTNK1
Storage Cabinet RV18CBNT RV18CBNT
Icemaker Connection Kit RVKIT RVKIT RVKIT RVKIT
*Output according to ANSI/NSF Standard 58 as tested by Spectrum Labs, Inc. is 14 gals. per day. Feed water over 10 grains of hardness may affect performance of the
filtration system.
**Feed water = 50 psig, 77°F ,pH = 7.5 ± 5 and 750 ppm TDS as sodium chloride. Product water produced, amount of waste and percent rejection will vary with changes in
pressure, temperature and total dissolved solids. Feed water over 10 grains of hardness may affect performance of the filtration system.
GE Reverse Osmosis Models PNRV18Z,
PNRV12Z and GXRV10ABL Series are tested
and certified to ANSI/NSF Standard 58 for
TDS and cyst reduction.
NSF Approved
NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment
industry. NSF inspects our manufacturing
facilities, structurally tests our product, tests
our product to make sure nothing harmful is
added to the water and certifies our product
performance as specified on the performance
data sheet (inside the product box).
GE Profile™GE
The GE Reverse Osmosis models PNRV18Z,
PNRV12Z and GXRV10ABL Series have been
quality tested by an independent laboratory,
Spectrum Labs, Inc.
Caution: Do not use with water that is micro-
biologically unsafe or of unknown quality,
without adequate disinfection before or after the
system. Systems certified for cyst reduction may
be used on disinfected water that may contain
filterable cysts. This reverse osmosis unit
contains a replaceable membrane cartridge
treatment component critical for effective
removal of Total Dissolved Solids. The water
should be tested periodically to verify that the
system is performing satisfactorily.
Models PNRV18ZWW/18ZBB/18ZWH/18ZBL
Installation Information (in inches) Model PNRV12ZBL
Installation Information (in inches) Model GXRV10ABL
Installation Information (in inches)
3/8"
Drain Tubing
Drain line
Hot Cold
Sink P-Trap
15
9" Dia.
7
RO Product Water
Faucet Mounted
Through Sink
Reverse Osmosis System
16
17
5-1/2
Depth
Tools Needed:
• Screwdriver
• Pliers
• Drill
Disposer
Installation, Parts and Warranty Information
Note: R.O. System can be installed up to 30 feet from point-of-use/faucet.
Note: Can be installed undercounter (as shown), in basement, or other convenient location.
Before installing, see installation instructions packed with product for complete details.
Replacement Membranes, Pre- and Post-Filters
Call GE SmartWater Services, toll-free 800.952.5039 for convenient ordering.
Water Test Kit
To order a water test kit, call 800.626.2000.
Warranty Information
Models PNRV18Z and PNRV12ZBL:
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge) applies to entire unit,
excluding membrane and filters.
Model GXRV10ABL:
Limited One-Year Warranty – parts and labor at no additional charge (does not include
service trip) applies to entire unit, excluding membrane and filters.
157
See page 138 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
LaundryCooking ProductsMicrowave Ovens Water SystemsDishwashersRoom Air
GE SMARTWATER™DUAL CARBON FILTRATION SYSTEMS
The GE SmartWater™ Filtration System
(GNUL30B) have been quality tested by an
independent laboratory, Spectrum Labs, Inc.
GE Refrigerator/Icemaker Water Filters
Installation, Parts and Warranty Information
Note: Can be installed undercounter (as shown), in basement, or other convenient location.
Before installing, see installation instructions packed with product for complete details.
Replacement Filters
Call GE SmartWater Services toll-free 800.952.5039 to order replacement filters.
Water Test Kit
To order a water test kit, call 800.626.2000.
Warranty Information
Models GNUL30B, GNUT05B:
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge) applies to entire unit, excludes filters.
Models GXUT03B, GXEM01B, GNUT03B:
Limited One-Year Warranty – parts and labor at no additional charge, (does not include service trip)
applies to entire unit, excludes filters.
COLD WATER LINE
13
12
MOUNTING SCREWS
FILTERED WATER FAUCET
INSERT
TUBING
WASHER
ADAPTOR
NUT
TUBING
NUT
Filter
Models GNUL30B/GNUT05B/GXEM01B
Installation Information (in inches) Models GNUT03B/GXUT03B
Installation Information (in inches)
GXUT03B, GNUT03B, GNUT05B and GNUL30B are
tested and certified to ANSI/NSF Standard 42 for
particulate reduction Class I, chlorine reduction
Class I and taste and odor reduction.
GNUL30B is tested and certified to ANSI/NSF
Standard 53 for cysts, turbidity and lead reduction.
NSF Approved
NSF is the most highly recognized independent
testing institution in the water treatment industry.
NSF inspects our manufacturing facilities, structurally
tests our product, tests our product to make sure nothing
harmful is added to the water and certifies our product
performance as specified on the performance data sheet
(inside the product box).
COLD WATER LINE
13
12
MOUNTING SCREWS
FILTERED WATER FAUCET
INSERT
TUBING
WASHER
ADAPTOR
NUT
TUBING
NUT
Filter
GNUT03B
GNUL30B GNUT05B GXUT03B* GXEM01B* GXIT GXITQ GXILQ
Features
SmartWater™ Faucet Electronic Monitor Electronic Monitor Short-Reach Electronic Monitor N/A N/A N/A
Faucet Color Chrome w/black Chrome w/black Chrome w/black Chrome w/black N/A N/A N/A
Feed Water Pressure (psi) 40 min.-125 max. 40 min.-125 max. 40 min.-125 max. 40 min.-125 max. 20 min.-125 max. 20 min.-125 max. 20 min.-125 max.
Feed Water Temperature 40-100°F 40-100°F 40-100°F 40-100°F 40-100°F 40-100°F 40-100°F
Filtered Water Flow (gpm) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
Filter I (Sediment) FXUSB FXUSB FXUSB
Filter Cartridge Polyspun Depth Filter Polyspun Depth Filter Polyspun Depth Filter
FXULB FXUTB FXUTB
Filter II (Carbon block) (Lead,Cysts) (Taste/Odor) (Taste/Odor)
Filter Cartridge Block Act. Carbon Act. Carbon Act. Carbon Act. Carbon Act. Carbon Block Act. Carbon
Particulate Removal Absolute 1 micron 20 micron 20 micron 5 micron nominal 5 micron nominal Absolute 1 micron
Chlorine Reduction (percent / gals.) 99.5/1250 99.5/6000 99.5/6000 750 gal. 750 gal. 1000 gal.
Lead Reduction (percent / gals.) 95.7/1250 >90/1000
Cysts Reduction (percent / gals.) 99.98/1250 >99.98/1000
Turbidity Reduction (percent / gals.) 99.7/1250
Filter Change Indicator Electronic Electronic ●Electronic Sticker Sticker Sticker
Undercounter Installation (kit included) ●● ● ●N/A N/A N/A
Installation Kit ●●●
Fittings Brass Quick Connect Quick Connect
Auto Shut-Off Valve ●●
Optional Basement Installation
(hardware not included) ●● ● ●
Appearance
Style Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket
Unit Color White White White White White White White
Filter Housing White White White White
Weights & Dimensions
Approximate Shipping Weight (lbs.) 7 7 7 6 2 2 2
Overall W x H x D (in.) 12 x 13 x 4-5/8 12 x 13 x 4-5/8 12 x 13 x 4-5/8 12 x 13 x 4-5/8 14 x 2 x 2 14 x 2 x 2 15 x 2-1/2 x 2-1/2
Power/Ratings
Faucet Monitor 2 AA batteries 2 AA batteries 2 AA batteries
Power Requirement (included) (included) (included) N/A N/A N/A
Accessories (available at additional cost)
Icemaker Connection Kit UCKIT UCKIT UCKIT UCKIT N/A N/A N/A
Caution: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality, without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Systems certified for cysts reduction may be used on disinfected water
that may contain filterable cysts.
*Models GXUT03B and GXEMO1B have retail packaging
158
See page 138 for warranty information.
GE SMARTWATER™SOFTENING SYSTEMS
Salt Capacity – 300 lbs.
Warranty Information
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge)
applies to entire unit.
Limited Three-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to electronic monitor.
Limited Ten-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to replacement cabinet (brine tank)
and resin tank.
See written warranty, packed with product, for details.
Important: All units must be installed according to local codes.
24
3-3/8 14
38-1/2 38-1/2
45-1/4 45-1/4
35 35
14
IN
OUT
IN-OUT
Top View
Side View Front View
PNSF39Z PNSF31Z GNSF23Z GNSF18Z
Capacity
Capacity (grains) Super-38,500* Extra-Large-30,800* Large-23,100* Compact-18,000*
Features
Efficiency (grains per lb.-salt) 5200** 5200** 5200** 5000**
Max. Hardness Removal (gpg) 110 95 50 25
Max. Clear Water
Iron Reduction (ppm) 8 5 3 3
Resin Filter Type Std. mesh Std. mesh Std. mesh Std. mesh
Resin Weight (lbs.) 52.00 41.60 31.20 38
Resin Quantity (cu. ft.) 1.00 .80 .60 .73
Resin Tank Size (in inches) 10 x 35 10 x 35 8 x 40 10 x 21
Salt Capacity (lbs.) 300 300 200 140
Water Used for
Regeneration (gals.) 43-52 40-45 23-30 25-30
Regeneration Time (min.) Approx. 118 Approx. 118 Approx. 118 Approx. 120
Service Flow Rate (at 15 psi drop) 10 10 8 7
Systems Monitor ●
Electronic Controls Backlit LCD ●● ●
Permanent Settings Memory ●● ● ●
Plumbing Connection 1"-NPT 1"-NPT 1"-NPT 1"-NPT
Appearance
Spacesaver Design ●
Style Cabinet Cabinet Round Round
Unit Color Grey Grey Grey Grey
Electronic-Demand Driven ●● ● ●
Weights & Dimensions
Approximate Shipping Wt. (lbs.) 108 95 88 66
Overall W x H x D (in.) 14 x 45-1/4 x 24 14 x 45-1/4 x 24 18-1/4 x 48-3/4 x 18-1/4 18-5/8 x 29-1/2 x 18-5/8
Power/Ratings
Electronic Rating 24V, 60Hz 24V, 60Hz 24V, 60Hz 24V, 60Hz
*PNSF39-Test protocol @ 16.0 lbs. of salt.
PNSF31-Test protocol @ 12.8 lbs. of salt.
GNSF23-Test protocol @ 9.6 lbs. of salt.
GNSF18Z-Test protocol @ 6.3 lbs. of salt.
**PNSF39-Test protocol @ 2.9 lbs. of salt.
PNSF31-Test protocol @ 2.3 lbs. of salt.
GNSF23-Test protocol @ 1.8 lbs. of salt.
GNSF18Z-Test protocol @ 1.6 lbs. of salt.
GE Profile
Performance
Series™GE Profile™ GE
48-3/4
41-1/4
Front View
IN-OUT
18-1/4
Dia. 3-3/8
Note: Before installing,
see installation instructions
packed with product for
complete details, or call
GE QuickSpecs 800-432-3729.
Note: Before installing,
see installation instructions
packed with product for
complete details, or call
GE QuickSpecs 800-432-3729.
Salt Capacity – 200 lbs.
Warranty Information
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge)
applies to entire unit.
Limited Three-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to
electronic monitor.
Limited Ten-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to replacement
cabinet (brine tank) and resin tank.
See written warranty, packed with product, for details.
Important: All units must be installed according to localcodes.
Salt Capacity – 140 lbs.
Warranty Information
Full One-Year Warranty – (parts and labor at no additional charge)
applies to entire unit.
Limited Three-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to
electronic monitor.
Limited Ten-Year Warranty – (parts only) applies to replacement
cabinet (brine tank) and resin tank.
See written warranty, packed with product, for details.
Important: All units must be installed according to local codes.
Models PNSF39Z and PNSF31Z
Installation Information (in inches)
Model GNSF23Z
Installation Information (in inches)
Model GNSF18Z
Installation Information (in inches)
Note: Before installing, see
installation instructions packed
with product for complete details,
or call GE QuickSpecs
800-432-3729.
Installation Kit Included
For installing convenience, a
complete installation kit with bypass
valve, drain tubing and use & care
video is included with product.
Water Test Kit
To order a water test kit, call
800.626.2000.
29-1/2
22-1/4 18-5/8
Front View
IN-OUT
21-1/2
11-1/2
Dia. 3-3/8
159
See page 139 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
WASHERS
Washer Specifications
Circuit Requirements: An individual, properly-grounded branch circuit, with a three-prong grounding-type receptacle, protected by
a 15 or 20 amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse is required.
Electrical Rating: 115V, 60Hz, 10A
Washer Note: Washer wall outlet must be located within 36" of service cord entry. Wall outlet must not be located behind dryer.
WPSF5170W WPSR4130W WPSR3120W WCSR4110T WWLR3100V WCSR2070T WCXR1070T
Capacity
Capacity Super Super Super Super Large Super Extra-Large
Cubic Feet 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.4 3.2 2.7
Features
QuickClean Controls ●
Rotary Controls ●● ●●●●
Wash/rinse temperatures 5 Automatic Fabric 4 4 5 Automatic Fabric 4 3 3
Wash/spin speed combinations Care Selections 4 3 Care Selections 3 2 1
Water levels Variable Variable 4 Variable 4 3 3
SensorWash™●●●
SpotSoak™●●
Fabric softener dispenser ●●●●●●
Bleach dispenser ●●●●●●
Self-cleaning filter ● ●● ●●●●
GentlePower™Agitator ●●●●●●
FlexCare™Agitator ●
Deluxe end-of-cycle signal ●
Number of wash cycles 17 13 12 11 10 7 7
Cottons Regular
Extra Heavy ●●●●
Heavy Soil ● ●● ●●●●
Power Wash ●
Medium Soil ● ●● ●●●●
Light Soil ● ●● ●●●●
Soak Cycle ●●
Auto Soak (30 min.) ●●● ●
Auto Soak (15 min.) ●● ●
Optional Extra Rinse ●●●●●
Easy Care
Permanent Press ●●● ●
Cottons ●●●
Knits ●●● ●
Optional Extra Rinse ●●
Permanent Press
Permanent Press Cycle ●●●
Knits Cycle ●●●
Optional Extra Rinse ●
Ultra Care
Delicates ●
Wool/Linen ●
Rayon/Silk ●
Delicates
Delicate Cycle ●●●●
HandWash®
HandWash®Cycle ●●
Auto Soak/Prewash
Auto Soak (30 min.) ●
Prewash ●●
Quick Wash ●
Extended Spin
Cottons Regular ●
Permanent Press/Easy Care ●
Ultra Care/GentleWash™ ●
Prewash/Quick Wash ●
ColorLogic™ ●●●
Color Lid Instructions ● ●● ●●●●
Color Stain Guide/Instructions ●
100% Front Serviceable ● ●● ●●●●
ArmorGuard Protection ● ●● ●●●●
Steel Drive Transmission ● ●● ●●●●
PermaTuf II™ Basket ● ●● ●●●●
Quiet
Insulation Package Hush Deluxe Deluxe Super Deluxe
Quiet-By-Design™ ● ●● ●●●●
Appearance
Colors available* WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW WW, AA WW, AA
Weights
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 160 160 160 160 147 160 160
*Colors available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond.
GE Profile™GE
GE Profile
Performance Series™
36
25-1/2
42
51
Side View
27
Rear View
Washer Dimensions
(in inches)
All models except
WWLR3100W:
36
25-1/2
51-1/4
Side View
24
Rear View
42-3/4
WWLR3100W:
160
See page 139 for warranty information.
Dryer Specifications
Exhaust options:
Electric
:
4-way via rear, right, left and bottom.
Gas: 3-way via rear, left and bottom. Dryer is
shipped exhausted to the rear. Alternate
exhausting knockouts are supplied.
Circuit Requirements:
Electric: An individual, properly-grounded branch
circuit, protected by a 30 amp circuit breaker
or a time-delay fuse is required.
Electric Dryer Rating:
120/240V, 5600W, 24A
120/208V, 4400W, 22A
Gas: An individual, properly-grounded branch
circuit, with a three-prong grounding-type
receptacle, protected by a 15 or 20 amp circuit
breaker or a time-delay fuse is required.
Gas Dryer Electric Rating:
120V, 60Hz, 6A
Gas (BTU/HR): 22,000. Factory-equipped for
natural gas. Tested for LP gas. LP gas supply
requires an optional conversion kit, WE25M35.
Check installation instructions for correct kit
and have a qualified gas technician install a
conversion kit. See dryer ducting information
for proper installation.
Dryer Note: Dryer wall outlet must be located
within 36" of service cord entry and accessible
when dryer is mounted in position.
Large Capacity Extra-Large Capacity Super Capacity
A27 27 27
B25-1/2* 25-1/2* 25-1/2*
C42 42 42
D25-3/4 25-3/4 28-1/4
E23-1/2 23-1/2 23-1/2
F11-3/4 11-1/2 11-1/2
G5-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2
H222
J2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
K36 36 36
L4-3/4 5-1/4 8-1/2
*24-1/2" from the edge of the side panel to the front. 25-1/2" from front
to edge of end caps.
Dryer Dimensions (in inches)
KC
A
E
F
HG
D
J
B
Side View Rear View
L
Electric DPSF505EW DPSR475EW DPSR473EW DCSR473EV DCXR453EV DCLR333ET
Gas DPSF505GW DPSR475GW DPSR473GW DCSR473GV DCXR453GV DCLR333GT
Capacity
Capacity Super Super Super Super Extra-Large Large
Cubic Feet 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 5.4
Features
QuickClean controls ●
Rotary controls ●● ●● ●
Sensor Dry ●●
Automatic Dry control ●●●●
Heat selections 5 4 4 4 4 3
Number of cycles 10 7 7 7 5 3
Automatic Cottons
Cottons Cycle ●●● ●● ●
Optional Extra Care ●●● ●
Permanent Press/Easy Care
Permanent Press Cycle ●●● ●● ●
Optional Extra Care ●●● ●
Automatic Delicates
Delicates Cycle ●
Optional Extra Care ●
Timed Dry
Actual minutes on timer 80 80 80 80 80 70
Damp Dry ●●● ●●
De-Wrinkle ●●● ●●
Timed fluff (no heat) ●
Quick Dry ●
ColorLogic™ ●●●
Deluxe end-of-cycle signal ●●
Variable end-of-cycle signal ●●
Removable up-front lint filter ●●● ●● ●
Reverse-A-Door ●●● ●● ●
Deluxe Dryer Rack ●●
Drying Center ●
Dryer interior light ●●● ●●
DuraDrum™ interior ●●● ●●
Porcelain drum interior ●
100% Front Serviceable ●●● ●● ●
Quiet
Insulation Package Hush Deluxe Deluxe
Quiet-By-Design™ ●●● ●● ●
QuietDrum™ ●
Appearance
Colors available* WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA WW, AA
Weights
Approx. shipping Electric 117 117 112 112 107 107
weight (lbs.) Gas 125 125 120 120 115 124
*Colors available: WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond.
GE electric dryers are available with long-ducting capability.
GE Profile™GE
GE Profile
Performance
Series™
DRYERS
161
See page 139 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
For complete information see installation instructions packed with dryer.
Important Note: GE Kit Number WE14X70 needed when converting rear exhaust to bottom
or side. (On large capacity models.)
Ducting Materials
For best performance, this dryer should be vented with 4" diameter all rigid metal exhaust
duct. If “all rigid metal” duct cannot be used, then “flexible all metal” venting can be used,
but it will reduce the maximum recommended duct length.
The following kit or parts are available from your local service organization.
Kit WX8X75—7' aluminum duct and 4' hood, short tail.
(OR individual parts):
WX8X65 7' aluminum flex duct only
WX8X58 4' clamps (2)
WX8X67 4' exhaust hood
See installation instructions for complete information.
Exhaust length calculation:
1. Determine the number of 90° turns needed for your installation. If you exhaust to the side
or bottom of dryer, add one turn.
2. The maximum length of 4' rigid (aluminum or galvanized) duct which can be tolerated is
shown in the table.
The maximum lengths for flexible ducts are less than for rigid duct.
See table in installation instructions. A turn of 45° or less may be ignored.
Two 45° turns within the duct length should be treated as a 90° elbow.
A turn over 45° should be treated as a 90° elbow.
Exhausting the dryer to the outside is strongly recommended to prevent large amounts of
moisture and lint from being blown into the room. Gas dryers or any dryer located in a
closet must be exhausted to the outside.
Caution: For personal safety do not terminate exhaust into a chimney, under any enclosed
house floor (crawl space), or into an attic, since the accumulated lint could create a fire
hazard or moisture could cause damage. Never terminate the exhaust into a common duct or
plenum with a kitchen exhaust, since the combination of lint and grease could create a
fire hazard.
Exhaust ducts should be terminated in a dampered wall cap to prevent back drafts, bird
nesting, etc. The wall cap must also be located at least 12" above the ground or any other
obstruction with the opening pointed down. Other terminations, such as louveredwall boxes,
are acceptable provided they are equivalent to a 4" opening dampered wall cap.
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
Dryer Exhausting Information—Use Metal Duct Only
Dryer Exhausting Information Special Installation Requirements
Alcove or Closet Installation
• If your dryer is approved for installation in an alcove or
closet, it will be stated on a label on the dryer back.
• The dryer MUST be exhausted to the outdoors.
See installation instructions.
• Minimum clearances between dryer cabinet and
adjacent walls or other surfaces are:
0" either side
3" front and rear
• Minimum vertical space from floor to overhead
cabinets, ceilings, etc. is 52".
• Closet doors must be louvered or otherwise ventilated
and must contain a minimum of 60 sq. in. of open area
equally distributed. If this closet contains both a washer
and a dryer, doors must contain a minimum of 120 sq.
in. of open area equally distributed.
• The closet should be vented to the outdoors to prevent
gas pocketing in case of a gas leak in the supply line.
• No other fuel-burning appliance shall be installed in the
same closet with the dryer.
Bathroom or Bedroom Installation
• The dryer MUST be exhausted to the outdoors.
See installation instructions.
• The installation must conform with the local codes, or
in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel
Gas Code, ANSI Z223.
Minimum Clearances other than Alcove or
Closet Installations
• Minimum clearances to combustible surfaces:
0" both sides
3" rear
For more information on venting kits and accessories,
please call 1-800-GE-CARES.
0 90 ft. 60 ft. 55 ft. 45 ft.
1 60 ft. 45 ft. 40 ft. 30 ft.
2 45 ft. 35 ft. 30 ft. 20 ft.
Full Size 3 35 ft. 25 ft. 20 ft. 15 ft.
All Electric Dryers 4 25 ft. 15 ft. 15 ft. 10 ft.
0 45 ft. 30 ft. 30 ft. 15 ft.
1 35 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. 10 ft.
Full Size 2 25 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. —
All Gas Dryers 3 15 ft. — — —
0 46 ft. 37 ft. 30 ft. 24 ft.
Spacemaker® Models 1 38 ft. 30 ft. 25 ft. 20 ft.
DSKS433ET 2 31 ft. 22 ft. 20 ft. 14 ft.
WSM2780T 3 24 ft. 15 ft. 16 ft. 10 ft.
0 43 ft. 36 ft. 30 ft. 24 ft.
Spacemaker® Model 1 33 ft. 26 ft. 24 ft. 18 ft.
DSKP233ET 3 23 ft. 16 ft. 16 ft. 10 ft.
0 56 ft. 42 ft. 30 ft. 22 ft.
1 46 ft. 36 ft. 22 ft. 14 ft.
Spacemaker® Model 2 34 ft. 28 ft. 16 ft. 10 ft.
WSM2700T 3 32 ft. 18 ft. 10 ft. 5 ft.
Spacemaker®Models 0 43 ft. 36 ft. 30 ft. 24 ft.
WSM2420T 1 33 ft. 26 ft. 24 ft. 18 ft.
WSM2480T 2 23 ft. 16 ft. 16 ft. 10 ft.
Number
of
90°
Turns
Maximum Length of 4"
Dia. Rigid Metal Duct Maximum Length of 4"
Dia. Flexible Metal Duct
Exhaust Hood Type Exhaust Hood Type
Domestic
Dryer Models
Cat. No.
WX8X59
(Preferred)
A
4" Opening
B
2-1/2"
Opening
Cat. No.
WX8X59
(Preferred)
A
4" Opening
B
2-1/2"
Opening
A
B
2-1/2
4
Best Performance
162 See page 139 for warranty information.
Special Installation Requirements
Front Loading Installation
Information
Alcove or Closet Installation
• If your dryer is approved for installation in an alcove or
closet, it will be stated on a label on the dryer back.
• The dryer MUST be exhausted to the outdoors.
See installation instructions.
• Minimum clearances between dryer cabinet and
adjacent walls or other surfaces are:
0" either side
3" front and rear
• Minimum vertical space from floor to overhead
cabinets, ceilings, etc. is 52".
• Closet doors must be louvered or otherwise ventilated
and must contain a minimum of 60 sq. in. of open area
equally distributed. If this closet contains both a washer
and a dryer, doors must contain a minimum of 120 sq.
in. of open area equally distributed.
• The closet should be vented to the outdoors to prevent
gas pocketing in case of a gas leak in the supply line.
• No other fuel-burning appliance shall be installed in the
same closet with the dryer.
Bathroom or Bedroom Installation
• The dryer MUST be exhausted to the outdoors.
See installation instructions.
• The installation must conform with the local codes, or
in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel
Gas Code, ANSI Z223.
Minimum Clearances other than Alcove or
Closet Installations
• Minimum clearances to combustible surfaces:
0" both sides
3" rear
For more information on venting kits and accessories,
please call 1-800-GE-CARES.
Dryer Exhausting Information—
Use Metal Duct Only
0 48 ft. 40 ft.
Front Loading 1 40 ft. 32 ft.
Dryers 2 32 ft. 24 ft.
0 30 ft. 18 ft.
Front Loading 1 22 ft. 14 ft.
Dryers 2 14 ft. 10 ft.
Number
of
90°
Turns
Number
of
90°
Turns
Maximum Length of
4" Dia. Rigid Metal Duct
Maximum Length of
4" Dia. Flexible Metal Duct
Exhaust Hood Type
Exhaust Hood Type
A
4" Opening
B
2-1/2"
Opening
A
4" Opening
B
2-1/2"
Opening
A
B
2-1/2
4
Best Performance
FRONT LOADING WASHER
FRONT LOADING MATCHING DRYER
WSXH208V
Capacity
Capacity Extra-Large
Cubic Feet 2.7
Features
Wash/rinse temperatures 4
Water levels Automatic Adjustment
Standard Rinse Cycles 3
Motor Speeds Agitation 1, Spin 2
Combinations* HC, WW, WC, CC
Detergent dispenser (Liquid/Powder) ●
Bleach dispenser ●
Fabric softener dispenser ●
End-of-cycle signal Adjustable
Number of wash cycles 8
Regular
Heavy Soil ●
Medium Soil ●
Perm. Press
Medium Soil ●
Light Soil ●
Knits/Delicates ●
Pre-Wash ●
Extra-Rinse Cycle/Auto Option ●
Leveling legs ●
Rear rollers ●
Stainless steel wash drum ●
Appearance
Color available White on white
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 217
Undercounter, stacked,
Flexible installation side-by-side
Electrical requirements 120V, 60 Hertz, 12.0 Amps
*HC = Hot-Cold, WW = Warm-Warm, WC = Warm-Cold, CC = Cold-Cold.
GE
See Pub. No. 31-2819 for installation information.
See Pub. No. 49-9963-2 for installation information.
36
Under
Counter
34-5/8"
26-3/4
11-3/4 2-7/8
Water
Inlets
31-5/8"
Roller Wheels
Adjustable Legs
Power
Cord
33-1/2"
REAR VIEW
SIDE VIEW
60
124-3/43/4
17
1-1/2
Washer Dimensions (in inches)
Dryer Dimensions (in inches)
DSXH43EV/GV
Capacity
Capacity Extra-Large
Cubic Feet 6.0
Features
Tumble Drying ●
Time Dry Cycles 4
Auto Dry Cycles 3
Temperature Options 4
High ●
Medium ●
Low ●
Air Fluff/No Heat (Cool Down) ●
Timed Dry Cycles 4
Regular ●
Permanent Press ●
Knits/Delicate ●
Air Fluff ●
Auto Dry Cycles
Regular ●
Permanent Press ●
Knits/Delicate ●
Cool Down ●
Quick Clean Lint Screen ●
End-of-Cycle Signal Adjustable
Drum Light ●
Dura Finish Top and Drum ●
Spill-Saver Top ●
Poly Tumbling Vanes ●
Leveling Legs ●
Total Front Serviceability ●
Exhaust Options (Electric/Gas) 4/3
Heavy-Duty Suspension System ●
Appearance
Color available White on white
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. Shipping Weight (Elec/Gas) 116
Undercounter, stacked,
Flexible installation side-by-side
120/240V, 3 wire, 5600, 24A
Electrical requirements 120/208V, 3 wire, 4400W, 22A
Gas requirements 120V, 60Hz, 6A
LP conversion kit 14-A038
SIDE VIEW
25-3/4
47-1/2
4-3/4
Optional
Vent Knockout
Door Open
90°4-3/8
3/4
REAR VIEW
26-7/8
3-3/4
1
36
Under
Counter
34-5/8"
3/16"
Gas Pipe Connection
Electric
Connection
2-9/16
13-9/16
GE
Undercounter Installation
• Accessory mounting kits are required for undercounter
installation. To order, call 1-800-848-7722.
Washer—Order Pub. No. 14-A037
Dryer—Order Pub. No. 14-A008
Stacked Installation
• Brackets for stacking dryer over washer are
included with the dryer.
Dryer Specifications
Exhaust options:
Electric
:
4-way via rear, right, left and bottom.
Gas: 3-way via rear, right and bottom. Dryer is shipped
exhausted to the rear.
Exhaust Elbow Kit: Order Pub. No. 14-A018.
Washer Specifications
Circuit Requirements: An individual, properly-grounded
branch circuit, with a three-prong grounding-type
receptacle, protected by a 15 or 20 amp circuit breaker
or time-delay fuse is required.
163
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
1. WALL CAPS AND OTHER
TERMINATIONS
All exhaust systems must be terminated in a
manner that will prevent backdrafts from outside
as well as prevent birds or other wildlife from
building nests or taking refuge in the ductwork.
The wall cap should present minimal resistance
to the flow of exhaust air and should require little
maintenance to prevent clogging. The preferred
termination is either a dampered wall cap with
a 4" wide opening or a movable louvered wall
cap. A 2-1/2" wall cap restricts airflow and
increases drying time. It must be installed with
the opening down, and installed at a minimum of
12" above ground level or any other obstruction.
Special consideration should be given in areas
where heavy snow drifts are likely to occur to
ensure the wall cap does not become obstructed.
Other types of terminations, such as roof vents
or louvered plenum chambers, are acceptable
providing they are equivalent to the 4"
dampered wall cap. They must contain at least
14 square inches of ventilation area and afford
adequate protection against backdrafts.
Exhaust ducts must not contain screens or other
filtering devices which may become clogged
with lint. The dryer exhaust must not terminate in
an ordinary chimney, under an enclosed house
floor or crawl space, or into an attic, since any
accumulated lint could create a fire hazard and
the moisture could cause damage. Never
terminate the exhaust into a common duct or
plenum with a kitchen hood exhaust since the
combination of grease and lint could create a
fire hazard.
2. SEPARATION OF TURNS IN THE
DUCTWORK
All turns in the exhaust system, external to the
dryer itself, including the distance from the last
turn to the dampered wall cap, should be
separated by at least 4' of straight metal duct.
This will reduce the added resistance which
results from rapid changes in airflow direction
inside the ducting. If two turns must be closer
than 4', deduct 10' from the maximum lengths
shown in chart on page 161.
3. TREATMENT OF TURNS OTHER
THAN 90°
One turn of 45° or less may be ignored. Two
such turns should be treated as one 90°. Each
turn over 45° should be treated as one 90°. Refer
to specific dryer installation for maximum duct
lengths and for allowable number of 90° bend. In
determining the number of turns for an exhaust
system, one 90° turn must be added for the bend
made inside the cabinet whenever the dryer is
exhausted through the right, left or bottom.
NOTE: Some dryers are limited to only rear
exhausting. Consult the installation instruction for
the type of dryer being used.
4. USE OF FLEXIBLE METAL DUCTING
We recommend the use of 4" diameter rigid
metal ducting for permanent and transition
venting. Permanent venting is from the wall,
floor or ceiling to the outside. Transition venting
is from the dryer to the wall, floor or ceiling. If
all rigid ducting cannot be used then flexible all
metal ducting may be used, if the following
precautions are adhered to:
A. Use only 4" diameter all metal ducting.
B. Never use foil or other ducting that can be
easily punctured with a screwdriver or nail.
C. It must not be allowed to collapse, kink or sag
when the dryer is in its final installed position.
Required turns in the exhaust system should
be made with rigid elbows.
D. Use the shortest duct length possible. Don’t
exceed the maximum allowable duct length
specified in the installation instructions.
E. Stretch the duct to its maximum length.
F. To reduce the risk of fire, NEVER USE PLAS-
TIC OR OTHER COMBUSTIBLE DUCTWORK.
NOTE: In special installations where it is impossible
to use all metal rigid or all metal flexible duct for
transition venting, UL Listed clothes dryer transition
duct may be used. The following additional
precautions should be followed if this type of
ducting is used.
A. Never use transition duct beyond the wall,
ceiling or floor inside the dryer.
B. Avoid resting the duct on sharp objects.
Please refer to the installation instructions for
additional exhaust information.
5. SEALING OF JOINTS
All duct joints should avoid leaks. Duct joints
should be made air and moisture tight by wrapping
the overlapped joints with duct tape. The male
ends of each section of duct should point away
from the dryer.
Do not assemble the ductwork with screws or
other fasteners that extend into the duct. They
will serve as a collection point for lint.
6. WATER CONDENSATION
Condensation in a dryer exhaust system is
caused by the moisture in the exhausted air
contacting the cold inner surfaces of the ductwork.
Condensation, which forms at the beginning of
the drying cycle, will dissipate quickly after the
ductwork becomes heated. If the ductwork
passes through an area which keeps it cool
throughout the drying cycle, considerable
condensation within the duct can be expected.
This can result in rapid accumulation of lint in
the ductwork.
Ductwork which runs through an unheated area
or is situated adjacent to an air conditioning duct
should be insulated to avoid such condensation
problems. Joints should be tight to avoid leaks
and, where feasible, the duct should be dropped
1/16" per foot toward the termination.
7. ACCESSIBILITY FOR CLEANING
Since it may be necessary from time to time to
remove lint from the inside of the ductwork, it is
important that the exhaust system be installed
with a provision for periodic inspection and
cleaning. Some provision should be made for
access to turns and straight runs of duct installed
in an enclosed area, such as above plastered
ceilings. Special consideration should be given to
the amount of maintenance required for roof caps
on vertical installations, since the user cannot be
expected to make frequent inspections or cleanings.
8. IN LINE EXHAUST (BOOSTER) FANS
Use of In Line exhaust (booster) fan for single
unit installation is not recommended:
• Operator may forget to turn it on.
• It may block
• It may fail without Operator noticing it.
Single Family-Type Dwellings
For more detailed information, refer to the
installation instructions for the specific dryer
model selected.
Mobile or Manufactured Home Installation
Gas Dryer installation must conform with local
Gas Codes and with CGA B149.1 or B149.2
(Installation code for Gas Burning Appliances
and Equipments).
All Dryer Installations must conform to
Manufactured Home Construction and Safety
Standard, Title 24 CFR, Part 32-80. The dryer
MUST be exhausted to the outdoors with the
termination securely fastened to the mobile home
structure. The exhaust MUST NOT be directed
underneath the mobile home.
GENERAL INFORMATION FOR DRYER EXHAUSTING
Minimizing the length of ductwork and the number of turns in an exhaust system minimizes the potential for lint to settle and accumulate in
the exhaust duct and in the interior cabinet of the dryer. Refer to your specific dryer installation instructions for recommended duct length.
4' Min. 4' Min.
1/16" Per
Foot Pitch
164
MULTI-UNIT SYSTEMS
Accurate installation of a good dryer exhaust
system in multi-family construction is especially
important. The restrictions applied by this type of
construction should cause the planner to be more
concerned than in single-family construction.
When the length of the exhaust duct or the number
of turns in the system exceed the maximum limi-
tations recommended by the dryer manufacturer,
the planner must seek an alternate solution. One
option is to install a common ducting system that
is capable of handling the discharge of several
dryers at various points along the system.
The scope of the subject is far too broad to be
extensively described within this publication.
Sufficient information is presented, however, to
make the planner aware of the importance of
special attention to the subject. Two types of
common ducts are generally used: (1) the common
dryer exhaust stack with an auxiliary roof fan and
(2) the chimney exhaust.
Stack and chimney designs and exhaust fans
must meet all local code requirements. It is
suggested that professional engineering counsel
should be sought in these matters. Dryers should
be installed as close to the common duct as possible.
Dryers discharges must be offset to prevent one
unit from exhausting directly into another.
See Illustration No. 1.
COMMON FAN ASSISTED DRYER
EXHAUST STACK
(Auxiliary Roof Fan Systems)
The stack outlet (See Illustration No. 2) must be
fitted to a continuous duty exhaust fan rated to
handle the stack air volume for the total number
of dryers on the system. Periodic cleaning of the
exhaust fan is necessary to maintain efficient
operation.
The bottom of the stack should contain a barometric
damper to prevent drawing air through the dryers
not in use, and a lint cleanout access door. The
damper should be adjusted to just open with all
dryers on and the continuous duty exhaust fan
operating.
The weighted damper in the individual dryer
ducts should be adjusted so that it will just close
with all dryers off and the continuous duty
exhaust fan operating. The fan should be running
at all times. The duct system from each individual
dryer must meet the turn and length requirements
as noted on page 161.
The required stack diameter for air volumes of
200 CFM to 3,000 CFM can be determined from
Illustration No. 4 and calculations on the
following page.
CHIMNEY EXHAUST SYSTEM
The chimney must be fire resistant and large
enough to accommodate the volume of air
exhausting from the dryers. Consideration must
be made for lint buildup, excessive chimney
pressures, backdrafts and other technical factors
which will influence the performance and the
safety of the system. A lint clean-out access door
should be included at the bottom of the chimney.
Each dryer duct must have a 4" diameter
backdraft damper, adjusted so that it will just
close with the dryer inoperative. This will prevent
the exhaust and lint of one dryer from going into
another dryer and its room. The duct system for
each individual dryer must meet the turn and
length requirements as noted on page 161.
Use the specs for a 2-1/2" exhaust hood for
proper dryer performance. Include the 90°
elbow and all ducting in the chimney in your
calculations. The 22" (minimum) of vertical
ducting in the chimney reduces back pressure
and is required for proper dryer performance.
See Illustration No. 3.
MULTI-UNIT DRYER INSTALLATION
Each individual
dryer must
have a
backdraft
damper
22"
Minimum
Clean out
port
Each individual
dryer with
weighted
damper
Continuous
duty exhaust
blower
Clean out
port Barometric
Damper
Offset Ducts Backdraft
Damper
Plan View
Illustration 1
Illustration 3Illustration 2
165
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
Illustration 4
STACK DIAMETER INCHES
3000
2800
2600
2400
2200
2000
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
0 2 4 6 8101214161820
HOW TOUSE ILLUSTRATION NO. 4
Airflow value: 150 CFM.
Assume installation contains eight (8) dryers operating at the same time. Stack air
volume (Q) = 150 x 8 = 1200 CFM (Q) is air volume that stack must be capable of
handling in the event all dryers are running at one time. Therefore, the stack
diameter must be:
or read directly from Illustration No. 4 by placing 1200 on the vertical scale and
reading 12 on the horizontal scale. The stack diameter should be 12 inches to
handle the required volume of air and the continuous duty exhaust blower should
be rated to handle this volume while maintaining an air velocity of 1500 Ft./Minute.
D = √= √= √147 ≈12 inches
576Q 576 x 1200
πVπx 1500
166
See page 139 for warranty information.
WSKP2060T
Portable
Washer
DSKP233ET
Dryer
Stack Rack
DSR24RT
21
1-1/2
5-1/2
15-1/2
76
Rear
Vent
24-1/2 28-1/2
30-3/4
34 WSKS2060T
Stationary
Washer
DSKP233ET
Dryer
Stack Rack
DSR24RT
21
1-1/2
5-1/2
15-1/2
76
Rear
Vent
24-1/2 28-1/2
30-3/4
34-1/4
WSKP2060T
Portable
Washer
DSKS433ET
Dryer
Stack Rack
DSR24RT
22-7/8
1-5/8
5-1/2
20
77
34
24-1/2 25-1/2
28-1/2
Top
Vent
WSKS2060T
Stationary
Washer
DSKS433ET
Dryer
Stack Rack
DSR24RT
22-7/8
1-5/8
5-1/2
20
77
34-1/4
24-1/2 25-1/2
Top
Vent
28-1/2
StationaryPortable
StationaryPortable
Stack Rack DSR24RT with
DSKS433ET and Portable
Washer WSKP2060T
or Stationary Washer WSKS2060T
Dimensions (in inches)
Stack Rack DSR24RT with
DSKP233ET and Portable
Washer WSKP2060T
or Stationary Washer WSKS2060T
Dimensions (in inches)
Accessories
Stack Rack DSR24RT
For use with stationary dryers and storage of
washer
WSKP2060T/WSKS2060T
underneath.
SPACEMAKER®WASHERS AND DRYERS
Individual Stationary Portable/Stationary*
Spacemaker®Dryers DSKS433ET DSKP233ET
Capacity
Capacity Compact Compact
Features
Dry control Automatic Automatic
Heat selections 4 2 (timer)
Number of dry cycles 3 3
Auto. Reg.— Perm. Press ●
Auto. Perm. Press & Delicate ●
Auto. Reg. ●
Timed Regular (min.) 140 105
Air Fluff (min.) (Heat Selection) 10
Separate start switch ●●
Control location Mid-Band Top
End-of-cycle signal ●
Lint filter Up-Front Back of Drum
Appearance White and Almond White and Almond
Colors available with Black backsplash with Black backsplash
Weight & Dimensions
Exhaust options** 4-Way Rear
Circuit requirements 240/208V†, 60 Hertz, 30 Amp 120V, 60 Hertz, 15 Amp
Power cord 6 feet
Dimensions (HxWxD in inches) 33-1/4 x 23-7/8 x 24-1/2 32 x 23-7/8 x 23-5/8
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 108 100
*Dryer comes equipped with casters and stationary leveling legs.
**DSKS433ET shipped exhausted through the top. DSKP233ET exhausted to rear only.
†120 volt outlet: Rear-mounted outlet on DSKS433ET approved for use only with Washer/Dryer
Stack Rack DSR24RT.
Circuit Requirements: An individual, properly-grounded branch circuit of the proper voltage and frequency
as specified on the rating plate, with no other appliances or fixtures in circuit, is required.
To Install These Washers With Matching Dryers, Use Accessory Kit:
DSR24RT—
Metal rack for stationary dryer with washer rolled beneath.
Note: To obtain matching appearance between the washers and dryers, the dryers must
be “T” model year. For example, DSKS433ET.
Individual Stationary Portable
Spacemaker®Washers WSKS2060T WSKP2060T
Capacity
Capacity Compact Compact
Features
Wash/spin speed combinations 2 2
Wash/rinse temperatures 3 3
Water levels 4 4
Number of cycles 6 6
Regular
Heavy Soil ●●
Medium Soil ●●
Perm. Press
Medium Soil ●●
Light Soil ●●
Delicates ●●
Spin Only ●●
Automatic cool down ●●
Bleach dispenser ●●
Fabric softener dispenser ●●
Lint filter ●●
Easy-roll rollers ●
Appearance White and Almond White and Almond
Colors available with Black backsplash with Black backsplash
Weights & Dimensions
Circuit requirements 120V, 60 Hertz, 15 or 20 Amps
Dimensions (HxWxD in inches)* 34-1/4 x 22-1/4 x 24 34 x 22-1/4 x 24
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 109 109
*Depth measured from front of control knob.
GE GE
167
See page 139 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
Vent
(rear
only)
9-3/8
75-1/2
54-5/16
29-7/16 41-1/4
43
5-1/4
3-3/4
Drain outlet
(rear)
Water inlets
(rear)
Gas sup
pipe (re
27
36-1/16
51
o
11-7/16
16-1/4
25-1/4 2-1/2
4-13/16
30-13/16
47
Models WSM2700T and WSM2780T
Dimensions (in inches)
Electrical Requirements
WSM2700T: Electric Dryer—This appliance should be connected to
an individual, properly-grounded branch circuit with 120/240V or
120/208V single-phase 60 Hz electrical service and should be
protected by 30-amp time-delay fuses or circuit breakers. This
appliance is manufactured with neutral connected to the frame.
Power cord should be purchased separately.
WSM2420T: Electric Dryer—This appliance should be connected to
an individual, properly-grounded branch circuit with 120/240V or
120/208V single-phase 60 Hz electrical service and should be
protected by 30-amp time-delay fuses or circuit breakers. This
appliance is manufactured with the neutral connected to the frame.
Power cord should be purchased separately.
NOTE: THESE APPLIANCES ARE NOT APPROVED FOR 120-VOLT
OPERATION.
WSM2480T: Gas Dryer—This appliance should be connected to an
individual, properly-grounded branch circuit with a three-prong
grounding-type receptacle and 120-volt single-phase 60 Hz electrical
service and should be protected by 15 or 20-amp time-delay fuses
or circuit breakers. This appliance is equipped with a 6-foot long
flexible U.L. listed 20-amp power cord to match a 15-amp receptacle.
Gas Rated input 10,500 BTU/HR. Factory equipped for natural gas.
Tested for LP gas.
WSM2780T: Gas Dryer—This appliance should be connected to an
individual branch circuit with 120-volt single-phase 60 Hz electrical
service and should be protected by 20-amp time-delay fuses or
circuit breakers. This appliance is equipped with a 4-foot long
flexible U.L. listed 20-amp power cord to match a 20-amp receptacle.
Gas Rated input 20,000 BTU/HR. Factory equipped for natural gas.
LP gas supply requires a conversion kit.
Have a qualified gas technician install a conversion kit before use.
Exhaust Information
See “Dryer Exhausting Information” on page 161.
For complete information see installation instructions packed
with the product.
Models WSM2420T and WSM2480T
Dimensions (in inches)
UNITIZED SPACEMAKER®WASHERS AND DRYERS
Electric WSM2700T WSM2420T
Gas WSM2780T WSM2480T
Washer Washer Dryer Washer Dryer
Capacity
Capacity X-Large X-Large Compact Compact
Features
Wash/spin speed
combinations 1 2
Wash/rinse temperatures 3 3
Water levels 3 3
Number of wash cycles 3 3
Regular ●●
Perm. Press ●●
Delicates ●●
Unbalanced load control ●●
Lint filter ●●
Dryer
Features
Automatic dry control ●●
Number of dry cycles 4 4
Auto Regular ●●
Auto Perm Press ●
Delicates ●
Timed ●●
Air Fluff ●●
Mid- Mid-
Control location Band Band
Rear/
Exhaust options Rear Sides
Appearance
Colors available White/Almond White on white**
Weight & Dimensions
Dimensions 75-1/2 x 27 71-3/4 x 23-7/8
(HxWxD in inches) x 30-13/16* x 27-1/4*
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 300 238
*Depth dimension assumes water hook-up is recessed in the wall.
**Electric model is also available in Almond on almond.
Note: The third prong on the WSM2780T plug configuration is a flat spade type
rather than a typical round probe. It requires a matching wall outlet.
theewndcnnfnkj theewndcnnfnkj
theewnd
theewnd
theewnd
theewnd
theewnd theewnd
theewnd
theewnd theewnd
thee
thee
theewnd
theewnd
theewnd
35
35
35 theewndcnnfnkj
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
Floor line
Distance from
vent to back 4-1/2
28-5/8
Water
inlet-
cold
1" For leveling legs
32-1/8
27-1/4 23-7/8
27-5/8
71-3/4
32-1/2
23-7/8
27-5/8
27-1/4
38
71-3/4
1-1/2
21-5/16 8
Drain
27-1/2
Gas supply
pipe (rear)
GE
168
See page 140 for warranty information.
30" BUILT-INDOUBLE OVENS
JT950SA
JT950WA JTP56WA
JT950AA JTP56AA JTP45WA JTP27WA JTP95WA JTP85WA
JT950BA JTP56BA JTP45BA JTP27BA JTP95BA JTP85BA
Features Upper Convection/Self-Clean Convection/Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Microwave Microwave
Oven interior Lower Thermal/Self-Clean Thermal/Self-Clean Self-Clean Standard Convection/Self-Clean Self-Clean
Cleaning time Variable Variable Variable Variable (upper) Variable (lower) Variable (lower)
Automatic self-clean oven door lock ●●●Upper Lower Lower
Self-clean oven w/Delay Clean option ●●●Upper Lower Lower
TrueTemp™ System ●●●Upper Lower Lower
Variable broil/Six-pass broil element ●●●●Lower Lower
SmartSet Controls ●●●Upper ●●
Proofing ●
Convection conversion Upper Upper Lower
Convection Bake Upper Upper Lower
Convection Roast Upper Upper Lower
CleanDesign oven interior Upper Upper
Automatic meat thermometer Upper Upper Lower
Temperature display ●●●Upper ●●
Start pad ●●●Upper ●●
Delay Bake option with Cook & Hold ●●●Upper Lower Lower
C° or F° programmable ●●●Upper Lower Lower
Audible preheat signal ●●●Upper Lower Lower
Auto oven shut-off w/override ●●●Upper Lower Lower
Electronic clock and kitchen timer ●●●●●●
Control lock capability ●●●Upper Lower Lower
Oven light pad ●●●●Lower Lower
Microwave Oven Features:
Microwave cooking timer 99-Min./99-Sec. 99-Min./99-Sec.
Microwave power levels 10 10
Sensor functions 63
Electronic MWO touch controls ●●
Microwave oven cavity (cu. ft.) 1.6 1.6
MWO power output watts 1000 1000
Turntable ●●
Embossed rack positions 7 Upper/6 Lower 7 Upper/6 Lower 6 Upper/Lower 6 Upper/Lower 7 Lower 6 Lower
Roasting rack Upper Upper Lower
Upper 3 3 2 2
Oven racks* Lower 2 2 2 2 3 2
Gourmet Shelf ●
Broiler pan with grid ●●●●Lower Lower
Appearance SS
WW WW
AA AA WW WW WW WW
Color appearance** BB BB BB BB BB BB
Stainless
White White
Almond Almond White White White White
Frameless glass oven doors Black Black Black Black Black Black
Big View windows ●●●●Lower Lower
Lift-off oven doors ●●●●Lower Lower
Designer-style handles Integrated Integrated Sure Grip Sure Grip Integrated Sure Grip
Flush appearance installation ●●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 260 260 260 260 177 177
Oven cabinet width required (in.) 30 30 30 30 30 30
Overall dimensions (WxHxD in inches) 29-3/4 x 43-1/2 x 23-1/2
Overall oven Upper 24 x 17-3/8 x 17-19/32 17-1/4 x 11-1/2 x 16-1/4
interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) Lower 24 x 17-3/8 x 15-3/4 24 x 17-3/8 x 17-19/32
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 7.2 7.2 7.2 8.0 6.4 6.4
208V 5.4 5.4 5.4 6.0 4.8 4.8
Amps @ 240V 40 40 40 40 30 30
208V 30 30 30 35 30 30
Convection wattage 2500 2500 2500
Broiler/bake wattage 3400/3410 3400/3410 3400/3410 3400/3410 3600/3410 3600/3410
*Additional rack kit available at additional cost. (Pub. No. 3-A014).
**SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.
Microwave Double OvensConvection Double Ovens Double Ovens
GE GE Profile™
GE Profile
Performance Series™GE Profile™GE
24 x 17-3/8 x 17-19/32
30 x 52-15/16 x 23-1/2
24 x 17-3/8 x 15-3/4
169
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
30" BUILT-INDOUBLE OVENS (CONTINUED)
30" Built-In Microwave Double Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Models JTP95, 85
30" Built-In Double Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Models JT950, JTP56, 45, 27
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation
instructions [Pub. No. 31-10198 (JTP95/85); Pub. No. 31-10125
(JT950, JTP56/45/27)] packed with product for current
dimensional data.
20''
28''
21''
A
F
A
B
C
CONDUIT
(48'' LONG) CUTOUT
HEIGHT
42-3/16'' MIN.
42-1/4'' MAX.
CUTOUT
WIDTH
28-1/2'' MIN.
28-5/8'' MAX.
Recommended
cutout location
21-5/8''
from the floor
21" Minimum
Door Allowance
JUNCTION BOX
LOCATION
CABINET
WIDTH
30''
DOOR MUST BE
REMOVED BEFORE
INSTALLATION
MOST 30'' WALL CABINETS CAN BE USED WITH THIS UNIT
THE OPENING BETWEEN THE INSIDE WALLS MUST BE AT LEAST 28-1/2'' WIDE
D
CUTOUT DEPTH
23-1/2'' MIN.
E
Cabinet 30"
A – Overlap of Oven Over Side Edges of Cutout 11/16"
B – Overlap of Oven at Bottom of Cutout 1"
C – Overlap of Oven at Top of Cutout 1/2"
Oven
D – Overall Depth 23-1/2"
E – Overall Height 43-1/2"
F – Overall Width 29-3/4"
21" minimum
Door Opening
Allowance
5
B
B
A
A
47
Conduit
(48" long)
Junction box
location
Cutout height
51-13/16" MIN.
51-15/16" MAX.
Recommended cutout
location 12" from the floor.
Cutout width
28-1/2'' MIN.
28-5/8'' MAX.
21
Cabinet
width
30"
C
E
D
MOST 30'' WALL CABINETS CAN BE USED WITH THIS UNIT
THE OPENING BETWEEN THE INSIDE WALLS MUST BE AT LEAST 28-1/2'' WIDE
CUTOUT DEPTH
23-1/2'' MIN.
Cabinet 30"
A – Overlap of Oven Over Side Edges of Cutout 11/16" – 3/4"
B – Overlap of Oven at Top and Bottom of Cutout 1"
Oven
C – Overall Depth 23-1/2"
D – Overall Height 52-15/16"
E – Overall Width 30"
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
Recommended for solid bottom installation
Cut Opening
in Solid
Bottom
10
Note: If a solid
bottom is used
instead of the
runners, a 6" x 10"
rectangle must be
cut out of the
bottom for optimum
performance
and proper air
circulation.
6
6
(Must support 275 LBS.)
C
L
(Must Support 275 LBS.)
2 x 4 or
equivalent
runners
Suitable
bracing
to support
runners 21-5/8"
over centerline
of cabinet
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to
wall ovens must have an adhesion spec
of at least 194° F temperature rating.
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to
wall ovens must have an adhesion spec
of at least 194° F temperature rating.
170
See page 140 for warranty information.
30" BUILT-INSINGLE OVENS
30" Built-In Single Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Single Oven Wall-Mount or
Cabinet Installation (in inches)
Note: These ovens are
not
approved for stackable or
side-by-side installations.
Most 30" Wall Cabinets
can be used with this unit.
Cutout width
28-1/2'' MIN.
28-5/8'' MAX.
30
28-1/4
30
Recommended
cutout location
32-1/2"
from floor
21
Junction
box
location
Allow minimum of 21'' for clearance
to adjacent corners, drawers, walls, or etc.
A=Allow 1" overlap of oven over top and bottom edges of cutout.
B=Allow 11/16"-3/4" for overlap of oven over side edges of cutout.
Conduit
(48" long)
5
27-1/4'' MIN.
27-5/16'' MAX.
Cutout height
A
B
23-1/2'' MIN.
Cutout depth
22'' MIN.
(Must support 200 LBS.)
Cut Opening
in Solid
Bottom
10
Note: If a solid
bottom is used
instead of the
runners, a 6" x 10"
rectangle must be
cut out of the
bottom for optimum
performance
and proper air
circulation.
6
6
Recommended for solid bottom installation
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.
JT910SA
JT910WA JTP18WA JTP15WA
JT910AA JTP18AA JTP15AA
JT910BA JTP18BA JTP15BA
Features
Oven interior Convection/Self-Clean Convection/Self-Clean Self-Clean
Cleaning time Variable Variable Variable
Automatic self-clean oven door lock ●●●
Self-clean oven w/Delay Clean option ●●●
TrueTemp™ System ●●●
Variable broil/Six-pass broil element ●●●
SmartSet Controls ●●●
Proofing ●
Convection conversion ●●
Convection Bake ●●
Convection Roast ●●
CleanDesign oven interior ●●
Automatic meat thermometer ●●
Temperature display ●●●
Start pad ●●●
Delay Bake option with Cook & Hold ●●●
C° or F° programmable ●●●
Audible preheat signal ●●●
Auto oven shut-off w/override ●●●
Electronic clock and kitchen timer ●●●
Control lock capability ●●●
Oven light pad ●●●
Oven racks* 3 3 2
Gourmet Shelf ●
Embossed rack positions 7 7 6
Roasting rack ●●
Broiler pan with grid ●●●
Appearance SS
WW WW WW
AA AA AA
Color appearance** BB BB BB
Stainless
White White White
Almond Almond Almond
Frameless glass oven door Black Black Black
Big View window ●●●
Lift-off oven door ●●●
Designer-style handle Integrated Integrated ●
Flush appearance installation ●●●
Undercounter installation ●●●
Weight & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 135 135 130
Oven cabinet width required (in.) 30 30 30
Overall dimensions (WxHxD in inches) 30 x 28-1/4 x 23-1/2
Overall oven interior (WxHxD in inches) 24 x 17-3/8 x 15-3/4 24 x 17-3/8 x 17-19/32
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 3.6 3.6 3.6
208V 2.7 2.7 2.7
Amps @ 240V 20 20 20
208V 20 20 20
Convection wattage 2500 2500
Broiler/bake wattage 3400/3410 3400/3410 3400/3410
*Additional rack kit available at additional cost. (Pub. No. 3-A014)
**SS = Stainless Steel, AA = Almond on almond, WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Convection Single Ovens Single Ovens
GE Profile™
GE Profile
Performance Series™GE
171
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
30" BUILT-INSINGLE OVENS (CONTINUED)
Note: Oven is rated for use only under the
following cooktops:
●GE 30" and 36" electric coil and CleanDesign
cooktops (excludes Induction cooktops)
●GE 30" and 36" gas standard and
sealed burner cooktops
Note: Gas or electric cooktops may be installed over
this oven. See cooktop installation instructions for
cutout size. See label on back of oven for approved
cooktop models.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions (Pub. No. 31-10125) packed
with product for current dimensional data and for
alternate installation options.
Undercounter Installation (in inches)
5
24
25
Gas or electric cooktops may be installed over
this oven. See cooktop installation instructions
for cutout size. See label on top of oven for
approved cooktop models. Gas (including the pressure regulator) and
electrical connections for gas cooktop must
be located in an adjacent accessible location
to the right. For a 36" gas cooktop, the
connections may be made to the left.
120 Volt
Outlet
Gas
connection
Junction box
location
240/208V
36'' MIN.
4'' To 4-1/2 '' Toe kick allowable
Match toe kick height
front and two sides
22'' MIN. above
support platform
Top and/or side
fillers may be
necessary if unit
is positioned
between
existing cabinets
28-1/2'' MIN.
28-5/8'' MAX.
27-1/4'' MIN.
27-5/16'' MAX.
Cutout height
3/4'' Support
platform required
23-1/2" MIN.
Cutout depth
Allow 11/16''
overlap over side
edges of cutout
1-1/2"
Countertop
This installation is to achieve minimum gap between bottom of countertop and control panel.
Note: For this installation, the bottom trim
will not
be flush with a typical 4" toe kick.
Note: For standard or sealed burner cooktop installation information over the
30" wall oven, refer to 27" wall oven installation, page 175.
5-9/16"
Reference dim. for
MAX. support height
with typical 36" countertop
height
36" Typical
Countertop height
Power cord
Reference
5-9/16
30-7/16
Free space
1-1/2" MIN.
1-1/2" Typical countertop
Side View
22
27-5/16" MAX.
Cutout height
27-1/4" MIN.
Junction box(s) for
oven & radiant
cooktop 22" from
floor
Add suitable filler
to match adjacent
cabinets when needed
to maintain toe kick
alignment
Optional Undercounter Installation With 36" Gas Cooktop
(in inches)
Power cord
for counter unit
Junction box
for oven
Junction box in
adjacent cabinet
for counter unit
hook-up
2 (two) 90°elbows &
sufficient pipe to
connect in adjacent
cabinet
Right cabinet side
3/4" Support
Shut-off
valve
Pressure
regulator
1/2" Black
iron pipe
Union
Conduit
(48" long)
30" Built-in
oven
3-1/2" MIN.
Free space
4" To 4-1/2"
3-1/4
22
19-1/16" Cutout depth
Side View
Optional Undercounter Installation With
30" CleanDesign or Sealed Burner Gas Cooktop (in inches)
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.
JK950WA JKP56WA
JKP85WA JK950AA JKP56AA JKP45WA JKP27WA
Oven Features JKP85BA JK950BA JKP56BA JKP45BA JKP27BA JRP24BW
Features
Oven Upper Oven Microwave Convection/Self-Clean Convection/Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean
interior Lower Oven Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Standard Standard
Variable cleaning time Lower ●●●Upper Upper
Self-clean oven Lower ●●●Upper Upper
Automatic self-clean
oven door lock Lower ●●●Upper Upper
Delay Clean option Lower ●●●Upper Upper
TrueTemp™ System Lower ●●●Upper
Variable broil Lower ●●●Upper Upper
SmartSet Controls Lower ●●●Upper Upper
Proofing Upper
Convection conversion ●●
Convection Bake ●●
Convection Roast ●●
CleanDesign oven interior ●●
Auto. meat thermometer Upper Upper
Temperature display ●●●●Upper Upper
Start pad ●●●●Upper Upper
Cook & Hold ●●●●Upper Upper
Delay Bake option Lower ●●●Upper Upper
C° or F° programmable Lower ●●●Upper Upper
Audible preheat signal Lower ●●●●●
Auto oven shut-off
w/override Lower ●●●Upper Upper
Electronic clock and
kitchen timer ●●●●●●
Control lock capability Lower ●●●Upper Upper
Oven light pad ●●●●●●
Microwave Oven Features:
Microwave cooking timer 99-Min./99-Sec.
Microwave power levels 10
Sensor functions 3
Electronic MWO
touch controls ●
Microwave oven
cavity (cu. ft.) 1.6
MWO power output watts 1000
Turntable ●3-Upper 3-Upper
Oven racks 2-Lower 2-Lower 2-Lower 2-Each 2-Each 2-Each
Gourmet Shelf ●
Roasting rack ●●
Broiler pan with grid ●●●●●●
Appearance WW WW
WW AA AA WW WW
Color appearance* BB BB BB BB BB BB
White White
White Almond Almond White White
Frameless glass oven doors Black Black Black Black Black Black
Oven doors with windows ●Big View Big View Big View Big View ●
Lift-off oven door Lower ●●●●●
Designer-style handles Sure Grip Integrated Integrated Sure Grip Sure Grip ●
Flush appearance installation ●●●● ●
Weight & Dimensions
Approx. ship. weight (lbs.) 155 162 162 157 157 135
Oven cabinet width
required (in inches) 27 27 27 27 27 24
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD inches) 26-3/4 x 43 x 23-1/2 26-5/8 x 51-1/8 x 23-5/8 23-3⁄4 x48-5/8 x 23-1⁄8
Overall oven interior
dimensions Upper 16 x 11-1/8 x 13-3/8 19 x 15 x 16 19 x 15 x 18 17 x 15 x 18-1/2
(WxHxD in inches) Lower 19 x 15 x 18 17 x 15 x 18-1/2
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 6.5 6.8 6.8 6.8 7.1 7.1
208V 4.9 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.3 5.3
Amps @ 240V 30 30 30 30 30 30
208V 30 30 30 30 30 30
Convection wattage 2500 2500
Broiler/bake wattage 3600/3410 3400/2650 3400/2650 3400/2650 3400/2650 3400/2650
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.
172
See page 140 for warranty information.
27" AND 24" BUILT-INDOUBLE OVENS
27" Convection Double Ovens
27" Microwave
Double Ovens 27" Double Ovens 24" Double Oven
GE GE Profile
Performance Series™GE Profile™GE
173
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
27" Built-In Microwave Double Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Models JKP69
27"/24" Built-In Double Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31-10117 (JKP69); [Pub. No. 31-10200 (JK950, JKP56/45/27);
Pub. No. 31-10118 (JRP24)] packed with product for current
dimensional data.
E
Recommended
cutout location
from floor
Allow minimum of
20" for clearance
to adjacent corners,
drawers, walls, etc.
20
2" X 4" or
equiv. runners
Conduit
(49" long)
Allow 3/4" for overlap
of oven over all
edges of cutout
10
A
D
Recommended
junction box
locations.
Locate junction
box either 5" MIN.
below cutout
floor or 48" MIN.
above cutout
floor C
B
F
G
H
Cabinet 27"
A – Cabinet Width Required 27" min.
B – Minimum Cabinet Depth 23-5/8"
C – Minimum Opening Width 25"
D – Opening Height 41-1/4" max.
E – Minimum Cutout Location from Floor 22"
Oven
F – Overall Depth 23-1/2"
G – Overall Height 43"
H – Overall Width 26-3/4"
C
L
(Must Support 200 LBS.)
2 x 4 or
equivalent
runners
20-1/2"
over centerline
of cabinet
10
Locate
junction box
for 27"models
either 5" MIN.
below cutout
floor or 56"
MIN. above
cutout floor
Allow 3/4"
for overlap
over all edges
of cutout
A
Recommended
cutout location
from floor
D
E
2" X 4" or
equiv. runners
(cutout floor) 20" MIN.
door opening
allowance
B
C
H
F
G
Locate
junction box
for 24"models
56" MIN. above
cutout floor
Conduit
(49" long
JK950,
JKP56/45/27,
48-1/2" long
JRP24)
Cabinet JK950, JKP56/45/27 JRP24
A – Cabinet Width Required 27" min. 24" min.
B – Minimum Cabinet Depth 23-5/8" 23-1/2"
C – Minimum Opening Width 25" 22-1/2"
D – Opening Height 49-1/2" min. 48-1/8" min.
E – Recommended Minimum
Cutout Location from Floor 13-1/4" 14"
Oven
F – Overall Depth 23-5/8" 23-1/8"
G – Overall Height 51-1/8" 48-5/8"
H – Overall Width 26-5/8" 23-3/4"
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
27" AND 24" BUILT-INDOUBLE OVENS (CONTINUED)
Cut Opening
in Solid
Bottom
10
Note: If a solid
bottom is used
instead of the
runners, a 6" x 10"
rectangle must be
cut out of the
bottom for optimum
performance
and proper air
circulation.
6
6
(Must support 200 LBS.)
Recommended for solid bottom installation
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens
must have an adhesion spec of at least 194° F
temperature rating.
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens
must have an adhesion spec of at least 194° F
temperature rating.
174
See page 140 for warranty information.
27" AND 24" BUILT-INSINGLE OVENS
JK910WA JKP18WA JKP15WA
JK910AA JKP18AA JKP15AA JRP15WW
JK910BA JKP18BA JKP15BA JKS05BA JRP15BW JRS04BW
Features
Oven interior Convection/Self-Clean Convection/Self-Clean Self-Clean Standard Self-Clean Standard
Variable cleaning time ●●● ●
Automatic self-clean oven door lock ●●● ●
Self-clean oven w/Delay
Clean option ●●● ●
TrueTemp™ System ●●●
Variable broil ●●●●●●
SmartSet Controls ●●●●●●
Proofing ●
Convection conversion ●●
Conv. Bake/Conv. Roast ●●
CleanDesign oven interior ●●
Automatic meat thermometer ●●
Temperature display ●●●●●●
Start pad ●●●●●●
Delay Bake option w/Cook & Hold ●●●●●●
C° or F° programmable ●●●●●●
Audible preheat signal ●●●●●●
Auto oven shut-off w/override ●●●●●●
Electronic clock and kitchen timer ●●●●●●
Control lock capability ●●● ●
Oven light pad ●●●●●●
Oven racks 3 3 2 2 2 2
Gourmet Shelf ●
Roasting rack ●●
Broiler pan with grid ●●●●●●
Appearance WW WW WW
AA AA AA WW
Color appearance* BB BB BB BB BB BB
White White White
Almond Almond Almond White
Frameless glass oven door Black Black Black Black Black Black
Oven door with window ●●●●●●
Lift-off oven door ●●●●●●
Designer-style handle Integrated Integrated Sure Grip ●●●
Flush appearance installation ●●●●
Undercounter installation ●●●●
Weight & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 98 98 93 91 114 82
Oven cabinet width required (in.) 27 27 27 27 24 24
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches)
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
208V 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6
Amps @ 240V 20 20 20 20 20 20
208V 20 20 20 20 20 20
Convection wattage 2500 2500
Broiler/bake wattage 3400/2650 3400/2650 3400/2650 3400/2000 3400/2650 3400/2000
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.
27" Convection Single Ovens 27 " Single Ovens 24" Single Ovens
26-5/8 x 29-1/8 x 23-5/8 23-3/4 x 28-3/16 x 23-1/8
19 x 15 x 16 19 x 15 x 18 17 x 15 x 18-1/2
GE Profile
Performance Series™GE GE Profile™
175
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
Undercounter Installation Dimensions (in inches)
Models JK910, JKP18, 15 and JKS05 Sealed Burner Gas Cooktop
Installation Dimensions (in inches)
Standard Burner Gas Cooktop Installation
Dimensions (in inches)
Gas or electric cooktops may be installed over this oven.
See cooktop installation instructions for cutout size.
See label on top of oven for approved cooktop models
Use 2—2" x 4"s or equivalent runners spaced 19" apart (on inside
surfaces) centered in opening & flush with top of toe plate
Junction Box
Location
240/208V
1-1/2" Countertop
Gas (including the pressure regulator)
and electrical connections for gas
cooktop must be located in an adjacent
accessible location to the right
*32" MIN. from top of countertop (1-1/2") to top of runners must be maintained
*32"
MIN.
25
Allow 1" unit
overlap all edges
27-1/2" MIN.
25"
17-1/2
24
14
36
Gas
connection 120V
Note: Oven is rated for use only under 30" standard or sealed burner gas and 30" CleanDesign and Calrod®electric cooktops (excludes Induction cooktops).
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions [Pub. No. 31-10200 (JK910, JKP18/15, JKS05)] packed with product for current dimensional data.
90° Street el
45° Elbow
Cabinet sides
2" Diameter hole (20-7/8"
from front of countertop
to hole center)
5" To center of 2" diameter
hole from countertop
90° Street el
45° Elbow
To center of 2" diameter
hole from countertop
Cabinet sides
3-7/16"
2" MIN. diameter hole
(23-1/4" from front
surface of countertop)
27"/24" Built-In Single Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31-10200 (JK910, JKP18/15, JKS05); Pub. No. 31-10118
(JRP15, JRS04)] packed with product for current dimensional data.
Cabinet JK910, JKP18/15, JKS05 JRP15, JRS04
A – Cabinet Width Required 27" min. 24" min.
B – Minimum Cabinet Depth 23-5/8" 23-1/2"
C – Minimum Opening Width 25" 22-1/2"
Oven
D – Overall Depth 23-5/8" 23-1/8"
E – Overall Height 29-1/8" 28-3/16"
F – Overall Width 26-5/8" 23-3/4"
2" x 4"
or equiv.
runners
B MIN.
C MIN.
Conduit 49" long JK910, JKP18/15, JKS05
48-1/2" long JRP15, JRS04
32-1/2
27-1/2" MIN.
10
A
20" MIN.
door opening
allowance
Allow 3/4"
for overlap
over all edges
of cutout
Locate
junction box
either 5" MIN.
below cutout
floor or 34"
MIN. above
cutout floor
Recommended
cutout location
from floor
(Minimum 15-5/8"
from floor when
installed below built-in
microwave oven)
D
F
E
Cut Opening
in Solid
Bottom
10
Note: If a solid
bottom is used
instead of the
runners, a 6" x 10"
rectangle must be
cut out of the
bottom for optimum
performance
and proper air
circulation.
6
6
(Must support
200 LBS.)
Recommended for solid bottom installation
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.
Note: These ovens are
not
approved for stackable or
side-by-side installations.
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall ovens must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.
176
See page 140 for warranty information.
24" BUILT-INGAS OVENS
JGRP17WEW
JGRP17BEW JGRS14BEW
Features
Oven interior Self-Clean Standard
Automatic self-clean oven door lock ●
Delay Clean option ●
In-oven broiling ●
Separate broiler drawer ●
Storage drawer ●
SmartSet Controls ●●
Temperature display ●●
Start pad ●●
Delay Bake option with Cook & Hold ●●
C° or F° programmable ●●
Audible preheat signal ●●
Auto oven shut-off w/override ●●
Electronic clock and kitchen timer ●●
Control lock capability ●
Oven light pad ●●
Oven shelves 2 2
Broiler pan with grid ●●
Electronic pilotless ignition ●●
Appearance WW
Color appearance* BB BB
White Glass
Frameless oven door Black Glass Black Glass
Oven door with window ●●
Designer-style handle ●●
Weights & Dimensions
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.) 144 139
Oven cabinet width required (in inches) 24 24
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) 23-3/4 x 38-3/8 x 23
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) 17 x 15 x 18-7/8
Power/Ratings
Gas oven electrical rating 120V, 60Hz, 5A
14.5 - Oven
Oven /broiler burners (000’s BTU’s) 13.0 - Broil 14.5
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Factory set for Natural Gas.
Built-In Gas Oven Dimensions (in inches)
Installation Information:
Before installing, consult installation
instructions [Pub. No. 31-10155
(JGRP17); Pub. No. 31-10156 (JGRS14)]
packed with product for current
dimensional data.
38
22-3/16
7-1/2
22" MIN.
28" MAX.
24
38-3/8
23-3/4
23
14-1/2" MIN.
20-1/2" MAX. 120V
Conv.
outlet
Gas
connection
Power Cord
48" long
2-1/2" MIN.
23-5/8
24 min.
C
L
(Must Support 200 LBS.)
2 x 4 or
equivalent
runners
11"
over centerline
of cabinet
GE
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to wall
ovens must have an adhesion spec of at
least 194° F temperature rating.
177
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
30" AND 27" WARMING DRAWERS
Note: When installing warming drawer
with a cooktop, allow a 2" minimum from
cooktop burner box bottom to top of cut-out.
JTD910SB JKD910SB
JTD910WB JKD910WB
JTD910AB JKD910AB
JTD910BB JKD910BB
Features
Temperature control ●●
Proof (80°F.) ●●
Low (140°F.) ●●
Medium (170°F.) ●●
High (210°F.) ●●
Humidity control Crisp/Moist Crisp/Moist
Hidden control ●●
ON/OFF switch ●●
“ON” indicator light ●●
Half rack ●●
Full extension drawer glide ●●
Removable stainless steel pan ●●
Appearance SS SS
WW WW
AA AA
Color appearance* BB BB
Frameless drawer front ●●
Handle style Integrated Designer-Style Integrated Designer-Style
Weights & Dimensions
Interior dimensions (WxHxD in inches) 23-7/8 x 6-1/4 x 22-1/16 20-7/8 x 6-1/4 x 22-1/16
Cutout dimensions (WxHxD in inches) 28-1/2 x 9-1/4 x 23 25-1/2 x 9-1/4 x 23
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 65 59
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 120V .45 .45
Amps @ 120V 15 15
Element wattage 450 450
Accessories
1/4" panel kit capability ZXD30B ZXD27B
Pan set (5 pans with lids) JXPN1 JXPN1
*SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black.
30" Warming Drawers 27" Warming Drawers
GE Profile Performance Series™
AB
30" Models 28-1/2 30
27" Models 25-1/2 26-3/4
Dimensions (in inches)
A
9-1/4
Locate Electrical
Outlet in Adjacent
Cabinet no Further
Than 16" From
Left Side or 42"
From Right Side.
B
10-1/2
23-1/8
23-1/2" Min.
Inside
1" Min.
Above
Toekick
or Adjust
to Oven
Installation
Height
2" Min.
Between
Cutouts
Warming Drawer Dimensions (in inches)
Under Oven Installation (in inches) Undercounter Installation (in inches)
PAN SET ACCESSORY FOR WARMING DRAWER – JXPN1
Five commercial pans with lids (4" deep)
• One large pan (14 quarts)
• Two medium pans (6 quarts each)
• Two small pans (3 quarts each)
A
9-1/4
Locate
electrical
outlet in
Adjacent
Cabinet
16" From
Left Side
or 42"
From Right
Side.
B
10-1/2
24"
Recommended
From Floor
For Under
Countertop
Installation
23-1/8
23-1/2" Min.
Inside
Electrical
Outlet 16" Max.
From Left Side.
23-1/2"
Min.
25" 1-1/2" Cabinet Top
36"
Countertop
Height
2" Min.
A9-1/4"
Electrical Outlet 42" Max.
From Right Side.
Electrical Outlet
Flush with Side
of Cabinet. 7" Max.
2x4 or 2x2
runners or Solid
Bottom
Install
2x4 or 2x2
Anti-Tip
Block 9"
From Floor
to Bottom
of Block
9
(Must Support 100 LBS.)
178
See page 140 for warranty information.
BUILT-INCLEANDESIGN COOKTOPS
JP960SA JP930SA
JP960WA JP930WA JP350WA
JP960AA JP930AA JP350AA JP340BA
JP960BA JP930BA JP350BA JP340WA
Features Patterned Black Patterned Black
Patterned White Patterned White Patterned White
Patterned Almond Patterned Almond Patterned Almond Patterned Black
Glass-ceramic surface Patterned Black Patterned Black Patterned Black Patterned White
Number of elements 5 Ribbon 4 Ribbon 4 Ribbon 4 Ribbon
Dual 6"/9" heating elements 1 Ribbon (2500W) 1 Ribbon (2500W) 1 Ribbon (2500W)
8" heating elements 2 Ribbon (2000W) 2 Ribbon (2000W)
7" heating element 1 Ribbon (1500W)
7" heating elements 2 Ribbon (1800W) 2 Ribbon (1800W)
Bridge element 1 Ribbon (800W) 1 Ribbon (800W)
Total wattage 4400W 4400W
6" heating elements 1 Ribbon (1200W) 1 Ribbon (1200W) 1 Ribbon (1200W) 2 Ribbon (1200W)
Hot surface indicator lights 5 4 4 1
Appearance SS SS
WW WW WW
AA AA AA BB
Color appearance* BB BB BB WW
Frameless ●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches) 36 30 30 30
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 44 38 38 35
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 9.6 8.1 7.7 6.4
208V 7.2 6.1 5.8 4.8
Amps @ 240V 40 40 40 30
208V 40 30 30 30
*SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black.
Counter Installation Dimensions (in inches)
RibbonRibbon Ribbon
Electrical junction
box 16" MIN.
below countertop
30" MIN. to
unprotected
cabinet
Cut should not interfere
with cabinet structure
at front
1-3/4" MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out
1-1/2" MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out
18" MIN.
to cabinet
1-3/4" to
rear wall
13" MAX.
depth
C
Cooktop
G
Required
E
F
B
A
WD
To Edge
of Front
Counter
Overall Cutout (Min.)
Model W D A B C E F G
JP960SA/WA/AA/BA 35 20 19-1/32 33-13/16 3-3/8* 33-7/8 19-1/16 2-1/2
JP930SA/WA/AA/BA 29-3/8 20-1/2 19-3/8 28-1/8 3-3/8* 28-1/2 19-5/8 2-1/2
JP350WA/AA/BA 29-3/8 20-1/2 19-3/8 28-1/8 3-3/8* 28-1/2 19-5/8 2-1/2
JP340BA/WA 29-3/8 20-1/2 19-3/8 28-1/8 3-3/8* 28-1/2 19-5/8 2-1/2
*Depth of unit at conduit connection location (rear) is 4-3/4".
Dimensions (in inches)
Cooktop Dimensions (in inches)
GE Profile™
GE Profile Performance Series™GE
Filler Trim Kit
When replacing an old GE 30" cooktop (with larger opening)
with Models JP930/350/340, use the following one-piece
trim kit to fill in the over-size hole. Available at additional cost.
JXTR30A (Almond)
JXTR30B (Black)
JXTR30W (White)
Flush Mount Installation Kit
Accommodates both 30" and 36" installations.
JXFMAA (Almond on almond)
JXFMWW (White on white)
JXFMBB (Black on black)
Installation Information:
Requires a 5" free area between the bottom of the cooktop
to any combustible material, i.e., shelving. Free area not
required when installing wall oven underneath cooktop.
Refer to installation instructions. Requires an 18" minimum
from cooktop to adjacent overhead cabinets. Units are
furnished with a 48" flexible armored cable.
Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31- 10150 (JP960); Pub. No. 31-10153 (JP930);
Pub. No. 31-10147 (JP350/340)] packed with product for
current dimensional data.
36" Ribbon cooktops are approved for use over GE 30"
Single Wall Ovens only. 30" Ribbon cooktops are
approved for use over select GE 27" or 30" Single Wall
Ovens. Refer to cooktop and wall oven installation
instructions packed with product for current
dimensional data.
Note: If installing with a GE Profile Performance,™
GE Profile™ or GE Telescopic Downdraft System,
consult both cooktop and downdraft installation
instructions packed with product before installing.
Cooktop gas/electric supply may need to be re-routed
to install downdraft.
Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with
a flat surface area of 23-1/2" or more, front to back. In
addition, other clearances to the front edge of the
countertop must be considered.
Electrical junction
box 12" MIN.
below countertop
30" MIN. to
unprotected
cabinet
Cut should not
interfere with cabinet
structure at front
L MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out
R MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out
18" MIN.
to cabinet
C to
rear wall
13" MAX.
depth
179
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
BUILT-INELECTRIC COOKTOPS
JP326WV
JP326AV
JP626WV JP326BV
JP626AV JP326CV JP201CV JP200V
Features Porcelain-Enameled
Porcelain-Enameled
Porcelain-Enameled
Cooktop surface Porcelain-Enameled Brushed-Chrome Stainless Steel Porcelain-Enameled
Lift-up cooktop with support rod ●●
8" heating elements 2 Plug-In Calrod®2 Plug-In Calrod®1 Plug-In 1 Plug-In
6" heating elements 2 Plug-In Calrod®2 Plug-In Calrod®1 Plug-In 1 Plug-In
Chrome
Chrome
Black Porc.-Enam.
One-piece removable drip bowls Chrome Chrome Chrome Chrome
Infinite heat rotary controls ●●●●
Control panel location Upfront Right Side Upfront Upfront
White Glass
Almond Glass
White Glass Black Glass
Control panel Almond Glass Black Glass
Surface element “ON” indicator light ●●●●
Appearance WW
AA
WW BB
Color appearance* AA BC SS WH
Weights & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches) 36 30 21-1/4 21-1/4
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 38 29 18 18
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 7.4 7.4 3.4 3.4
208V 5.6 5.6 2.5 2.5
Amps @ 240V 40 40 20 20
208V 30 30 20 20
*SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, BC = Brushed-Chrome, WH = White.
To Edge
Minimum Spacing of Front
To Nearest Counter
Overall Cutout Combustible Wall (Min.)
Model W D A B C R L F
JP626WV 35-1/2 21 33-7/8 19-1/16 1-3/4 6 6 2-1/2
JP626AV 35-1/2 21 33-7/8 19-1/16 1-3/4 6 6 2-1/2
JP326WV 30-1/4 21-1/4 28-1/2 19-5/8 1-3/4 2 5-1/2 2-1/2
JP326AV 30-1/4 21-1/4 28-1/2 19-5/8 1-3/4 2 5-1/2 2-1/2
JP326BV 30-1/4 21-1/4 28-1/2 19-5/8 1-3/4 2 5-1/2 2-1/2
JP326CV 30-1/4 21-1/4 28-1/2 19-5/8 1-3/4 2 5-1/2 2-1/2
JP201CV 21-1/4 16-5/8 20-1/8 16-1/8 2 2 2 2-1/2
JP200V 21-1/4 16-5/8 20-1/8 16-1/8 2 2 2 2-1/2
Counter Installation Dimensions (in inches)
Filler Trim Kit—When replacing an old GE 30" cooktop (with larger opening)
with Model JP326WV, JP326AV, JP326BV or JP326CV, use the following
one-piece trim kit to fill in the over-size hole. Available at additional cost.
JXTR30A (Almond)
JXTR30B (Black)
JXTR30W (White)
Dimensions (in inches)
Built-In Electric Cooktops
Required 5" free area between the bottom of the cook-
top and any combustible material, i.e., shelving. Free
area not required when installing wall oven underneath.
Requires an 18" minimum from cooktop to adjacent
overhead cabinets. Units are furnished with a 48"
flexible armored cable.
Installation Information:
Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31-10035 (JP626); Pub. No. 31-10114
(30" electric cooktops); Pub. No. 49-8204
(JP201/200)], packed with product for current
dimensional data.
Cooktop models JP326WV/326AV/326BV/326CV are
approved for use over select GE 27" or 30" Single Wall
Ovens. JP626WV/626AV are approved for use over
GE 30" Single Wall Ovens only. Refer to cooktop and
wall oven installation instructions packed with
product for current dimensional data.
Cooktop models JP200V and JP201CV are approved for
use over GE undersink dishwasher model GSM2100.
Refer to cooktop installation instructions packed with
product for current dimensional data.
Note: If installing with a GE Profile Performance,™
GE Profile™ or GE Telescopic Downdraft System,
consult both cooktop and downdraft installation
instructions packed with product before installing.
Cooktop gas/electric supply may need to be
re-routed to install downdraft.
Built-In Cooktop Dimensions (in inches)
GE
Cooktop
F
A
B
WD
H
Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with
a flat surface area of 23-1/2" or more, front to back. In
addition, other clearances to the front edge of the
countertop must be considered.
180 See page 140 for warranty information.
BUILT-INGAS COOKTOPS
JGP636WEV JGP336WEV JGP626WEV JGP326WEV
JGP636AEV JGP336AEV JGP626AEV JGP326AEV
JGP960SEA JGP930SEA JGP636BEV JGP336BEV JGP626BEV JGP326BEV JGP320EV
Features
Cooktop burners 5 Sealed 4 Sealed 5 Sealed 4 Sealed 4 Sealed 4 Sealed 4 Standard
Maximum Output burner ●●●●
Precise Simmer burner(s) 2 ●2●●●
Valves (degree of turn) 270 210 270 210 270 210 170
Electronic pilotless ignition ●●●●●●●
Glass cooktop ●●●●Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam.
Removable round burner grates Deluxe Cast Deluxe Cast Deluxe Cast Deluxe Cast Std.Cast Std. Cast Standard Steel
One-piece drip pans Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Chrome
White White White White
Almond Almond Almond Almond
Glass control panel Black Black Black Black Black Black White/Black
Controls Upfront Right Side Upfront Right Side Upfront Right Side Right Side
Appearance WW WW WW WW
AA AA AA AA
Color appearance* SS SS BB BB BB BB WH/BL
Weight & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches) 36 30 36 30 36 30 30
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 38 30 38 30 41 31 31
Power/Ratings
Gas cooktop electrical rating 120V, 60Hz, 5A
(1) 12.0/9.4 (1) 12.0/9.4 (1) 12.0/9.4 (1) 12.0/9.4 (3) 9.5/7.0 (3) 9.5/7.0
Burners Nat. Gas/ (2) 9.5/7.0 (2) 9.5/7.0 (2) 9.5/7.0 (2) 9.5/7.0 (1) 5.0/4.0 (1) 5.0/4.0 (4) 9.1/8.0
(000’s/BTU’s): LP Gas† (2) 5.0/4.0 (1) 5.0/4.0 (2) 5.0/4.0 (1) 5.0/4.0
*SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, BL = Black.
†A set of LP orifices is included with each cooktop for LP conversion. Factory set for Natural Gas.
Cooktop Dimensions (in inches)
Counter Installation Dimensions (in inches)
Minimum Spacing To Edge
To Nearest of Front
Overall Cutout Combustible Wall Counter
Model W D H A B C L R F
JGP960SA 36 21 3-1/16 33-7/8 19-1/16 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP636WEV/AEV 36 21 3-1/16 33-7/8 19-1/16 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP636BEV 36 21 3-1/16 33-7/8 19-1/16 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP626WEV/AEV 35-1/2 21 3-5/16 33-7/8 19-1/16 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP626BEV 35-1/2 21 3-5/16 33-7/8 19-1/16 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP930SA 30 21 2-1/2 28-1/2 19-1/2 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP336WEV/AEV 30 21 2-1/2 28-1/2 19-1/2 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP336BEV 30 21 2-1/2 28-1/2 19-1/2 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP326WEV/AEV 30-1/4 21-1/4 3-9/32 28-1/2 19-1/2 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP326BEV 30-1/4 21-1/4 3-9/32 28-1/2 19-1/2 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 3-1/4
JGP320EV* 30-1/4 21-1/4 3-9/32 28-1/2 19-1/2 1-3/4 3 3 3-1/4
*Allow 5-3/4" depth at rear for electrical and gas connections.
Dimensions (in inches)
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions [Pub. No. 31-10169
(JGP636/626), Pub. No. 31-10172 (JGP336/326), Pub. No. 31-10004 (JGP320)] packed with
product for current dimensional data.
Installation With Single Wall Oven Information:
30" Gas Cooktops are approved for use over select GE 27" Wall Ovens. 30" and 36" Gas Cooktops
are approved for use over 30" Wall Ovens. Refer to cooktop and wall oven installation instructions
packed with product for current dimensional data.
Optional Gas Range Wok Accessory (Available at additional cost)
JXWK = Wok accessory holder sits on top of maximum burner grate to hold a round-bottom wok.
Note: All gas cooktop models require 7/16" free area below cooktop height to
combustible material. 0" clearance is required between left and right sides of cooktop
below countertop. Requires 18" minimum from countertop to adjacent overhead cabinets.*
*AGA requirement.
Electrical
cord
Electrical
outlet
Shut-off
valve
Pressure
regulator
1/2" pipe
Coupling
Electrical
cord
45°
Electrical
outlet
Shut-off
valve
Pressure
regulator
1/2" pipe
Coupling
Gas Connection
Models JGP960, 636 and 626 Gas Connection
Models JGP930, 336, 326 and 320
Note: If installing with a GE Profile Performance,™ GE Profile™ or GE Telescopic
Downdraft System, consult both cooktop and downdraft installation instructions packed
with product before installing. Cooktop gas/electric supply may need to be re-routed to
install downdraft.
GE Profile
Performance Series™GE Profile™GE
Electrical junction
box 12" MIN.
below countertop
30" MIN. to
unprotected
cabinet
Cut should not
interfere with cabinet
structure at front
L MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out
R MIN.
clearance to
side wall
from cut-out
18" MIN.
to cabinet
C to
rear wall
13" MAX.
depth
Cooktop
WD
H
F
A
B
Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with a flat surface area of 23-1/2" or
more, front to back. In addition, other clearances to the front edge of the countertop
must be considered.
181
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
(Pub. No. 31-0840) packed with product for current dimensional data.
For satisfactory performance, the duct run should not exceed 150 feet equivalent
length. Consult Table of Equivalent Lengths on instruction sheet.
Gas and Electrical
Supply Location
The gas supply pipe and the
electrical supply receptacle
entering the cabinet should
be positioned as shown in
the shaded areas. The
cooktop is equipped with a
4' power supply cord and
should reach any desired
location on cabinet walls.
Slab Installation
For peninsula or island installation and
rear wall ducting, PVC duct or locally
approved piping should be used if
installing under a poured concrete slab.
Gas and Electrical Supply Location Dimensions (in inches)
4
14
19
Venting Options (in inches)
3-1/4" x 10"
rectangular
duct Adjustable
brackets
(5" min.–8" max.)
3-3/4
Motor
C
L
11-1/8
Snorkel
Exhaust
Discharge
Elbow
C
L
C
L
19-1/4"
min.
Transition
(Supplied with unit)
6" round duct
3-3/4
Adj. brackets
(5" min.–8" max.)
Motor
C
L
Undercounter duct work represented
is not to scale. Enlarged for visibility.
Through the floor In Cabinet—discharge right (6" round)
In Cabinet—discharge left (rectangular)
DOWNDRAFT GAS COOKTOPS
JGP645WEX
JGP645BEX
Features
Cooktop burners Sealed
Electronic pilotless ignition ●
Automatic re-ignition ●
White
Tempered glass cooktop Black
Burner grates Heavy-Duty Round
Downdraft exhaust (CFM) 500
Optional blower mount capabilities ●
Upfront variable-speed fan with slide control ●
Removable grease filters ●
Appearance WW
Color appearance* BB
Upfront controls ●
White
Telescopic cover plate Black
Telescopic snorkel assembly Black
Weights & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches) 36
Overall dimensions (WxD in inches) 36 x 22-1/4
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.) 92
Power/Ratings
Gas cooktop electrical rating 120V, 60Hz, 5A
Burners Natural Gas 11,000/6,000
(000’s/BTU’s): LP Gas 11,000/6,000**
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
**A set of LP orifices is included with each cooktop for LP conversion.
Factory set for Natural Gas.
IMPORTANT: Cooktop is shipped with snorkel downdraft vent assembly.
JXBA55 Kit (motor and blower assembly) required. Must be ordered with cooktop.
JXBC55 Outdoor Cover. Optional accessory may be ordered for installation of motor
and blower assembly on outside wall.
A minimum 36" side-to-side undercounter clearance is required for ease of installation.
Unit is furnished with a 4-foot, 110V electric cord.
Downdraft Gas Cooktops Dimensions (in inches)
2
36
22-1/4
2
36
2-1/4
3-1/4
6-3/4 Vent Back
8
14-7/8
Exhaust
(Right or Left)
1-1/4" To
rear wall
2-1/4" MIN. to
front edge of counter
4" MIN. to side wall
both sides
34-9/16
19
21
2
34
Cabinet Requirements Dimensions (in inches)
13"
MAX.
36" MIN. 18" MIN.†
8-13/16"
MIN.
30" MIN.*
*Clearance to cabinet above cooktop
†AGA Requirement
GE Profile™
Power receptacle
Gas inlet
3-1/4" x 10"
rectangular duct
4-3/4
17-1/4
13-1/4
Motor
Transition
(Supplied
with unit)
3-3/8
25
1-7/8"
MIN. Required*
20-5/8
28-7/8
*U.L. Requirement.
Note: A 6" minimum spacing to adjacent side wall is required
Wall Installation
Wall installations require 25" countertop depth. When cabinet is flush
against the wall, the fan housing can be rotated to the horizontal position
for direct venting through rear wall. Make a countertop cutout that is
centered in the range cabinet according to unit dimensions and installation
type. Duct hole is positioned in back of cabinet for through-the-wall
ducting.
Peninsula or Island Installation
For peninsula/islands a minimum 26" countertop depth is suggested.
Blower should be in vertical position. Island or peninsula cabinets may
require adjustment in cutout depth and/or location within the width
dimensions. Duct hole is positioned in bottom of cabinet for island or
peninsula installation.
Slab Installation
For peninsula or island installation and rear wall ducting, PVC duct or
locally approved piping should be used if installing under a poured
concrete slab.
Cutout Dimensions (in inches)
182
See page 140 for warranty information.
SELECT-TOP™MODULAR DOWNDRAFT COOKTOPS AND PATIO GRILL
JP385WV
JP389WV JP385BV
JP389BV JP385CV JP380BV
Features
Configuration Dual Modular Single Modular Outdoor Grill
White Porc.-Enam.
White Porc.-Enam. Black Porc.-Enam. Black
Cooktop finish Black Porc.-Enam. Black Brushed-Chrome Porcelain-Enameled
Infinite heat controls Rotary Rotary Rotary
Heating element “ON” indicator light ●●●
Downdraft exhaust (CFM) 400 400 375
Single speed downdraft vent fan ●●
Three-speed downdraft vent fan ●
Fixed plug-in Calrod®elements One 6", One 8" Fixed Grill (each side)
Chrome
Removable one-piece Black Porc.-Enam.
drip bowls/trim rings Chrome Chrome
Appearance WW
WW BB
Color appearance* BB BC BB
Weights & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches) 30 30 30
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 72 75 68
Power/Ratings
Amps @ 240V 40 40 40
KW rating @ 240V 8.0 8.0 5.6
Accessories JXDR50VW
Ribbon heating elements JXDR50VW JXDR50VB
(one 8" and one 6") JXDR50VB JXDR50VC
Calrod®heating elements JXDC44RWH
(one 6", one 8" element with JXDC44RWH JXDC43RBL
removable one-piece bowls) JXDC43RBL JXDC41NBC
Grill Module† JXDL44N JXDL44N JXDL44N
Griddle Accessory JXDD44R JXDD44R JXDD44R
JXDM3
JXDM3 JXDM2
Grill Cover JXDM2 JXDM2 JXDM4
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, BC = Brushed-Chrome.
†Grill Module includes Calrod®heating element, one-piece Grill Grate, and porcelain reflector pan.
Single Modular Patio Grill
Dual Modular
Cooktop Options
GE lets you customize your
cooktop with flexible modules to
suit your taste. These optional
versatile modules—
Grill, Calrod,
®
Ribbon, Griddle Accessory and
Grill Cover—are available at
additional cost.
Simply plug the
modules you want into either side
of the cooktop (single modular
cooktops accept modules on left
side only) and unplug them for
easy cleaning and storage.
Grill Module
JXDL44N
Includes front/rear controlled
heating element, one-piece grill grate,
and porcelain-enameled reflector pan.
Griddle Accessory
JXDD44R (Use with optional Grill Module.)
Place over heating element and
reflector pan from optional grill
module. Griddle accessory has a
non-stick coating and is self-draining.
Grill Cover
Covers grill area when not in use
JXDM3—White on white
JXDM2—Black on black
JXDM4—Black on black
(For model JP380 patio grill only.)
Calrod®Modules
One 8" and one 6" plug-in heating element
with one-piece bowls
JXDC41NBC—Brushed-chrome
JXDC43RBL—Black porcelain-enameled
JXDC44RWH—White porcelain-enameled
Ribbon Modules
Patterned glass top with one 8" and one
6" ribbon heating element
JXDR50VW—White on white
JXDR50VB—Black on black
JXDR50VC—Patterned black top with
brushed-chrome trim
Note:These cooktops are U.L. approved for indoor use only.
Model JP380BV is U.L. approved for outdoor use only.
Note: See next page for dimensions
and installation information.
GE Profile™GE
183
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
INSTALLATION/SPECIFICATIONS FOR SELECT-TOP™MODULAR COOKTOPS AND PATIO GRILL
Between the Floor Joists Through the Cabinet Toe Space
Venting Options
Inside Wall
Through Roof
Direct to Outside
Straight Duct
Built-In Downdraft Cooktops
Receptacle Location
Install an approved junction box within shaded area shown in
diagram. Junction box must be at least 10-1/2" below top of cabinet.
Installing the Ductwork
Use minimum 26-gauge galvanized or 24-gauge aluminum duct in 6" round or
3-1/4" x 10" size, or combination of both. PVC duct or locally approved piping
should be used if installing under a poured concrete slab.
Preparing the Cabinet for Installation
In some cabinets, the sides may need to be scooped or cut down
2" as shown (right) and the corner braces removed in order to
accommodate the cooktop.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation
instructions [Pub. No. 49-8672 (JP389/385); Pub. No. 49-8670
(JP380)] packed with product for current dimensional data.
Note: Ductwork must be vented to outside. Do not vent into a wall, ceiling, crawlspace, attic or any concealed
space. Always use an appropriate roof or wall cap with damper. Laundry-type wall caps should never be
used. For maximum efficiency use the shortest and straightest duct run possible, with as few fittings as
possible. For satisfactory performance the duct run should not exceed 100 feet equivalent length. Refer
to the table of equivalent lengths (shown in Pub. No. 49-8552) for various duct configurations.
Cooktop Dimensions (in inches) Cabinet Dimensions (in inches)
Venting Options
Downward Venting (in inches) Rear Wall Venting (in inches)
21-9/16
319
6"
Dia.
20-1/2 28-7/8
27-1/2
29-7/8
12-1/4
6
20
9
4
10-1/2
16
C
L
2" Approx.
5" Approx.
for European
cabinets
9-3/8
15-3/4
Rear wall
(in inc
9-3/8
7-9/16
Downward venting
(in inches)
184 See page 140 for warranty information.
BUILT-INDOWNDRAFT GAS MODULAR COOKTOPS
Installation Information (in inches)
Model JGP389
Select appropriate
duct cutout
(see ducting installation instructions.)
9-3/8
28-7/8 ± 1/16 20-15/16 ± 1/16
1-7/8
Min.
15/16
Min. clearance
2" minimum
clearance
required
between
cooktop
and each
side wall
13
7-9/16
Select appropriate
duct cutout
(see ducting installation instructions.)
9-3/8
17-1/8 ± 1/16 20-15/16 ± 1/16
1-7/8
Min.
15/16
Min. clearance
13
7-9/16
Installation Information (in inches)
Model JGP18
Installation Information:
Before installing, consult installation instructions (Pub. No. 49-8585)
packed with product for current dimensional data.
Tie down bolt
on each end Pressure regulator
Wiring box cover
Grease
container
Blower assembly
clearance 15-5/8
Blower can be swiveled 90°
21-1/2
18-1/16
Range Dimensions
(in inches)
Counter Cutout Dimensions (in inches)
Receptacle Location (in inches)
30" SLIDE-INDOWNDRAFT RANGES
Downdraft Installation Dimensions (in inches)
Note: 30" ranges conform to U.L. requirements
for 0" spacing from walls below countertops.
However some kitchen cabinet finishes can be
damaged by heat from the heating elements.
It is recommended that a clearance of at least
1-1/4" be maintained to adjacent walls. Where
varnished wood or plastic film finishes are used,
a minimum clearance of 6" should be maintained.
Receptacle Locations:
For all 30" Slide-In Ranges
locally approved flexible
service cord or conduit
must be used because
terminals are not
accessible after range
installation. See shaded
area in drawing for
location of electrical
outlet box. Recommended
outlet locations allow
range to be installed
directly against rear wall.
To front
of handle
30
36
28"
25
30-1/8
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions [Pub. No. 49-8643
(JSP69WV/69BV)] packed with product for
current dimensional data.
3
12-1/4
9-1/2
14-3/4
The electrical connection must be
located in the shaded area shown.
8
4-5/16
7-1/4" x 7-1/4" square
10-7/8
11-5/8
Clearance for ducting into wall Cutout location for ducting into floor
Optional Modules (Available at additional cost)
Radiant Module—JXGR63B
Griddle Accessory—JXGL90
Grill Module—JXGG50
JSP69WV
JSP69BV
Features
Self-cleaning oven ●
Automatic self-clean
oven door lock ●
Oven racks 2
Porcelain-enameled
modular cooktop ●
Electronic digital clock and timer ●
Delay Bake option ●
Preheat signal ●
Electronic oven control ●
Downdraft venting ●
Two-speed exhaust fan ●
Interior oven light ●
Storage drawer (1/2 depth) ●
Broiler pan with grid ●
Appearance WW
Color appearance* BB
Glass oven door ●
Oven door with window ●
Designer-style handle ●
Weight & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) 23 x 16 x 17
Approximate shipping wt. (lbs.) 171
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 14.0
208V Not Available
Amps @ 240V 40
208V —
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Note: (Shipped with grill module) Optional plug-in
modules available. Coil Modules
JXGC53W—White on white
JXGC53B—Black on black
Optional Modules (Available at additional cost)
Two-Burner Gas Module
(standard burners)—
JXGB89W—White on white
JXGB89B—Black on black
Grill Cover—
JXGC89W—White on white
JXGC89B—Black on black
Gas Grill Module—JXGG89
Griddle—JXGL89
(use with optional
Grill module)
JGP389WEV*
JGP389BEV* JGP18BEV**
Features
Configuration Single Modular Single Modular
Accepts modules Left Side ●
Fixed gas cooktop burners (right side) Standard
Electronic pilotless ignition ●●
Downdraft vent fan ●●
Downdraft exhaust (CFM) 375 375
Appearance White on white
Color appearance Black on black Black on black
Up-front controls ●●
Weight & Dimensions
Cooktop width (in inches) 30 18
Overall dimensions (W x D in inches) 29-7/8 x 21-1/2 18-1/16 x 21-1/2
Approximate shipping wt. (lbs.) 58 45
Power/Ratings
Gas cooktop electrical rating 120V, 60Hz, 15A
BTU’s (000’s) Right side (burners) 10.0/9.0 —
Nat/LP Grill Unit 8.0/8.0 8.0/8.0
*Models JGP389WEV and JGP389BEV are shipped with fixed standard gas burners, right side.
Left side accepts optional modules that must be ordered and are available at additional cost.
**Model JGP18BEV is shipped without modules. Optional modules must be ordered and are
available at additional cost.
Slab Installation
For peninsula or island installation and rear wall ducting, PVC duct or locally approved
piping should be used if installing under a poured concrete slab.
GE Profile™
GE
Tie down bolt
on each end Pressure regulator
Wiring box cover
Grease
container
Blower assembly
clearance 15-5/8
Blower can be swiveled 90°
29-7/8 21-1/2
185
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
HOODS
30" JV376V JV356V JV347X JV327X JV337X JN327X
36" JV656V
Features
Variable speed fan control ●●
Two-speed fan control ●● ●
Three-speed fan control ●
Vertical exhaust (CFM) 410 250 180 160 160
Rear exhaust (CFM) 380 230 160 150
Damper included (rectangular) ●●● ●
Optional damper accessory (round) JXDA22 JXDA22
Sones rating:
Top exhaust 5.5 5.5 8.0 8.0 8.0
Rear exhaust 5.5 5.5 8.0 8.0
Disposable Disposable
Removable grease filters 2 2* 1-Pc. Filter 1 1 1-Pc. Filter
Filter size (sq. in.) 162 162/256 90 90 90 90
Cooktop light(s)** 221111
Night light position on light switch ●●●
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct ●Option Option ●
7" round duct Option ●
Non-vented Option Option ●
Appearance
Color appearance† WW/BB WW/BB/AA WW/BB/AA Almond or White Almond or White Almond or White
Weights & Dimensions
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.) 43 35 20 14 17 19
Power/Ratings
Current rating amps @ 120V 2.5 1.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
*WB13X5008 removable charcoal filter (for non-vented use) is available at additional cost. Call toll-free 800-626-2002.
**Light bulbs not furnished.
†WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.
Width High Performance Performance Deluxe Standard
Model A B C D
JV376V 7 29-7/8 19-3/4 12
JV356V 7 29-7/8 19-3/4 12
JV656V 7 35-7/8 19-3/4 12
JV347X 5-1/2 29-7/8 17-1/2 12
JV337X 5-1/2 29-7/8 17-1/2 12
JV327X 5-1/2 29-7/8 17-1/2 12
JN327X 5-1/2 29-7/8 17-1/2 12
Dimensions (in inches)
Hood Dimensions (in inches)
A
B
C
D
Models: JV347X*
and JV327X
Models: JV347X*
and JV337X
Model:
JN327X
Note: Before installing, consult installation instructions [Pub. No. 49-8646 (JV376);
Pub. No. 49-8809 (JV337/327/347/JN327); Pub. No. 49-8645 (JV356/656)]
packed with product for current dimensional data.
Exhaust outlet connects to
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular
duct. Vent top or rear.
Includes rectangular damper.
*JV347X—Refer to this
drawing for round exhaust
option. Refer to drawing 2
for rectangular exhaust option.
Exhaust outlet connects to 7"
diameter duct. Vent top only.
Round damper accessory,
JXDA22, available at
additional cost.
*JV347X—Refer to this drawing
for rectangular exhaust option.
Refer to drawing 3 for round
exhaust option.
Exhaust outlet connects to
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct.
Vent top or rear. Includes
rectangular damper.
1-3/8" Typ.
8-5/16" Typ.
Center line
of hood
1-1/4
1-1/4
Optional power
supply connection
1-1/8" Typ.
7-3/4
5-3/4
Note: Exha
to 7" diame
1-3/8" Typ.
8-5/16" Typ.
Center line
of hood
1-1/4
1-1/4
Optional top power
supply connection
1-1/8" Typ.
7-3/4
10
3-1/4
1/2
Rear power
supply connection
1-3/8" Typ.
8-5/16" Typ.
Center line
of hood
1-1/4
1-1/4
Optional power
supply connection
Exhaust outlet
1-1/8" Typ.
7-3/4
12
34
Models: JV656V,
JV376V and JV356V
Center line
of hood
Wiring
Knockouts
Top Vent
Knockout
9
55
51/4
9/16
12
3-1/4
7-1/2
3-1/4
1
5
1-3/8
1-3/8
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
GE
186
See page 140 for warranty information.
SLIDE-OUT HOODS
JV960SA JV930SA JV695S JV694S JV395S JV394S
Features
Variable speed fan control ● ●●●●●
Auto heat sensor ● ●●●●●
Vertical exhaust (CFM) 300 300 300 300 300 300
Sones rating: Top exhaust 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
Removable grease filter* ● ●●●●●
Filter size (sq. in.) 147 147 147 147 147 147
Cooktop light ● ●●●●●
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct ● ●●●●●
Appearance
Color appearance** SS SS WW BB WW BB
Weights & Dimensions
Width (in inches) 36 30 36 36 30 30
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.) 43 40 43 43 40 40
Power/Ratings
Current rating Amps @ 120V 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
*Has washable one-piece smoke/grease filter.
**SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Note: These vented hoods include an installed damper.
Installation
Information
(in inches)
12-1/8
10-1/2
24-1/8
9-1/4
6
30
36
1
3-1/4 10
4-1/4
1-5/8–30"
7-5/8–36"
11"
MIN.
(inside)
Flush bottom cabinet
18" MIN.
11"
MIN.
(inside)
Recessed bottom cabinet
18" MIN.
Dimensions (in inches)
Note: The unit is ducted vertically. Horizontal ducting can be accomplished as shown.
Note: Remove glass visor from unit before installing hood in cabinet to protect visor from damage.
Note: Before installing, consult Use & Care/installation instructions [Pub. No. 49-8464 (JV694/695);
Pub. No. 49-8463 (JV394/395)] packed with product for current dimensional data.
GE Profile™
TELESCOPIC DOWNDRAFT SYSTEMS
JVB96SA JVB93SA
Features
Variable speed fan control ●●
Downdraft exhaust (CFM) 500 500
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct ●●
Removable grease filters ●●
Appearance
Color appearance Stainless Stainless
Weights & Dimensions
Width (in inches) 36 30
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 62 60
Power/Ratings
Current rating Amps @ 120V 4.0 4.0
Note: Approved for use with GE Profile Performance,™ GE
Profile,™ and GE electric and sealed burner gas cooktops.
Overall Dimensions (in inches)
Venting Island to Outside Wall (in inches)
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions (Pub. No. 49-8446, 36" and 30"
Telescopic Hoods) packed with product for current
dimensional data.
7
2
Left
discharge
Right
discharge
29-1/2
30
7
Down
discharge
26-1/4
7
Wall
29-1/2
24" Power cord provided
(on right-hand side)
1-7/8
Front To Back
Inside Cabinet Depth
Cooktop
Downdraft
Countertop
Counter Cutout Information
Note: Dimensions shown are for reference only. Before
cutting out countertop, refer to instructions packed with
downdraft and cooktop.
Note: Duct run not to exceed 100 equivalent feet.
Note: Installation in cabinets/countertops against the
wall will not be possible in most applications.
Accessories:
JXB3WW—30" white trim strip for use with 30" induction
cooktop JP393R
JXB6WW—36" white trim strip for use with 36" induction
cooktop JP693R
Pay special attention to the 4 areas of potential
interference circled above. 2" of FLAT countertop
is needed behind rear edge of cooktop to
accommodate downdraft vent cover.
Approved for use with the following GE cooktops—
36" and 30" Calrod®models, 36" and 30" radiant
models, 30" solid disk models, 36" and 30" gas
sealed burner models and 36" and 30" induction
models. Not approved for use with standard
burner gas cooktops.
7
2
Left
discharge
Right
discharge
29-1/2
7
Down
discharge
36
32-1/4
Model: JVB96SA Model: JVB93SA
GE Profile
Performance Series™
GE Profile
Performance Series™
Note: Telescopic downdraft vents are not recommended
to be installed with cooktops that are flush mounted.
Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with a
flat surface area of 23-1/2" or more, front to back. In
addition, other clearances to the front edge of the
countertop must be considered.
187
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
TELESCOPIC DOWNDRAFT SYSTEMS
JVB67AWW JVB37AWW
JVB67ABB JVB37ABB
Features
Upfront variable speed fan
w/slide control ●●
Separate remote raise/lower switch ●
Downdraft exhaust (CFM) 500 500
Optional blower mount capabilities ●●
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct ●●
Minimum 6" round duct capability ●●
Removable grease filters ●●
Appearance WW WW
Color appearance* BB BB
White White
Cover plate Black Black
Telescopic snorkel assembly Black Black
Weights & Dimensions
Width (in inches) 36 30
Approximate shipping weight (lbs.) 76 72
Power/Ratings
Current rating Amps @ 120V 4.0 4.0
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black.
Note: Approved for use with GE Profile Performance Series,™ GE Profile™ and
GE electric and sealed burner gas cooktops.
Approved for use with the following GE Profile Performance Series,™
GE Profile,™ and GE cooktops—36" and 30" electric models, 36" and
30" gas sealed burner models and 36" and 30" induction models.
Not approved for use with standard burner gas cooktops.
Note: Dimensions shown are for reference only. Before cutting out
countertop, refer to instructions packed with downdraft and cooktop.
Note: The countertop must be at least 26" deep with a flat surface
area of 23-1/2" or more, front to back. In addition, other clearances
to the front edge of the countertop must be considered.
Note: Installation in cabinets/countertops against the wall will
not be possible in most applications. Against the wall installations
are limited to dimension requirements. Refer to installation
instructions packed with product for further details.
Overall Dimensions (in inches)
Model JVB67 Model JVB37
Venting Options (Through the Floor) In Cabinet Discharge (Down)
In Cabinet Discharge (Right) In Cabinet Discharge (Left)
Blower Position
2-1/4
6-3/8
3-1/4
33-7/8
36
17-1/8
20-5/8
12-1/8
7-1/4
7-1/2
8-1/2
27
C
L
2-1/4
6-3/8
3-1/4
30" Unit
30
28-3/8
14-3/8
17-7/8
12-1/8
7-1/4
7-1/2
8-1/2
27
C
L
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
(49-8931) packed with product for current dimensional data.
JXBC57 Outdoor Cover. Optional accessory may be ordered for
installation of motor and blower assembly on outside wall.
JXRB57 Indoor Remote Accessory. Optional accessory may be
ordered for installation of motor and blower assembly in an
indoor remote location.
GE Profile™
Note: Telescopic downdraft vents are not recommended to be installed
with cooktops that are flush mounted.
30˚
Blower
Rotation
From Any Position
3-1/2
Left-Right
Adjustment
188
See page 140 for warranty information.
30" SLIDE-INGAS RANGES
JGSP44WEY
JGSP44AEY JGSP23WEY
JGSP44BEY JGSP23BEY JGSS05BEA
Features
Self-Clean oven with Extra-Large
Delay Clean option ●●Standard Clean
Variable cleaning time ●●
Automatic self-clean
oven door lock ●●
Cooktop burners Sealed Sealed Standard
Maximum output burner ●
Standard simmer burner ●●
SmartSet Controls ●●
Temperature display ●●
Start pad ●●
Delay Bake option
with Cook & Hold ●●
C° or F° programmable ●●
Audible preheat signal ●●
Auto oven shut-off
with override ●●
Electronic clock and
kitchen timer ●●
Control lock capability ●●
White Glass
Almond Glass White Porcelain-Enameled
Cooktop Black Glass Black Porcelain-Enameled Black Porcelain-Enameled
Lift-up cooktop ●
One-piece drip pans Porcelain-Enameled Porcelain-Enameled
Removable cooktop grates Deluxe Cast Standard Cast Standard Porcelain Steel
Ignition system Electronic Electronic Electronic
Oven racks 2 2 2
Broiler pan and grid ●●Extra-large
Interior oven light ●●●
Storage drawer ●●●
In-oven broiling ●●
Slide-out broiler drawer ●
Appearance WW
AA WW
Color appearance* BB BB BB
White
Almond White
Frameless glass oven door Black Black Black
Oven door with window ●●●
Lift-off oven door ●● ●
Designer-style handle Sure Grip ●●
Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior
dimensions 22-3/4 x 13 x 17 24 x 17 x 19
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 197 192 165
Power/Ratings
Gas range electrical rating 120V, 60Hz, 5A
(1) 12.0/9.4
Top burners (2) 9.5/7.0 (3) 9.5/7.0
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP (1) 5.0/4.0 (1) 5.0/4.0 (4) 9.0/8.0
Oven/broiler burners
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP 16.0/16.0 16.0/16.0 16.0/16.0
Accessories JXS31
Optional backguard JXS33 JXS31
(available at additional cost) JXS34 JXS34
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.
Universal Orifices for Natural or LP Gas. Factory set for Natural Gas. A set of LP orifices is included with each range for LP conversion.
You must use the rear filler strip kit shipped with the range
or the optional accessory backguard
(JXS31, JXS32, JXS33, JXS34) when installing these ranges.
Counter Cutout Dimensions for Models
JGSP44 and JGSP23 (in inches)
25
30
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to slide-in ranges must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F temperature rating.
Optional Kits for Slide-In Gas Ranges:
(Available at additional cost on all models except JGSS05BEA)
Rear Filler Strip Kits
Models JGSP44 and JGSP23 are shipped with
required “vented” rear filler strip
Lower/Side Trim Kits
JXS52BB—Lower Trim Kit (Black)
JXS53WW—Lower Trim Kit (White)
JXS54AA—Lower Trim Kit (Almond)
Pub. No. 3-A040 Vertical Side Trim Kit (Brushed-Chrome)
Accessory Backguards
JXS31—White Accessory Backguard
JXS32—Brushed-Chrome Accessory Backguard
JXS33—Almond Accessory Backguard
JXS34—Black Accessory Backguard
Endcap Kit
JXS40—Endcap kit to accommodate replacement where countertop
may already be notched.
Optional Gas Range Wok Accessory (Available at additional cost)
JXWK = Wok accessory holder sits on top of maximum burner
grate to hold a round-bottom wok.
GE Profile™GE
189
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
30" Slide-In Gas Range Dimensions (in inches)
Model JGSS05
24
30
8
4
92
2-1/2
Recommended area for
thru the floor connection
of pipe stub and shut-off valve
Recommended area for
120V outlet on rear wall
and area for thru the wall
connection of pipe stub
and shut-off valve
Recommended common
area for gas outlet and
electrical outlet
36
46-3/8
30
36 ±1/4
*Depth to front of closed oven door
28-1/4" depth including handle
25-1/4" depth to front top edge of cooktop
26-1/8*
30" Slide-In Gas Ranges Dimensions (in inches)
Models JGSP44 and JGSP23
Model A B C* D E
JGSP44AEY 30 36-1/4 29-1/2 45-13/16 35-7/8 to 38
JGSP44WEY 30 36-1/4 29-1/2 45-13/16 35-7/8 to 38
JGSP44BEY 30 36-1/4 29-1/2 45-13/16 35-7/8 to 38
JGSP23WEY 30 36-1/4 28-7/8 45-1/8 35-7/8 to 38
JGSP23BEY 30 36-1/4 28-7/8 45-1/8 35-7/8 to 38
*Depth including handle:
26-7/8"—Wall to front of closed oven door
26-1/2"—Depth to front top edge of cooktop
Dimensions (in inches)
B
C
D
A
E
00
2" MIN. to
nearest
sidewall
(both sides)
35-7/8" MIN.
38" MAX.
18" MIN.*
30
30" MIN. clearance to cabinets
above cooktop
* AGA Requirement
Note: Models JGSP44AEY, JGSP44WEY, JGSP44BEY,
JGSP23WEY and JGSP23BEY are shipped with special
“vented” rear filler strip. Post form countertops may
not be used when installing this range. The filler strip
(provided) or optional backguard kit is required for
installation.
Installation Information (in inches)
Models JGSP44 and JGSP23
C
L
C
L
2-1/2
1-1/2
2-1/2 20 10
18
2-1/2
7-1/2
Recommended area
for 120V outlet on
rear wall and area
for through the
wall connection
of pipe stub
and shut-
off valve
Recommended area
for through the floor
connection of pipe stub
and shut-off valve
7
12-1/2
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 31-10181 (JGSP44AEY, JGSP44WEY, JGSP44BEY, JGSP23WEY
and JGSP23BEY) packed with product for current dimensional data.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions
[Pub. No. 49-8751 (JGSS05)] packed with product for current dimensional data.
190
See page 140 for warranty information.
30" SLIDE-INELECTRIC RANGES
JSP40WW JSP34WW
JSP40AW JSP34AW
JSP40BW JSP34BW JSP26BW JSS26BW JSS16PW
Features
Self-clean oven with Delay Clean option ●●●Standard Clean Standard Clean
Variable cleaning time ●●●
Automatic self-clean oven door lock ●●●
Oven shelves 2 2 2 2 2
Patterned White
Patterned Almond
Glass-ceramic cooktop Patterned Black White
Almond CM* Black CM*
Lift-up porcelain-enameled cooktop Black Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam.
Overhanging cooktop ●●●●●
Chrome
Porc.-Enam.
Removable one-piece drip bowls Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Chrome Chrome
Plug-in Calrod®heating elements ●● ●●
8" heating elements Ribbon** 2 2 2 2
6" heating elements Ribbon** 2 2 2 2
Infinite heat controls ●●●●●
SmartSet Controls ●●●
Temperature display ●●●
Start pad ●●●
Delay Bake option w/Cook & Hold ●●●
C° or F° programmable ●●●
Audible preheat signal ●●●
Auto oven shut-off w/override ●●●
Control lock capability ●●●
Electronic clock and kitchen timer ●●●●●
Hot surface indicator lights 4
Heating element “ON” indicator light ●● ●●
Interior oven light ●●●●●
White White
Almond Almond
Storage drawer Black Black CM* Black CM*
Broiler pan with grid ●●●●●
Appearance WW WW
AA AA
Color appearance* BB BB WH/AD BB WH/AD
White White
Almond Almond
Frameless glass oven door Black Black CM* Black Painted
Oven door with window ●●●●●
Lift-off oven door ●●●●●
Designer-style handle Sure Grip ●● ●Visor
Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions 22-3/4 x 15-3/4 x 17
(WxHxD in inches)
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 182 175 175 160 160
Power/Ratings
KW rating @240V 11.4 10.8 10.8 11.6 11.6
208V 8.6 8.1 8.1 8.7 8.7
Amps @ 240V 40 40 40 40 40
208V 40 40 40 40 40
Accessories JXS31 JXS31
Optional backguard JXS33 JXS33
(available at additional cost) JXS34 JXS34 JXS33/31 JXS34 JXS33/31
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black,
AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond,
CM = Color-Matched indicates color of the oven door
matches range cooktop and drawer face (either white or almond).
**Two 8", one 6" and one dual 6"/9" ribbon heating elements.
30" Slide-In Range Dimensions (in inches)
Optional Kits for Slide-In Electric Ranges
(Available At Additional Cost)
Rear Filler Strip Kits
JXS28—Rear Filler Strip Kit (Brushed-chrome)
JXS62BB—Rear Filler Strip Kit (Black)
JXS63WW—Rear Filler Strip Kit (White)
JXS64AA—Rear Filler Strip Kit (Almond)
Models shown above are shipped with rear filler strip kit.
Accessory Backguards
JXS31—White Accessory Backguard
JXS32—Brushed-Chrome Accessory Backguard
JXS33—Almond Accessory Backguard
JXS34—Black Accessory Backguard
Endcap Kit
JXS40—Endcap kit to accommodate replacement where
countertop may already be notched.
Lower/Side Trim Kits
JXS52BB—Lower Trim Kit (Black)*
JXS53WW—Lower Trim Kit (White)*
JXS54AA—Lower Trim Kit (Almond)*
Pub. No. 3-A040—Vertical Side Trim Kit (Brushed-Chrome)
*For countertop height greater than 37", it is recommended
to use a lower trim kit.
Note: All 30" Slide-In Ranges conform to U.L. requirements
for 0" spacing from range to adjacent walls below
countertop. To reduce possibility of scorching of the side
wall adjacent to the heating elements, it is recommendeda
minimum 6" spacing from adjacent side walls be allowed
for possible extended high-heat, no-load heating element
operation.
Receptacle Locations: For all 30" Slide-In Ranges locally
approved flexible service cord or conduit must be used
because terminals are not accessible after range installation.
See shaded area in drawing for location of electrical outlet
box. Recommended outlet locations allow range to be
installed directly against rear wall.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions (Pub. No. 31-10070) packed with
product for current dimensional data.
28-1/4*
35-1/2
Maintain
at least 6"
to side walls
Acceptable
Electrical
Outlet Area
45-1/8
2-1/4
5
6
4-1/2
30
30 Min.
18 Min. 6
*Wall to front of
closed door handle on
models JSP40/34
28" on models
JSP26/JSS26/16
23-3/16
30
30
If you are NOT using the
optional Filler or Backguard:
If you are using the
optional Filler or Backguard:
25
*Wall to front of closed door
handle on models JSP40/34,
28" on models JSP26/JSS26/16 Note: Range may be placed with 0"clearance (flush) at the
back wall and side walls if the range side trims extend beyond
the cabinet fronts at least 1/4". (Self-clean models only)
GE Profile™GE
Note: Cabinets installed
adjacent to slide-in electric
ranges must have an
adhesion spec of at least
194° F temperature rating.
All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device.
The installation of this
device is an important,
required step in the
installation of the range.
191
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
30" DROP-INELECTRIC RANGES
JDP39WW
JDP39BW JDP36BW JDS26BW
Features
Self-clean oven w/Delay Clean option ●●Standard Clean
Variable cleaning time ●●
Automatic self-clean oven door lock ●●
Oven shelves 2 2 2
White Porc.-Enam. White or Almond White or Almond
Lift-up overhanging cooktop Black Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam.
8" heating elements 2 Plug-in 2 Plug-in 2 Plug-in
6" heating elements 2 Plug-in 2 Plug-in 2 Plug-in
Infinite heat controls ●●●
Chrome
Removable one-piece drip bowls Black Porc.-Enam. Chrome Chrome
SmartSet Controls ●●●
Temperature display ●●●
Start pad ●●●
Delay Bake option w/Cook & Hold ●●●
C° or F° programmable ●●●
Audible preheat signal ●●●
Auto oven shut-off w/override ●●●
Electronic clock and kitchen timer ●●●
Control lock capability ●●
Heating element “ON” indicator light ●●●
Broiler pan with grid ●●●
Appearance WW
Color appearance* BB WH/AD WH/AD
White Glass
Frameless oven door Black Glass Black Glass Black Glass
Oven door with window ●●●
Lift-off oven door ●●●
Designer-style handle ●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) 22-3/4 x 15-3/4 x 17
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 144 144 128
Power/Ratings
12KW rating @ 240V 11.6 11.6 11.6
208V 8.7 8.7 8.7
Amps @ 240V 40 40 40
208V 40 40 40
*WW = White on white, BB = Black on black, WH = White, AD = Almond.
30" Drop-In Range Dimensions (in inches)
Countertop Cutout—Top View
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation instructions (Pub. No. 31-10129)
packed with product for current dimensional data.
Note: 30" Drop-In Ranges conform to requirements for 3" minimum spacing between range and
adjacent side walls below countertop.
IMPORTANT: 30" DROP-IN RANGES
ARE DESIGNED TO HANG FROM THE
COUNTERTOP. IT DOES NOT REST ON
THE FLOOR. FOR INSTALLATION
ALTERNATIVES, REFER TO INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS PACKED WITH PRODUCT.
Counter overhang
(1-1/4" Standard)
4" x 4"
Junction box
in adjoining
cabinet or
under cabinet
floor
Base
panel
30" to
bottom of
cabinet
over
range
Exact
between
cabinets
26"
(To front of
door handle)
30
(To front edge of door
excluding handle)
MIN.
For best fit
18-3/4
24-3/4"
30-1/2
30-1/4
23-3/16"
30
30"
18" MIN. to bottom
of cabinet
22" MIN.
Flat Counter
Countertop
If necessary, build up
sides to 1-1⁄2" thick to
provide screw anchor
surface and
countertop support
These screws are anti-tip
devices and must be
installed in the front and rear
Range side
support
30" Exact
smooth cut
Front
Face of
Cabinet
Overhang
If countertop edge is formed, this
dimension must extend to flat area
3" MIN.
(Both sides)
Adjoining
vertical
cabinet
or wall
above
countertop
Inside back wall of cabinet
or rear wall
1-1/2" MIN. 5/16" MIN. Flat
29-1/4"
Exact
smooth cut
3/8
22-13/16
1-1/8
GE
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to drop-in electric ranges must have an adhesion spec
of at least 194° F temperature rating.
Important: This range is designed to hang from
countertop. It does not rest on the floor.
All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device.
The installation of this
device is an important,
required step in the
installation of the range.
192
See page 140 for warranty information.
SPACEMAKER™27" DROP-INELECTRIC RANGES
JMP31WA JMP28BA JMS08BA
Features
Oven cleaning Self-Clean Self-Clean Standard Clean
Variable cleaning time ●●
Automatic self-clean oven door lock ●●
Oven shelves 2 2 2
White White or Almond White or Almond
Lift-up overhanging cooktop Porcelain-Enameled Porcelain-Enameled Porcelain-Enameled
8" heating elements 1 1 1
6" heating elements 3 3 3
Plug-in Calrod®heating elements ●●●
Infinite heat controls ●●●
Removable one-piece drip bowls Chrome Chrome Chrome
Electronic clock and kitchen timer ●●
Delay Bake option ●●
Auto oven shut-off ●●
Electronic oven control ●●
Heating element “ON” indicator light ●●●
Interior oven light ●●●
Broiler pan with grid ●●●
Appearance
Color appearance* WW WH/AD WH/AD
Frameless oven door White Glass Black Glass Black Glass
Oven door with window Big View Big View Big View
Lift-off oven door ●●●
Designer-style handle Sure Grip ●●
Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) 19 x 15 x 18
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 119 119 119
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 9.8 9.8 10.1
208V 7.3 7.3 7.6
Amps @ 240V 40 40 40
208V 40 40 40
*WW = White on white, WH = White, AD = Almond.
Optional backguard in white, black or almond is available at
additional cost for all models. JX27RWH = White,
JX27RBK = Black or JX27RAD = Almond.
27" Drop-In Range Dimensions (in inches)
Countertop Cutout—Top View
Note: All 27" Drop-In Electric Ranges conform to U.L.
requirements for minimum spacing between range
and side wall below countertop.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult
installation instructions (Pub. No. 31-10116) packed
with product for current dimensional data.
Optional Backguard
(Available at additional cost)
JX27RBK = Black
JX27RWH = White
JX27RAD = Almond
Important: This range is designed to hang from the
countertop. It does not rest on the floor.
Countertop
If necessary, build up
sides to 1-1⁄2" thick to
provide screw anchor
surface and
countertop support
These screws are anti-tip
devices and must be
installed in the front and rear
Locate junction box
anywhere in shaded area
Door
clearance
30" MIN. to
bottom of
cabinet
over
range
18
Range side
support
Back of range
to front of
closed door
Trim section for
countertop with
post formed or
raised front
edge
()
227-1/8
24-3/16
22-3/16
28-7/16
28-1/2"
MIN.
27" Between
cabinets
20"
22-3/16"
13/32
Inside back wall of cabinet
or rear wall
Adjoining
vertical
cabinet
or wall
above
countertop
3" MIN.
(Both sides)
26-1/4" MAX.
Smooth cut
22-7/8"
Cutout
23-3/8" MIN.*
Flat
counter
3/8" MIN. Flat
1-1/2" MIN.
Clearance
21-3/4" cabinet
face to rear
of cutout
Dimensions and Installation Information
(in inches)
Receptacle Locations: For 30” Free-Standing Ranges locally approved
flexible service cord or conduit must be used because terminals are not
accessible after range installation. See shaded area drawing for location
of electrical outlet box. Recommended outlet locations allow range to
be installed directly against wall.
Note: Conforms to U.L. requirements for 0” spacing for adjacent walls
below countertops. To reduce possibility of scorching of walls, it is
recommended a minimum of 1-1/2” spacing be allowed from adjacent
side walls to allow for possible extended, high-heat, no-load heating
element operation.
Installation Information:
Before installing, consult installation instructions packed with range
for current dimensional data.
All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device. The
installation of this device is an
important, required step in the
installation of the range.
GE Profile™GE
Note: Cabinets installed adjacent to
drop-in electric ranges must have
an adhesion spec of at least 194° F
temperature rating.
Model A B C* D
JB970SB 30 48-1/4 26-5/8 45-1/8
JB960WB/AB/BB 29-7/8 46-1/2 25-3/8 47-5/8
JB940WB/AB/BB 29-7/8 46-1/2 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP79WB/AB/BB 29-7/8 46-1/2 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP78WB/AB/BB 29-7/8 44-7/16 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP66WB/AB/BB 29-7/8 44-7/16 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP64BB 29-7/8 44-7/16 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP63BB 29-7/8 44-1/2 25-7/16 46-1/8
*Dimension from wall to front of closed oven door handle is
28-7/8" on model JB970; 27-3/8" on models JB960/940, JBP79;
27-3/4" on models JBP78/66/64; and 27-1/2" on model JBP63.
Cabinet Dimensions (in inches)
30
25
2-1/2
7-1/2
A
C*
D
B
2-1/2
Acceptable electrical
outlet area
Preferred electrical
outlet area
Roughed-in dimensions
INSTALLATION/SPECIFICATIONS FOR 30" FREE-STANDING CLEANDESIGN ELECTRIC RANGES
*If countertop edge is formed, this
dimension must extend to flat area
In replacement installation, use
JX27R optional backguard, if required
193
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
JB960WB JB940WB JBP79WB JBP78WB JBP66WB
JB960AB JB940AB JBP79AB JBP78AB JBP66AB
JB970SB JB960BB JB940BB JBP79BB JBP78BB JBP66BB JBP64BB JBP63BB
Features
Self-cleaning oven Convection Convection Convection ●●●●●
Self-clean latch Auto Auto Auto Auto ●●●●
Oven capacity (cu. ft.) 3.7 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 3.7
CleanDesign Oven Interior ●●
Oven shelves 3 (1 off-set) 3 (1 off-set) 3 (1 off-set) 2 2 2 2 2
White White White White White
Almond Almond Almond Almond Almond
Patterned glass-ceramic cooktop Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black
One-piece upswept cooktop ●●●●●●●
1 Ribbon 1 Ribbon 1 Ribbon 1 Ribbon 1 Ribbon
Dual 6"/9" heating element (1000/2500 watt) (1000/2500 watt) (1000/2500 watt) (1000/2500 watt) (1000/2500 watt)
1 Ribbon 1 Ribbon 1 Ribbon 2 Ribbon 2 Ribbon 2 Ribbon
8" heating elements (2000 watt) (2000 watt) (2000 watt) (2000 watt) (2000 watt) (2000 watt)
2 Ribbon 2 Ribbon
7" heating element (1800 watt) (1800 watt)
Bridge element 1 (800 watt) 1 (800 watt)
Total wattage 4400 4400
1 Ribbon 1 Ribbon 2 Ribbon 2 Ribbon 2 Ribbon 2 Ribbon 2 Ribbon 2 Ribbon
6" heating elements (1500 watt) (1500 watt) (1500 watt) (1500 watt) (1500 watt) (1500 watt) (1500 watt) (1500 watt)
Warming option (75 watt) (75 watt) (75 watt) (75 watt)
Warming zone 1 (120 watt)
Infinite heat controls ●●●●●●●●
TrueTemp™ System ●●●●●●
SmartLogic™ controls ●●●●●●
Six-pass power bake element ●●●●●●
Convection Bake ●●●
Convection Roast ●●●
Convenience Controls ●●●●●●●●
QuickSet oven controls QuickSet V QuickSet V QuickSet V QuickSet IV QuickSet III QuickSet III QuickSet II QuickSet II
Digital temperature display ●●●●●●●●
Oven function icons ●●●●
Glass touch controls ●●
Digipad numeric entry ●●●●
Convection conversion ●●●
Delay bake ●●●●●●
Oven light pad ●●●
Control lock capability ●●●●
Start pad ●●●●
Self-clean cool-down time display ●●●●●●●●
Auto self-clean ●●●●●●●●
Delay clean option ●●●●●●
Auto oven shut-off w/override w/override w/override w/override w/override w/override w/override w/override
Audible preheat signal ●●●●●●●●
Dual element bake ●●●●●●●●
Automatic meat thermometer ●●●
Hot surface lights ●●●●●●●●
Oven “ON” light ●●●●●●●●
Self-clean cycle light ●●●●●●●●
Interior oven light Auto/Pad Auto/Pad Auto/Pad Auto/Pad Switch Switch Switch Switch
Full-width fluorescent cooktop night light ●●●●
White White White White White
Almond Almond Almond Almond Almond
Storage drawer Stainless steel Black Black Black Black CM* CM* CM*
Broiler pan/grid ●●●●●●●●
Roasting rack ●●●
Appearance WW WW WW WW WW
AA AA AA AA AA
Color appearance* SS BB BB BB BB WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD
White White White White White
Almond Almond Almond Almond Almond
Frameless glass oven door Stainless steel Black Black Black Black Black Black Black
Oven door with window ●Big View Big View Big View Big View ●●●
Designer-style handle Tubular Sure Grip Sure Grip Sure Grip ●●●●
Easy Level System ●●●●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions 22-3/4 x 15-7/8 24-1/4 x 19 x 17 24-1/4 x 19 x 19 23 x 16
(WxHxD in inches) x 15-7/8 x 17-3/4
Approx. ship. wt. (lbs.) 194 206 206 198 198 175 174 165
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 11.9 12.4 11.5 11.0 11.0 10.5 10.5 10.5
208V 8.9 9.3 8.6 8.3 8.3 7.9 7.9 7.9
Accessories
Cooktop cleaning creme and scraper ●●●●●●●●
*SS = Stainless steel, BB = Black on black, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond, CM = Color-Matched indicates color of drawer matches range cooktop (either
white or almond).
30" FREE-STANDING CLEANDESIGN ELECTRIC RANGES
Warranty Information
Full one-year warranty (parts and labor at no additional charge) applies to the entire
range. Additional limited four-year warranty on glass-ceramic cooktop (parts only).
See written warranty for complete details.
GE Profile Performance Series™GE Profile™GE
194
See page 140 for warranty information.
30" FREE-STANDING QUICKCLEAN™ELECTRIC RANGES
Note: 30" ranges conform to U.L. requirements for 0" spacing
from adjacent walls below countertops. To reduce possible
scorching of walls, engineering recommends a minimum of 1-1/2"
spacing to allow for possible extended, high heat, no-load heating
element operation.
Receptacle Locations:
Locally approved flexible service cord or conduit must be used
because terminals are not accessible after range installation.
See shaded area in drawing for location of electrical outlet box.
Recommended outlet locations allow range to be installed directly
against wall.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation
instructions packed with product for current dimensional data.
Warranty Information
Full one-year warranty (parts and labor at no additional charge)
applies to the entire range.
Model A B C* D
JBP48WB/AB/BB 29-7/8 44-7/16 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP35BB 29-7/8 44-7/16 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP30WB/AB/BB 29-7/8 44-7/16 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP26WB/AB/BB 29-7/8 44-7/16 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP24BB 29-7/8 44-7/16 25-3/8 47-5/8
JBP21WB/BB 29-7/8 45-1/8 25-7/16 46-1/8
JBS27WY/AY/BY 29-7/8 45-1/8 25-7/16 46-1/8
JBS26W 29-7/8 45-1/8 25-5/16 46-3/8
JBS07V 29-7/8 45-1/8 25-5/16 46-3/8
JBS05Y 29-7/8 44-5/8 25-5/16 45-1/2
JBS03GV 29-7/8 45-1/8 25-5/16 46-1/8
JBS03V 29-7/8 45-1/8 25-5/16 46-3/8
*Dimension from wall to front of closed oven door handle is
27-3/8" on model JBP48; 27-3/4" on models JBP35/30/26/24;
27-1/2" on models JBP21, JBS27 and JBS03V; and 27-1/8" on
models JBS26/07/05/03GV.
Cabinet Dimensions (in inches) Dimensions and Installation Information
(in inches)
All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device. The
installation of this device is an
important, required step in the
installation of the range.
GE Profile™GE
JBP48WB JBP30WB JBP26WB JBS27WY
JBP48AB JBP30AB JBP26AB JBP21WB JBS27AY JBS03GV
JBP48BB JBP35BB JBP30BB JBP26BB JBP24BB JBP21BB JBS27BY JBS26W JBS07V JBS05Y JBS03V
Features
Oven cleaning Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
Oven capacity (cu. ft.) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.5 3.7
Oven shelves 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Upswept porcelain-enameled
cooktop ●●●●●●●●● ●
Clean-Well™ Cooktop System ●●●●●●●●● ●
Lift-up cooktop w/dual support rods ●●●●●●●
8" heating elements 2 (6 turns) 2 (6 turns) 2 (6 turns) 2 (5 turns) 2 (5 turns) 2 (5 turns) 2 (6 turns) 1 (6 turns) 1 (6 turns) 1 (6 turns) 1 (6 turns)
6" heating elements 2 (5 turns) 2 (5 turns) 2 (5 turns) 2 (4 turns) 2 (4 turns) 2 (4 turns) 2 (5 turns) 3 (5 turns) 3 (5 turns) 3 (5 turns) 3 (5 turns)
Warming option ●
Infinite heat controls ● ●●●●●●●●●●
Plug-in Calrod® heating elements ●●●●●●●●● ●
Grey Grey
Black Black
Removable 1-piece drip bowls Black Black Black Chrome Chrome Chrome Chrome Chrome Chrome Chrome Chrome
TrueTemp™ System ●●●●
SmartLogic™ controls ●●●●
Six-pass power bake element ●●●●
Convenience controls ●●●●●●
QuickSet oven controls QuickSet IV QuickSet III QuickSet III QuickSet III QuickSet II QuickSet II
Digital temperature display ●●●●●●
Electronic oven controls ●
Auto oven shut-off w/override w/override w/override w/override w/override w/override
Control lock capability ●
Start pad ●
Delay clean option ●●●●
Auto self-clean ●●●●●●
Self-clean cool down display ●●●●●●
Audible preheat signal ●●●●●●
Clock and minute timer ●●●●●●●●
Dual element bake ● ●●●●●●●●●●
Heating element “ON” indicator light ● ●●●●●●●●●●
Interior oven light Auto/Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Auto/Switch
Preheated oven light in display ●●● ●●
White White White White
Removable full-width Almond Almond Almond White Almond
storage drawer Black CM* CM* CM* CM* CM* CM* CM* White CM* CM*
Broiler pan with grid ● ●●●●●●●●●●
Appearance WW WW WW WW
AA AA AA WW AA
Color appearance* BB WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WW WH/AD WH/AD
WG WG WG WG
AG AG AG WG AG
Frameless oven door* BG BG BG BG BG BG BG CM White CM CM
Oven door with window Big View Big View ●●● ●●●●
Removable oven door ● ●●●●●●●●●●
●
Designer-style handle Sure Grip ●● ● ●● ●Visor Visor Visor Visor
Easy Level System ●●●●●●●●● ●
Textured steel side panels ● ●●●●●●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions 22-3/4 23 x 16
(WxHxD in inches) 24-1/4 x 19 x 19 23 x 16 x 17-3/4 23 x 16 x 17-7/8 x 15-3/4 x 17 x 17-7/8
141
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 176 173 170 172 170 144 141 144 141 153 139
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 11.7 10.8 9.7 9.8 9.8 9.3 9.8
208V 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.8 8.1 7.3 7.4 7.4 6.9 7.4
*WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, WH = White, AD = Almond, CM = Color-Matched indicates color of oven door or storage drawer matches range cooktop (either white or almond),
WG = White Glass, AG = Almond Glass, BG = Black Glass.
30
25
2-1/2
7-1/2
A
C*
D
B
2-1/2
Acceptable electrical
outlet area
Preferred electrical
outlet area
Roughed-in dimensions
195
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
40" ELECTRIC RANGES
40" Range Dimensions and Installation Information (in inches)
*Dimension from wall to front of closed oven door handle.
**Includes required 4" door swing allowance for side-hinged
oven or storage compartment door.
44-1/8**
40-1/8
47-1/4
27-3/8*
18-1/2
40-1/8
4
Top View
Receptacle Locations: For all 40" Free-Standing
Ranges locally approved flexible service cord or
conduit must be used because terminals are not
accessible after range installation. See shaded
area in drawing for location of electrical outlet
box. Recommended outlet locations allow range
to be installed directly against rear wall.
C
L
7" MAX.
10
10
Wall
of range
Locate outlet
in shaded area.
Wall mount only.
Floor
20
Warranty Information
Full one-year warranty (parts and labor at no
additional charge) applies to the entire range.
See written warranty for complete details.
JCP67Y JCS57Y
Features Master Oven—Self-Clean
Oven cleaning Companion Oven—Standard Standard
Master Oven—2
Oven shelves Companion Oven—1 Master Oven—2
8" heating elements 2 2
6" heating elements 2 2
Removable drip bowls One-Piece Chrome One-Piece Chrome
Clock and minute timer Electronic Electronic
Automatic oven timer Master
Heating element “ON”
indicator light ●●
Interior oven light ●●
Full-width fluorescent
cooktop night light ●●
Oven cycling light 2 ●
Storage drawer ●●
Master Oven—1
Broiler pan with grid Companion Oven—1 Master Oven—1
Appearance
Color appearance* WW WW
Oven door with window Master Oven ●
Removable oven door Master ●
Weights & Dimensions Master Oven—
22-5/8 x 15-7/8 x 18-1/8
Overall oven interior dimensions Companion Oven—
(WxHxD in inches) 9-9/16 x 16 x 19-1/2 22-5/8 x 15-7/8 x 18-1/8
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 224 197
Power/Ratings
KW rating @ 240V 14.2 12.6
208V 10.7 9.5
*WW = White on white.
GE
196
See page 140 for warranty information.
30" XL44™SELF-CLEAN GAS RANGES
Optional Gas Range Accessory Drip Pans For Sealed and
Standard Burner Models (Available at additional cost)
To order these accessory drip pans, call toll-free 800-626-2002.
Optional Gas Range Wok Accessory (Available at additional cost)
JXWK = Wok holder accessory sits on top of maximum burner
grate to hold a round-bottom wok.
Installation Information: Before installing, consult installation
instructions packed with product for current dimensional data.
CANADIAN GAS ASSOCIATION
RAPPROVED
Model A B C* D E
JGBP90MEA 30 47-3/4 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP86BEA/WEA/AEA 30 47-3/4 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP85BEA/WEA/AEA 30 47-3/4 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP79BEA/WEA/AEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP35BEA/WEA/AEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP30BEA/WEA/AEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP28BEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP27BEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP26WEA/AEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP26BEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBP24BEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
*Dimension from wall to front of closed door handle is 29" on models JGBP86/85/79
and 28-1/4" on models JGBP90/35/30/28/27/26/24.
25-1/4"—Depth to front edge of cooktop.
All GE ranges are equipped
with an Anti-Tip device.
The installation of this
device is an important,
required step in the
installation of the range.
JGBP86WEA JGBP85WEA JGBP79WEA JGBP35WEA JGBP30WEA JGBP26WEA
JGBP86AEA JGBP85AEA JGBP79AEA JGBP35AEA JGBP30AEA JGBP26AEA
JGBP90MEA JGBP86BEA JGBP85BEA JGBP79BEA JGBP35BEA JGBP30BEA JGBP28BEA JGBP27BEA JGBP26BEA JGBP24BEA
Capacity
Extra-large oven ● ●●● ●●●● ●●
Features
Oven cleaning Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean Self-Clean
Cooktop burners Sealed Sealed Sealed Sealed Sealed Sealed Sealed Sealed Standard/Twin Standard/Twin
(2) 12,000/ (2) 12,000/ (2) 12,000/ (2) 12,000/ (1) 12,000/ (1) 12,000/
Maximum Output burner (Nat.) 1,000 BTU 1,000 BTU 1,000 BTU 1,000 BTU 1,000 BTU 1,000 BTU
(1) 5,000/ (1) 5,000/ (1) 5,000/ (1) 5,000/ (1) 5,000/ (1) 5,000/
Precise Simmer burner (Nat.) 600 BTU 600 BTU 600 BTU 600 BTU 600 BTU 600 BTU
(1) 9,500/ (1) 9,500/ (1) 9,500/ (1) 9,500/ (2) 9,500/ (2) 9,500/ (4) 9,500/ (4) 9,500/
All-purpose burners (Nat.) 850 BTU 850 BTU 850 BTU 850 BTU 850 BTU 850 BTU 850 BTU 850 BTU
Valves (degree of turn) 270 270 270 270 270 270 140 140 270 270
TrueTemp™ System ●●●● ●● ●
SmartLogic™ controls ●●●● ●● ●
QuickSet oven controls QuickSet V QuickSet V QuickSet V QuickSet IV QuickSet IV QuickSet III QuickSet II QuickSet II QuickSet III QuickSet II
Auto Self-Clean ●●●● ●●●● ●●
Electronic oven control ●●●● ●
Hi/Low broil ●●●● ●
Electronic clock and timer ● ●●● ●●●● ●●
Automatic oven timer ●●●● ●● ●
Audible preheat signal ●●●● ●●●● ●●
Auto oven shut-off ●●●● ●●●● ●●
One-piece upswept cooktop BC Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam.
Lift-up cooktop ●●
Easy-clean porcelain-
enameled subtop ●●
Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Chrome
Porcelain-enameled Taupe Taupe Taupe Taupe Taupe Chrome
one-piece drip pans Black Black Black Black Black Black Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Black Opt. Access.
Grey Deluxe Grey Std.
Porc. Steel Porc. Steel
Profes. Grates Grey Heavy Cast Grey Heavy Cast Grey Medium Cast Taupe Deluxe Taupe Std.
Grey Taupe Taupe Taupe Porc. Steel Porc. Steel
Profes. Taupe Heavy Cast Heavy Cast Medium Cast Black Deluxe Black Std. Black Std. Black Std. Black Std.
Removable square grates Grates Black Black Hvy. Cast Black Hvy. Cast Black Med. Cast Porc. Steel Porc. Steel Porc. Steel Porc. Steel Porc. Steel
Ignition system Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic
Oven racks 3 3 3 3 222222
Six embossed rack positions ● ●●● ●●●● ●●
Extra-large broiler pan/grid ●●●● ●●●● ●●
Scratch-resistant backguard Mirrored Glass Glass Glass Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam. Porc.-Enam.
Fluorescent backguard light ●●●
Interior oven light ●●● ● ●●●● ●●
Storage drawer Easy Glide Easy Glide Easy Glide Easy Glide ●●● ●
In-oven broiling ●●●● ●●●● ●●
Appearance WW WW WW WW WW WW
AA AA AA AA AA AA
Color appearance* BC BB BB BB BB WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD
White Glass White Glass White Glass White Glass White Glass White Glass
Frameless removable Almond Glass Almond Glass Almond Glass Almond Glass Almond Glass Solid Almond Glass Solid
oven door Mirrored Glass Black Glass Black Glass Black Glass Black Glass Black Glass Black Glass Black Glass Black Glass Black Glass
Oven door with window Big View Big View Big View Big View Big View Big View ●●
Professional-
Designer-style handle Style Sure Grip Sure Grip Sure Grip ●●●● ●●
Professional-
Designer-style control knobs Style ●● ●
Four leveling legs ●●●● ●●●● ●●
Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior
dimensions (WxHxD in inches) 24 x 17 x 19
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 230 220 220 210 210 210 210 210 200 200
Power/Ratings (2) 12.0/11.0 (1) 12.0/11.0
Top burners (1) 5.0/5.0 (1) 5.0/5.0 (4) 9.5/9.5 (4) 9.0/8.0
(000’s BTU's) Nat/LP (1) 9.5/9.5 (2) 9.5/9.5
Oven/broiler burners 16.0/16.0 Oven
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP 13.5/12.0 Broil
Gas range electrical rating 120V, 60Hz, 5A
LP conversion kit (included) ●●●● ●●●● ●●
*BB = Black on black, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond, BC = Brushed-Chrome.
Factory set for Natural Gas. A set of LP orifices is included with each XL44TM range for LP conversion.
Sealed Burner Models Sealed Burner Models Standard Burner Models
GE Profile™GE
197
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
30" XL44™CONTINUOUS AND STANDARD CLEAN GAS RANGES
A
B
C
D
E
24
30
8
4
92
2-1/2
Recommended area for
thru the floor connection
of pipe stub and shut-off valve
Recommended area for
120V outlet on rear wall
and area for thru the wall
connection of pipe stub
and shut-off valve
Recommended common
area for gas outlet and
electrical outlet
Model A B C* D E
JGBS23BEA/WEA/AEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBS22BEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBS21PEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBC20BEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBS20BEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBC20WEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBS20WEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBC17PEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-1/4 36±1/4
JGBS17PEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-1/4 36±1/4
JGBS15PEA 30 46-1/2 26-1/4 46-1/4 36±1/4
JGBS07PEA 30 45-1/2 26-1/4 46-1/4 36±1/4
JGBS04BEA/BPA 30 45-1/2 26-1/4 46-3/8 36±1/4
JGBS04PEA/PPA 30 45-1/2 25-5/16 46-1/4 36±1/4
JGBS03PPA 30 40 25-5/16 46-1/4 36±1/4
*Dimension from wall to front of closed door handle is 29". On models JGBS04 and
JGBS03 the dimension is 27-7/16". 25-1/4"—Depth to front top edge of cooktop
Installation Information (Dimensions in inches)
Sealed Burner Models Standard Burner Models
GE
JGBS23WEA
JGBS23AEA JGBC20BEA JGBC20WEA JGBC17PEA JGBS04BEA JGBS04PEA
JGBS23BEA JGBS22BEA JGBS21PEA JGBS20BEA JGBS20WEA JGBS17PEA JGBS15PEA JGBS07PEA JGBS04BPA JGBS04PPA JGBS03PPA
Capacity
Extra-large oven ●●●●●●●●●●●
Features Cont. Clean Cont. Clean Cont. Clean
Oven cleaning Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean Standard Clean
Cooktop burners Sealed Sealed Sealed Std./Twin Std./Twin Std./Twin Std./Twin Std./Twin Std./Twin Std./Twin Std./Twin
Maximum Output burner (1) 12,000/
(Nat.) 1,000 BTU
(1) 5,000/
Precise Simmer burner (Nat.) 600 BTU
(2) 9,500/ (4) 9,500/ (4) 9,500/
All-purpose burners (Nat.) 850 BTU 850 BTU 850 BTU
Valves (degree of turn) 270 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140
Electronic clock and timer ●●●●● ●●
One-Piece One-Piece One-Piece One-Piece One-Piece One-Piece One-Piece
Porcelain-enameled cooktop Upswept Upswept Upswept Upswept Upswept Upswept Upswept ●●● ●
Lift-up cooktop ●● ●● ●●● ●
Easy-clean porcelain-
enameled subtop ●● ●● ●●● ●
Grey
Taupe
One-piece drip pans Black Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Opt. Access. Opt. Access.
Deluxe Black Standard Black Standard Black Standard Grey Standard Black Standard Black Standard Grey Standard Black Standard Black Standard
Removable square grates Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel Porcelain Steel 1-Piece Wire
Electronic Electronic
Ignition system Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Pilot † Pilot † Pilot †
Oven racks 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Six embossed rack positions ●●●●●●●●●●●
Extra-large broiler pan/grid ●●●●●●●●●●●
Porcelain-enameled backguard ●●●●●●●●●●●
Interior oven light ●● ●● ●● ●
Slide-out broiler drawer ●●●●● ●Drop-Down ●●●Drop-Down
Appearance WW
AA
Color appearance* WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD WW WH/AD WH/AD WW WH/AD WH/AD WH/AD
White Glass
Frameless removable Almond Glass CM* CM* Porcelain- CM* Porcelain- White Porcelain- Solid Black CM* Porcelain- CM* Porcelain-
oven door Black Glass Black Glass Porc.-Enam. Black Glass White Glass Enameled Enameled Enameled Glass Enameled Enameled
Oven door with window Big View ● ●●●●●
Designer-style handle ●●Chrome Visor ●● ●Chrome Visor ●●Chrome Visor Chrome Visor
Four leveling legs ●●●●●●●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Overall oven interior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches) 24 x 17 x 19
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 180 170 170 175 175 175 175 165 165 165 160
Power/Ratings (1) 12.0/11.0
Top burners (1) 5.0/5.0 (4) 9.5/9.5 (4) 9.0/8.0
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP (2) 9.5/9.5
Oven/broiler burners 18.0/16.5
(000’s BTU’s) Nat/LP
Gas range electrical rating** 120V, 60Hz., 5A
LP conversion kit (included) ●●●●●●●●●●●
*WW= White on white, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White, AD = Almond, CM = Color-Matched indicates color of oven door matches cooktop (either white or almond).
**Electrical rating not applicable to standing pilot models.
†JGBS04BPA, JGBS04PPA and JGBS03PPA have standing pilot ignition.
Factory set for Natural Gas. A set of LP orifices is included with each XL44™ range for LP conversion.
Note: Model JGBS03PPA does not have a flamespreader in broiler compartment.
198
See page 140 for warranty information.
SPACEMAKERPLUS™MICROWAVE/CONVECTION OVENS
12" Filler Panel Kits
JX40AL–Almond
JX41–Black
JX40WH–White
15" Filler Panel Kits
JX46BL–Black
JX46AL–Almond
JX46WH–White
When replacing a 36" or 42"
range hood, this kit fills in the
additional width to provide a
custom built-in appearance.
For installation between cabinets
only; not for end-of-cabinet installation.
Each kit contains two 3"-wide filler panels.
Two kits are needed for a 42" opening.
Filter Kits
JX81A–Recirculating
Charcoal Filter Kit
To be used when the
Spacemaker microwave
oven cannot be vented
to the outside.
JX81–Recirculating
Charcoal Filter Kit
To be used when the
SpacemakerPlus™
microwave/convection
oven cannot be vented
to the outside.
JX22SS–Stainless Steel Decorative Panel Kit
When replacing a Hi/Low range with a
SpacemakerPlus™ microwave/convection oven
or Spacemaker over a range model, this panel kit
fills in the area between the microwave and range
left by the Hi/Low model.
Optional Accessories (Available at additional cost)
Dimensions
(in inches)
Ventilation Options
The SpacemakerPlus™ microwave/convection and Spacemaker microwave ovens are designed for adaptation
to the following three types of ventilation:
Outside Exhaust (Vertical—as shown above)
Outside Exhaust (Horizontal)
Recirculating (Non-vented ductless—see Filter Kit Drawing)
Requires 120V grounded outlet. Electrical receptacle must be located in cabinet above SpacemakerPlus™
microwave/convection and Spacemaker microwave ovens. No additional wiring, venting or cabinet rebuilding
necessary in many cases. Complete detailed, easy-to-follow installation instructions and convenient full-size
templates are packed with product.
Important: When installing these ovens over a range, allow minimum of 2" from bottom of microwave oven to
top of range backguard to allow for removal of light covers.
66" MIN.
Mounting
height
from
floor
30"
MIN.
width
required Exhaust outlet
connects to
3-1/4" X 10" duct
15-1/2
20-1/2"
Door open
14-1/4
15-1/8
12"
MAX.
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
Recirculating Filler Decorative
Model Charcoal Filter Kit Panel Kit Panel Kit
JVM1190AY JX81 JX40AL JX22SS
JVM1190BY JX81 JX41 JX22SS
JVM1190WY JX81 JX40WH JX22SS
JVM1190SY JX81 – JX22SS
JVM1660AB JX81A JX40AL JX22SS
JVM1660SB JX81A – JX22SS
JVM1660BB JX81A JX41/JX46BL JX22SS
JVM1660WB JX81A JX40WH/JX46WH JX22SS
JVM1650AB JX81A JX40AL/JX46AL JX22SS
JVM1650BB JX81A JX41/JX46BL JX22SS
JVM1650WB JX81A JX40WH/JX46WH JX22SS
JVM1640BB JX81A JX41/JX46BL JX22SS
JVM1640WB JX81A JX40WH/JX46WH JX22SS
JVM1630BB JX81A JX41/JX46BL JX22SS
JVM1630WB JX81A JX40WH/JX46WH JX22SS
19
30
3/8"
depth
JVM1190WY
JVM1190AY
JVM1190SY JVM1190BY
Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.) 1.1 1.1
Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure) 825 825
Electronic Touch Controls ●●
SmartControl System
w/Interactive Display ●●
Electronic scrolling digital display
w/Clock and AM/PM Pad ●●
Variable Scroll Speed ●●
Help Pad ●●
Concurrent programming ●●
Display On/Off ●●
Sensor Controls
Beverage ●●
Popcorn ●●
Reheat ●●
Vegetables (Canned/Fresh/Frozen) ●●
Convection Controls ●●
Convection Broil Hi/Lo Hi/Lo
Convection Bake ●●
Combination Roast ●●
Chicken, Chicken,
Sensor Combination Fish, Potato Fish, Potato
Combination Bake Hi/Lo Hi/Lo
Express Cook (1-6 minutes) ●●
Instant On Controls ●●
Time Cook I & II I & II
Add 30 Seconds ●●
Temp Cook ●●
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost ●●
Power levels 10 10
Delay Start ●●
Surface light ●●
Night Light ●●
Programmable Night Light ●●
Timer On/Off ●●
Reminder ●●
Variable Beeper Volume Control ●●
Cooking Complete Reminder ●●
Child Lock Out ●●
Two-speed high-capacity exhaust fan ●●
Appearance WW
AA
Color appearance* SS BB
White on white
Almond on almond
Case color Stainless Steel Black on black
White on white
Almond on almond
Door Color Stainless Steel Black on black
Designer-style handle ●●
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 98 98
WxHxD Cavity 18 x 8-1/16x 12-1/2
(in inches) Exterior 29-15/16 x 15-1/2x 14-1/4
Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz) ●●
Electrical input @ 120V Watts 1300 1300
Amperage 12.5 12.5
Accessories
Convection/Rack broil pan ●●
Warranty
Full One-Year In Home Warranty** ●●
Limited Nine-Year Magnetron
Warranty** (10 years total) ●●
*SS = Stainless steel, BB = Black on black, WW = White on white,
AA = Almond on almond
**See written warranty for details.
This information is not intended to be used for installing unit
described. Before installing, consult installation instructions
packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.
GE Profile
Performance Series™
199
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
SPACEMAKER XL1600 OVER-THE-RANGE MICROWAVE OVENS
JVM1660BB JVM1651AB* JVM1651BB* JVM1651WB* JVM1640BB JVM1631BB* JVM1631WB*
JVM1660SB JVM1660AB JVM1660WB JVM1650AB JVM1650BB JVM1650WB JVM1640WB/AB JVM1630BB JVM1630WB
Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.) 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6
Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Electronic touch controls ●●● ●●●●●●
SmartControl System
w/Interactive Display ●●● ●●●●●●
Electronic scrolling digital display ●●● ●●●●●●
Demo Mode ●●● ●●●●
Clock and AM/PM Pad ●●● ●●●●●●
Clock Saver ●●●
Variable Scroll Speed ●●● ●●●●●●
Help Pad ●●● ●●●●
Concurrent programming ●●● ●●●●●●
Display On/Off ●●● ●●●●●●
Sensor Controls Beverage ●●● ●●●
Chicken ●●●
Fish ●●●
Meats ●●●
Popcorn ●●● ●●●
Potatoes ●●● ●●●
Reheat ●●● ●●●
Vegetables ●●● ●●●
Appointment Scheduler Pad ●●●
Custom Pads (2) ●●●
Message Center ●●●
Convenience Beverage Pad ●●●
Controls Cook Pad ●●●●
Popcorn Pad ●●●
Reheat Pad ●●●
Snacks Pad ●●●
Express Cook (1-6 min.) ●●● ●●●●●●
Instant On Controls ●●● ●●●●●●
Time Cook I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II
Add 30 Seconds ●●● ●●●●●●
Temp. Cook/Roast (Probe) ●●●
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost ●●● ●●●●●●
Power levels 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Delay Start ●●● ●●●●●●
Reminder ●●● ●●●●●●
CircuWave™ 1000 ●●● ●●●●●●
Two Cooking Racks ●●●
Dual Rack ●●● ●●●●
Turntable On/Off ●●● ●●●●
Full-View cooktop lighting ●●● ●●●●●●
Night light ●●● ●●●●
Programmable nite light ●●● ●●●
Timer On/Off ●●● ●●●●●●
Beeper sound level control ●●● ●●●●
Cooking Complete Reminder ●●● ●●●●●●
Child lock out ●●● ●●●●●●
Two-speed high-capacity exhaust fan 300 CFM 300 CFM 300 CFM 300 CFM 300 CFM 300 CFM 300 CFM 300 CFM 300 CFM
Easy Mount Installation ●●● ●●●●●●
Appearance
Color appearance† SS AA BB/WW AA BB WW BB/WW/AA BB WW
Case color Black Almond Black/White Almond Black White Black/White/Almond Black White
Designer-style handle ●●● ●●●●●●
Big View window ●●● ●●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67
WxHxD Cavity 20-1/4 x 9-9/32 x 14-13/32
(in inches) Exterior†† 29-7/8 x 16-15/32 (rear) x 15-1/16
Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz) ●●● ●●●●●●
Electrical input Watts 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480
@ 120V Amperage 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Accessories
Cookbook ●●●
Warranty
Full One-Year In-Home Warranty‡ ●●● ●●●●●●
Limited Nine-Year Magnetron
Warranty† (10 years total) ●●● ●●●●●●
*Non-vented model.
†SS = Stainless steel, AA = Almond on almond, BB = Black on black, WW = White on white.
††Exterior dimensions: depth excludes handle.
‡See warranty for details.
NOTE: Popcorn Pad designed for use with 3 packages sizes—3.5, 3.0 and 1.75 oz.
Dimensions (in inches)
GE Profile™GE
21-3/4"
Door open
16-15/32
66" MIN.
Mounting
height
from floor
30" MIN.
width required
MAX.
Exhaust outlet
connects to
3-1/4" X 10" duct
12"
15-3/4
15-1/16
This information is not intended to be used for installing unit described. Before installing,
consult installation instructions packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.
200
See page 140 for warranty information.
BUILT-INMICROWAVE OVENS
This information is not intended to be used for installing unit described.
Before installing, consult installation instructions packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.
30" single oven installation 27" single oven installation
45-1/4"
to top
surface
of plywood
base
25-1/4
24
25-1/4 27
1-7/8"
MIN.
15-5/8"
MIN.
27-1/2"
MIN.
17-1/2
24-3/16
29-1/4
18-5/8
26-3/4
26-3/4
16-3/8"
excluding
handle
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
JEB1095SB JEB1095WB JEB1095BB JEB1055WB JEB1055BB
Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure) 800 800 800 800 800
Electronic Touch Controls ●●●●●
Electronic digital display w/clock ●●●●●
Beverage Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
Cook Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
Popcorn Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
Reheat Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
Convection Cook ●●●
Combination Cook ●●●
Combination Roast (Probe) ●●●
Express Cook ●●●●●
Instant On Controls ●●●●●
Time Cook I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II
Add 30 Seconds ●●●●●
Temp Cook/Hold (Probe) ●●●●●
Auto Roast (Probe) ●●
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost ●●●●●
Power levels 10 10 10 10 10
Delay/Start Reminder ●●●●●
Minute Pad ●●●●●
Program cooking 5 Stage 5 Stage 5 Stage 5 Stage 5 Stage
Kitchen timer 99-M./99-S. Digital 99-M./99-S. Digital 99-M./99-S. Digital 99-M./99-S. Digital 99-M./99-S. Digital
Variable Beeper Volume ●●●●●
Cooking Complete Reminder ●●●●●
Appearance
Color appearance* SS WW BB WW BB
Designer-style handle ●●●●●
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 84 84 84 75 75
WxHxD Cavity 18x8-3/16x11-1/2
(in inches) Exterior† 26-3/4x18-5/8x16-3/8
Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz) ●●●●●
Electrical input Watts 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
@ 120V Amperage 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0
Accessory
Deluxe cookbook ●●●●●
Wire oven rack ●●●●●
30" trim kit (included) ●●●●●
Warranty
Full One-Year In-Home Warranty** ●●●●●
Limited Nine-Year
Magnetron Warranty** (10 years total) ●● ● ●
*WB = White on white, BB = Black on black.
**See written warranty for details.
†Exterior dimensions: depth excludes handle.
Microwave/Convection Oven Microwave Oven
GE Profile Performance Series™GE Profile™
Cut-Out and Dimensional Information (in inches)
Note: Refer to page 203 for information on Accessory Trim Kits (Available at additional cost)
201
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
COUNTERTOP MICROWAVE OVENS
JE1860SB JE1640AB
JE1390WA JE1860WB JE1840WB JE1660WB JE1640WB JE1360WB JE1340WB JE1060WB JE1040WB JE740WY
JE1390GA JE1860GB JE1840GB JE1660GB JE1640GB JE1360GB JE1340GB JE1060GB JE1040GB JE740GY
Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.) 1.3 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.3 1.3 1.0 1.0 .7
Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure) 850 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 700
Electronic Touch Controls ● ●●●●●●●●●
Scrolling Display with Help Pad ●●●●
Demo Mode ●●●●
Electronic digital display w/clock ● ●●●●●●●●●
Display On/Off ●● ● ● ●
Beverage Pad Sensor Sensor ●Sensor ●Sensor ●Sensor ●●
Cook Pad Sensor ●●● ●●
Chicken/Fish Pad Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
Potato Pad Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
Vegetable Pad Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor
Popcorn Pad Sensor Sensor ●Sensor ●Sensor ●Sensor ●●
Reheat Pad Sensor Sensor ●Sensor ●Sensor ●Sensor ●●
Snacks Pad ●●●●●
Convection Cook ●
Combination Cook ●
Combination Roast ●
Express Cook ● ●●●●●● ●●●
Instant On Controls ● ●●●●●● ●●●
Time Cook I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II I & II
Add 30 Seconds ● ●●●●●●●●●
Temp Cook/Hold (probe) ●
Auto Defrost ● ●●●●●●●●●
Time Defrost ● ●●●●●●●●●
Power levels 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
SmartRack ●
Turntable ● ●●●●●● ●●●
Turntable On/Off ●
Kitchen timer 99-M./99-S. Timer On/Off 99-M./99-S. Timer On/Off 99-M./99-S. Timer On/Off 99-M./99-S. Timer On/Off 99-M./99-S. 99-M./99-S.
Delay Start/Reminder ● ●●●●●●●●●
Sound On/Off ● ●●●●●
Variable Beeper Control ●●●●
Cooking Complete Reminder ● ●●●●●●●●●
Child lock out ● ●●●●●● ●●●
Appearance SS AA
WW WW WW WW WW WW WW WW WW WW
Color appearance* BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB BB
Stainless Steel Almond
White White White White White White White White White White
Case color Greystone Greystone Greystone Greystone Greystone Greystone Greystone Greystone Greystone Greystone
Stainless Steel Almond
White White White White White White White White White White
Door color Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 64 48 48 50 50 42 42 43 39 33
14-1/2 x 10-1/8 12-1/16 x 7-11/16
Cavity x 14-1/2 x 12-1/16
WxHxD 22-1/4 x 14-7/8 19-1/4 x 10-13/16
(in inches) Exterior† x 19-7/8 x 13-9/16
Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz) ● ●●●●●●●●●
Electric Watts 1500 1550 1550 1500 1500 1550 1550 1500 1500 1150
input @ 120V Amperage 14.0 13.6 13.6 13.0 13.0 13.3 13.3 13.0 13.0 10.5
Accessories JX1830SB/ JX1830SB/ JX1530MAW/
JX1827SB JX1827SB JX1527MAW
JX1330WV/ JX1830WB/ JX1830WB/ JX1530MWW/ JX1530MWW/
1327WV JX1827WB JX1827WB 1527MWW 1527MWW
JX1330BV/ JX1830BB/ JX1830BB/ JX1530MBW/ JX1530MBW/
Optional built-in kit 1327BV JX1827BB JX1827BB 1527MBW 1527MBW
Optional hanging kit Pub.No.4-A019
Warranty
Full One-Year Warranty** In-Home In-Home In-Home In-Home In-Home Carry-In Carry-In Carry-In Carry-In Carry-In
Limited Nine-Year Magnetron
Warranty** (10 years total) ● ●●●●●●●●●
*SS = Stainless Steel, BB = Black on black, WW = White on white, AA = Almond on almond.
**See written warranty for details.
†Exterior dimensions: height includes feet.
Full-sizeExtra-large Family-size Mid-size Compact
Microwave/
Convection
GE Profile
Performance Series™GE Profile™GE GE Profile™GE GE Profile™GE GE Profile™GE
Note: Refer to page 203 for information on Accessory Trim Kits (Available at additional cost)
17-1/16 x 9-3/4 x 18-5/16 16-1/2 x 9-23/32 x 16-27/32
23-7/8 x 13-9/16 x 18-13/16 23-21/32 x 13-5/16 x 18-5/16
14-3/4 x 9-1/4 x 16
21-7/8 x 12-5/8 x 17-1/4
13-11/16 x 8-1/2 x 14-15/16
20-1/2 x 11-7/8 x 15-7/8
202
See page 140 for warranty information.
SPACEMAKER II™MICROWAVE OVENS
JEM31SA
JEM31WA JEM31GA JEM25WY JEM25GY
Capacity
Oven cavity (cu. ft.) .9 .9 .9 .9
Features
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure) 800 800 800 800
Electronic Touch Controls ●●●●
Scrolling Display with Help ●●
Electronic digital display w/clock ●●●●
Beverage Sensor Sensor ●●
Chicken/FIsh Chicken/Fish
Potato Potato
Cook Vegetable Sensor Vegetable Sensor ●●
Popcorn Sensor Sensor ●●
Reheat Sensor Sensor ●●
Snacks ●●
Express Cook ●●●●
Instant On Controls ●●●●
Time Cook I & II ●●● ●
Add 30 Seconds ●●●●
Auto Defrost/Time Defrost ●●● ●
Power levels 10 10 10 10
Kitchen timer Timer On/Off Timer On/Off 99-M./99-S. 99-M./99-S.
Beeper Volume ●●
Sound On/Off ●●
Cooking Complete Reminder ●●●●
Delay Start/Reminder ●●● ●
Child Lock Out ●●●●
Appearance SS
Color appearance* WW BB WW BB
Stainless Steel
Door color White Black White Black
Stainless Steel
Case color White Greystone White Greystone
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 41 41 41 41
WxHxD Cavity 16-1/2 x 7-7/16 x 11-1/4
(in inches) Exterior†† 23-25/32 x 11-3/16 x 12-9/32
Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz) ●●●●
Electrical input Watts 1300 1300 1300 1300
@ 120V Amperage 11.5 11.5 11.5 11.5
Accessories
Hanging kit
(Pub. No. 4-A019)** Optional Optional Optional Optional
JX827BN/ JX827BN/
Optional built-in kit JX827WN JX827SS JX827WN JX827SS
Warranty
Full One-Year Warranty† In-Home In-Home Carry-In Carry-In
Nine-Year Magnetron Warranty†
(10 years total) Limited Limited Limited Limited
*BB = Black on black, WW = White on white, SS = Stainless Steel
**Pub. No. 4-A019 is available at additional cost.
†See written warranty for details.
††Exterior dimensions: height includes feet.
Undercabinet Mounting Kit Pub. No. 4-A019 For Spacemaker II,™
Compact and Subcompact Microwave Oven Models
(Available at additional cost)
Undercabinet Installation
Install Spacemaker II™, Compact and Subcompact microwave ovens in just a few easy
steps with the mounting template, which provides all the necessary measurements.*
These microwave ovens can be installed on practically any wood or metal cabinets.
*Installation may vary depending on cabinets.
Not to be used over a thermal oven.
Accessory Trim Kits for .9 Microwave Ovens
(Available at additional cost)
For a custom built-in appearance, this kit allows built-in installation of the Spacemaker II™
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone, and is U.L.-approved for installation over a
GE single electric wall oven. This kit should not be installed over a gas wall oven.
JX827BN—JEM31GA/JEM25GY, JX827WN—JEM31WA/JEM25WY
JX827SS—JEM31SA/JEM31GA/JEM25GY
Note: 120V, 60-cycle, grounded power receptacle location optional on back within
cabinet opening.
26-1/8
15-1/16" MAX.
14-15/16" MIN.
24-15/16" MAX.
24-13/16" MIN.
16" for flush
receptacle
18" for
in-cabinet
receptacle
Bottom duct
Side cover
16-1/4
This information is not intended to be used for installing unit described. Before installing,
consult installation instructions packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.
Cut-Out Dimensions (in inches)
COUNTERTOP/COMPACT/SUBCOMPACT
MICROWAVE OVENS
GE Profile™GE
GE
JE835WW
JE710BA JE635WW JE520BW JE510BW
Capacity .8
Oven cavity (cu. ft.) .7 .6 .5 .5
Features 800
Watts (IEC-705 Test Procedure) 600 600 600 600
Electronic Touch Controls ●
Electronic digital display
w/clock (LED) ●●
Mechanical Dial ●●
Beverage Pad ●
Popcorn Pad ●
Frozen Pizza Pad ●
Dinner Plate Pad ●
Baked Potato Pad ●
Vegetables Pad ●
●
Soup Pad –
Instant On Controls ●
Time Cook 15 Min. ●15 Min.
Auto Defrost ●
Time Defrost ●
Power levels 1 10 10 1
Turntable ●●●●
Quick Set ●
Auto Start ●
Child Lock Out ●
Appearance
Door color Black White Black Black
Case color Black White Black Black
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 29 33 29 29
12-5/8 x 8-1/2
x 13-3/16
11-7/8 x 7-5/8 11-3/8 x 7-7/8
Cavity x 12-1/2 x 11-5/8 11-3/32 x 6-11/16 x 11-7/32
19-1/2 x 11-3/8
x 15-1/8
WxHxD 18-5/16 x 10-13/16
(in inches) Exterior† 19 x 11 x 12-7/8 13-7/8 18-5/32 x 9-19/32 x 12-11/16
Power/Ratings
2450 Frequency (MHz) ●●●●
Electrical input Watts 910 1200/920 950 950
@ 120V Amperage 8.5 10.5/8.0 8.5 8.5
Accessory
Hanging kit
(Pub. No. 4-A019)* Optional Optional Optional
Warranty
Full One-Year warranty** Carry-In Carry-In Carry-In Carry-In
Four-year Magnetron warranty**
(Five years total) ●●●●
*Pub. No. 4-A019 is available at additional cost.
**See written warranty for details.
†Exterior dimensions: height includes feet.
203
See page 140 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
This information is not intended to be used for installing unit described. Before installing,
consult installation instructions packed with product/kit for current dimensional data.
24" ± 1/16"
23" MIN.
receptacle
in cabinet
21" MIN.
receptacle
outside
cabinet
21-1/8
A
Top
Duct
Trim
Strips
Bracket
18-3/4" ± 1/16"
30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
JX1330BV—Black
JX1330WV—White
27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
JX1327BV—Black
JX1327WV—White
Optional Accessory Trim Kits for 1.3 GE Profile Performance™
Microwave Ovens (Available at additional cost)
For a custom built-in appearance, these kits allow built-in installation of the 1.3 countertop
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone and are U.L.-approved for installation over a
GE single electric wall oven. These kits should not be installed over a gas wall oven.
Note: 120V, 60-cycle, grounded power receptacle location optional on back within
cabinet opening.
30" Deluxe
Model “A” Accessory Trim Kit
JE1390GA 29-3/4" JX1330BV
JE1390WA 29-3/4" JX1330WV
27" Deluxe
Model “A” Accessory Trim Kit
JE1390GA 26-3/4" JX1327BV
JE1390WA 26-3/4" JX1327WV
Cut-Out Dimensions
(in inches)
Cut-Out Dimensions
(in inches)
30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
JX1530MBW—30" Black
JX1530MWW—30" White
JX1530MAW—30" Almond
27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
JX1527MBW—27" Black
JX1527MWW—27" White
JX1527MAW—27" Almond
24-1/8 ± 1/8
17-9/16 ± 1/16
21" MIN.
receptacle
in cabinet
19" MIN.
receptacle
outside
cabinet
19-3/4
A
Top
Duct
Bracket
Trim
Strips
Optional Accessory Trim Kits for 1.6 GE Profile™and GE
Microwave Ovens (Available at additional cost)
For a custom built-in appearance, these kits allow built-in installation of the 1.6 countertop
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone and are U.L.-approved for installation over a
GE single electric wall oven. These kits should not be installed over a gas wall oven.
30" Deluxe
Model “A” Accessory Trim Kit
JE1660WB 29-3/4" JX1530MWW
JE1660GB 29-3/4" JX1530MBW
JE1640WB 29-3/4" JX1530MWW
JE1640GB 29-3/4" JX1530MBW
JE1640AB 29-3/4" JX1530MAW
27" Deluxe
Model “A” Accessory Trim Kit
JE1660WB 26-3/4" JX1527MWW
JE1660GB 26-3/4" JX1527MBW
JE1640WB 26-3/4" JX1527MWW
JE1640GB 26-3/4" JX1527MBW
JE1640AB 26-3/4" JX1527MAW
30" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
JX1830SB—30" Stainless Steel
JX1830GB—30" Black
JX1830WB—30" White
27" Deluxe Accessory Trim Kits
JX1827SB—27" Stainless Steel
JX1827GB—27" Black
JX1827WB—27" White
Optional Accessory Trim Kits for 1.8 GE Profile™and GE
Microwave Ovens (Available at additional cost)
For a custom built-in appearance, these kits allow built-in installation of the 1.8 countertop
microwave oven into a wall or cabinet alone and are U.L.-approved for installation over a
GE single electric wall oven. These kits should not be installed over a gas wall oven.
30" Deluxe
Model “A” Accessory Trim Kit
JE1860SB 29-3/4" JX1830SB
JE1860GB 29-3/4" JX1830GB
JE1860WB 29-3/4" JX1830WB
JE1840WB 29-3/4" JX1830WB
JE1840GB 29-3/4" JX1830GB
27" Deluxe
Model “A” Accessory Trim Kit
JE1860SB 29-3/4" JX1827SB
JE1860GB 29-3/4" JX1827GB
JE1860WB 29-3/4" JX1827WB
JE1840WB 29-3/4" JX1827WB
JE1840GB 29-3/4" JX1827GB
ACCESSORY TRIM KITS
BUILT-INDISHWASHERS
204
See page 140 for warranty information.
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
GE Profile Performance Series™GE Profile™
Electrical Rating
Voltage AC.............................................120
Hertz.........................................................60
Total connected load amperage.............8.6
Calrod®heater watts..............................500
For use on adequately wired 120-volt,
15-amp circuit having 2-wire service with
a separate ground wire. This appliance
must be grounded for safe operation.
Built-In Dishwasher Dimensions (in inches)
24
24-3/4*
21-1/2*
3-1/4 4 (Adjustable)
34" MIN.
adj. to 35*
*Add 1/4" for
rear insulation
24-3/4
23-3/8*
Built-In Dishwasher Installation Information
(in inches)
This wall area
must be free of
pipes or wires
Countertop
4
6
Hot
water
line on
left
44
2Plumbing and electrical
service must enter
inside shaded area
24" From wall
24" MIN.
90°
19" MIN. from wall
24"
MIN.
6
34-1/2±1/4"
Underside
of countertop
to floor
55
90°
Electrical
wiring on
right
Electrical
wiring is
3" from
cabinet
Note: Dishwasher must not be installed more than 10 feet
from sink for proper drainage. All plumbing and electrical
work must be in accordance with local codes.
Note: If a flush look is needed, a 25" base cabinet needs
to be used.
Wood Insert Cut-Out Dimensions
D – Panel
Models/Kit A B C Thickness
GE Profile
Performance™and
GE Profile™
models/GPF425 19-3/4" 23-9/16" 3-11/16" 1/4"
GE Profile
Performance™and
GE Profile™4-1/4" to
models/GPF475 19-7/8" 23-5/8"* 3-11/16"** 3/4"
*Bottom of panel must be notched 1-1/2" x 1/2" to clear access panel.
(See illustration above)
**Adjustment required to match adjacent cabinet fronts due to
leveling adjustment, 4" nominal.
GSD4930ZWW GSD4630ZWW GSD4330ZWW GSD4030ZWW
GSD4920ZBB GSD4620ZBB GSD4320ZBB GSD4020ZBB
GSD4940CSS GSD4910ZAA GSD4610ZAA GSD4310ZAA GSD4010ZAA
Features
Wash System
SureClean™ Wash System ●●● ●●
CleanSensor II ●●●
CircuClean Pump ●●●
Wash levels 3 3 3 3 3
Filtration system Triple Triple Triple Dual Dual
Piranha™ Hard Food Disposer ●●● ●●
Cycles Variable Variable Variable 5 4
POTSCRUBBER ●●
Pots and Pans ●●●
Normal Wash ●●● ●●
Light Wash ●●
China/Crystal ●●● ●
Glasses ●●●
Rinse Only/Hold ●●● ●●
Options Variable Variable Variable 34 26
Child Lock Option ●●● ●●
Delay Start 2-4-8-Hour 2-4-8-Hour 2-4-8-Hour 2-4-8-Hour 2-4-6-Hour
Heated Dry On/Off ●●● ●●
Hi-Temp Wash Automatic Automatic Automatic ●●
Hi-Temp Rinse ●●● ●●
Power pre-soak ●●
Racks, shelf & basket
Upper Rack Super Nylon Super Nylon Super Super Super
Super12 w/4 Rows Super12 w/4 Rows Super12 w/2 Rows
Lower Rack of Fold-Down Tines of Fold-Down Tines of Fold-Down Tines Super12 Deluxe
SmartShelf with Stemsafe with Stemsafe ●●●
Silverware Basket SmartBasket SmartBasket SmartBasket SmartBasket Super
SmartBasket Plus ●●● ●
Control type Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic
Cycle progress indicators 5 LEDs 5 LEDs 5 LEDs 1 “Clean” 1 “Clean”
Touchpads 11 11 10 11 10
Rinse Aid dispenser with Indicator with Indicator with Indicator with Indicator with Indicator
Center throw door latch ●●● ●●
Economical & Quiet
Quiet
Sound insulation package Profile Performance™ Profile Performance™ Profile Performance™ QuietPower™ III QuietPower™ II
PermaTuf™ tub and door liner ●●● ●●
GE Profile™ QuietMotor ●●● ●●
ActiveVent ●●● ●
Quiet Water Valve ●●●
Tub collar trim ●●● ●●
Appearance
Colors available* Stainless Steel WW, BB, AA WW, BB, AA WW, BB, AA WW, BB, AA
Color panels—Door & Access Trimless Trimless Trimless Trimless Trimless
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 100 100 100 100 100
Height w/legs retracted (in.) 34 34 34 34 34
Overall width (in.) 24 24 24 24 24
Overall depth (in.) 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4 24-3/4
Accessories
Requires kit for 1/4" panel
capability with trim N/A GPF425A/B/W GPF425A/B/W GPF425A/B/W GPF425A/B/W
Requires kit for trimless
3/4" panel capability N/A GPF475 GPF475 GPF475 GPF475
All GE Profile Performance™and GE Profile™Dishwashers are equipped with the following: 120°F inlet water capability, Easy-Glide roller system, convection drying,
horizontal mechanism, leveling screws.
*Colors available: SS = Stainless Steel, WW = White on white , BB = Black on black, AA = Almond on almond.
C
B
Access insert
Detail D
Panel Thickness
Door insert
Front
of
Panel
A
1-1/2 1/2
1/4
3/4
Detail D
Side View GPF475 only:
205
See page 141 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
BUILT-INDISHWASHERS
Dishwasher Rough-In Information
Note: Dishwasher must not be installed more than 10 feet from sink
for proper drainage. All plumbing and electrical work must be in
accordance with local codes.
Built-In Dishwasher Dimensions (in inches) Installation Information (in inches)
This wall area
must be free of
pipes or wires
Countertop
4
6
Hot
water
line on
left
44
2Plumbing and electrical
service must enter
inside shaded area
24" From wall
24" MIN.
90°
19" MIN. from wall
24"
MIN.
6
34-1/2±1/4"
Underside
of countertop
to floor
55
90°
Electrical
wiring on
right
Electrical
wiring is
3" from
cabinet
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
Electrical Rating
Voltage AC .............................................................120
Hertz.........................................................................60
Total connected load amperage.............................8.6
Calrod®heater watts..............................................500
For use on adequately wired 120-volt, 15-amp circuit
having 2-wire service with a separate ground wire.
This appliance must be grounded for safe operation.
24
25-1/8*
21-1/2*
3-1/4 4 (Adjustable)
34" MIN.
adj. to 35"
*Add 1/4" for
*rear insulation
23-3/8*
24-3/4
D – Panel
Models/Kit A B C Thickness
GE Models
GPF325 Kit 18-7/8" 23-9/16" 3-11/16" 1/4"
4-1/4" to
GPF375 Kit 18-15/16" 23-5/8"* 3-3/4"** 3/4"
*Bottom of panel must be notched 1-1/2" x 1/2" to clear
access panel. (See illustration above)
**Adjustment required to match adjacent cabinet fronts due
to leveling adjustment, 4" nominal.
Wood Insert Cut-Out Dimensions
GE
GSD3830ZWW GSD3630ZWW GSD3230ZWW GSD2230ZWW GSD2030ZWW
GSD3820ZBB GSD3620ZBB GSD3220ZBB GSD2220ZBB GSD2020ZBB
GSD3810ZAA GSD3610ZAA GSD3210ZAA GSD2200ZAD/WH GSD2000ZAD/WH
Features
Wash System
SureClean™ Wash System ●●● ●●
Wash levels 3 3 3 2 2
Filtration System Dual
Cycles 7 6 5 5 4
POTSCRUBBER ●●●●
Heavy Wash Dial
Normal Wash ●●●●Dial
Water Saver ●●●
Light Wash ●
Short Wash Dial Dial Dial Dial Dial
Plate Warmer Dial Dial Dial Dial
Rinse Only/Hold Dial Dial Dial Dial Dial
Options 23 18 14 8 7
Delay Start 6-Hour On Dial
Heated Dry On/Off ●●●●Rocker
Energy Saver On/Off ●●
Hi-Temp Wash ●●●
Racks, shelf & basket
Upper Rack Super Deluxe Deluxe Standard Standard
Lower Rack Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe
Silverware basket Super Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe Deluxe
Control type Turn-To-Start Turn-to-Start Turn-To-Start Turn-To-Start Turn-To-Start
Cycle progress indicator(s) Dial & “Cycle On” Dial Dial Dial Dial
Touchpads 7 6
Pushbuttons 6 4
Rinse Aid dispenser with Indicator with Indicator ●●●
Economical/Quiet
Quiet
Sound Insulation Package Deluxe Deluxe Standard Standard Standard
PermaTuf™ tub and door liner ●●● ●●
GE Motor ●●●●●
Appearance
Colors available* WW, BB, AA WW, BB, AA WW, BB, AA WW, BB, WH, AD WW, BB, WH, AD
Color Panels—Door & Access Trimless Trimless Trimless Trimless Trimless
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 100 100 100 100 100
Height w/legs retracted (in.) 34 34 34 34 34
Overall width (in.) 24 24 24 24 24
Overall depth (in.) 25-1/8 25-1/8 25-1/8 25-1/8 25-1/8
Accessories
Requires kit for 1/4"
panel capability with trim GPF325W/B/A GPF325W/B/A GPF325W/B/A GPF325W/B/A GPF325W/B/A
Requires kit for trimless
3/4" panel capability GPF375 GPF375 GPF375 GPF375 GPF375
All GE Dishwashers are equipped with the following: 120°F inlet water capability, Easy-Glide roller system, convection drying, horizontal mechanism,
leveling screws.
*Colors available: WW = White on white, BB = Back on black, AA = Almond on almond, WH = White body w/black control panel,
AD = Almond body w/black control panel
C
B
Access insert
Detail D
Panel Thickness
Door insert
Front
of
Panel
A
1-1/2 1/2
1/4
3/4
Detail D
Side View GPF375 only:
DISHWASHER ACCESSORIES
Dishwasher Panel Kits and Accessories:
GE models: GSD3800, 3600, 3200, 2200 and 2000 Series.
GPF300A/B/W—panel kit
GPF500A/B/W—trimless door panel
GE Profile™models: GSD4300 and 4000 Series.
GE Profile Performance™models: GSD4900 and
4600 Series.
GPF400A/B/W/S—panel kit
GPF600A/B/W—trimless door panel
GE Profile Performance,™GE Profile,™and GE
(all above listed models):
GPF700A/B/W—trimless access panel
Note: A = Almond, B = Black, W = White,
S = Stainless Steel
Side Panel for All GE Models:
Contains one panel and adjustable toe-kick for end
cabinet installation of built-in model.
Does not attach to dishwasher.
Specify color: GPS5AD—Almond GPS5WH—White
Optional Dishwasher Accessories:
GPF53—Brackets for under non-wood countertop
installation
GPF95—Stainless sink for Spacemaker®dishwasher–
single bowl 21-1/4" x 25" Drain hole on right;
elbow and strainer included
GPF96—Stainless sink for Spacemaker®dishwasher–
single bowl 21-1/4" x 25" Drain hole on left;
elbow and strainer included
GPF97—Stainless sink for Spacemaker®dishwasher–
double bowl 21-1/4" x 33" Elbow and strainer included
GPF100—Heavy spring kit for custom door panel
weighing more than 4 lbs.
GPF200—Almond/Black/White side tub flange gasket kit
Wood Panel Capability:
GPF325A/B/W—GE 1/4" panel trim kit (door and access)
GPF375—GE 3/4" trimless panel trim kit (door and access)
GPF475—GE Profile Performance™ and GE Profile™
3/4" trimless panel kit (door and access
[GPF100—heavy-duty spring kit included])
GPF425A/B/W—GE Profile Performance™ and GE Profile™
1/4" panel trim kit (door and access)
206
See page 141 for warranty information.
GE CONVERTIBLE/PORTABLE DISHWASHERS
Important Note: GE kit number WD35M34 needed when adapting GE
convertible dishwasher to a built-in installation. Contains built-in dishwasher
water valve, hardware and complete instructions for changing a GE convertible
dishwasher for under-the-counter installation.
Dimensions (in inches)
GSC3230ZWW, GSC3200ZBL, GSC3430ZWW and GSC3400ZBL
24
25-1/8*
21-1/2*
3-1/4 4 (Adjustable)
34" MIN.
adj. to 35"
*Add 1/4" for
*rear insulation
23-3/8*
24-3/4
Portable
Built-In
24-3/4
27
24-3/4
36-1/8*
*Includes top
dhl
*Includes top
and wheels
GE
GSC3430ZWW GSC3230ZWW
GSC3400ZBL GSC3200ZBL
Features
Wash System
SureClean™ Wash System ●●
Wash levels 3 3
Filtration System Dual
Piranha™ Hard Food Disposer ●
Cycles 6 5
POTSCRUBBER ●●
Normal Wash ●●
Light Wash ●
Short Wash Dial Dial
Plate Warmer Dial Dial
Rinse Only/Hold Dial Dial
Options 19 14
Delay Start 1-6-Hour
Heated Dry On/Off ●●
Hi-Temp Wash ●●
Racks (upper/lower) Deluxe Deluxe
Silverware basket Super Deluxe
Cycle progress indicator 1 “Cycle On” Dial
Pushbuttons 7 6
Rinse Aid dispenser with Indicator ●
Economical/Quiet
Quiet
Sound insulation package QuietPower™ I Standard
PermaTuf™ tub and door liner ●●
GE QuietMotor ●
GE Motor ●
Sealed toekick ●
Appearance
Colors available* WW, BL WW, BL
Color panels—Door & Access Trimless Trimless
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping wt (lbs.) 147 147
Overall height w/legs extended (in.) 36-1/8* 36-1/8*
Overall width (in.) 24-3/4 24-3/4
Overall depth (in.) 27 27
*Colors available: WW = White on white BL = Black control panel and front panels w/almond side panels.
GE SPACEMAKER®BUILT-IN18" DISHWASHER
GE
GSS1800Z
Features
Wash System
Wash levels 2
Cycles 4
Pots & Pans Dial
Normal Wash Dial
Light Wash Dial
Rinse Only/Hold Dial
Options 6
Heated Dry On/Off Rocker
Racks (upper/lower) Standard
Silverware basket Standard
Control type Turn-To-Start
Cycle progress indicator Dial
Rinse Aid dispenser ●
120°F @ inlet water capability ●
Leveling screws ●
Economical/Quiet
Tub Insulation Standard
Appearance
Colors available Black/Almond/White
Color panels 2 Reversible:
Door & Access Black/Harvest; Almond/White
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 70
Height w/legs retracted (in.) 34-1/8
Overall width (in.) 17-13/16
Overall depth (in.) 23-3/4
Note: For trim kit to install wood panel up to 3/16" thick on GSS1800Z model only,
order Pub. No. 5-A007.
Dimensions (in inches) Figure 1
Figure 2
1-1/2"
90°
34-1/4" Min.
24"
Bottom
of tub
to floor
7"
Hot Water
Line
Electrical
Wiring
18" Min.
1-1/2"
From back of
rear frame
to wall
3"
90°
Electrical, drain and
water supply line
entrances must
be confined to
shaded areas to
avoid interference
with components
17-13/16
34-1/8
23-3/4*
24
*(rear of tub to front face of access panel)
Dishwasher Rough-In Information
Note: Dishwasher must not be installed more than 10 feet from sink for proper drainage.
All plumbing and electrical work must be in accordance with local codes.
Most of the installation work should be done before the dishwasher is moved into place.
First, select a location as close to the sink as possible for ready access to water and
drain lines. For proper operation and appearance of the dishwasher, the cabinet opening
should be square and have dimensions as shown in Figure 1. If the dishwasher is to be
installed in a corner, there must be sufficient clearance to open the door as shown in
Figure 2. A minimum clearance of 2" is recommended.
Rough-in the water, electrical, and drain lines before proceeding with the installation.
The lines should run straight to their connections on the dishwasher.
Note: Make sure that the lines do not cross in front of the dishwasher motor or its legs.
Dishwasher Countertop
2" Minimum
Dishwasher
Door
207
See page 141 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
GE SPACEMAKER®UNDERSINK DISHWASHER
Either single- or double-bowl sink may be used, centered or offset, as shown in the front illustration above. The 20-1/2" max.
dimension from wall to front of sink bowl must be accurate if dishwasher is to fit properly under sink. Water lines to sink faucet and
drain from sink can be run through area “A.” HOT WATER line to dishwasher is installed in area “B.” Garbage disposer, water lines
to faucet, trap, waste air gap and water cut-off valve are installed in 12" wide cabinet shown in area “C.” Sink opening for garbage
disposer must be dimensioned as shown in front view, area “C” above (7-1/2"). This will provide clearance for disposer and plumbing
in cabinet “C” when using double bowl sink. If the sink bowl is more than 20-1/2" max. specified distance from the wall, or if the base
cabinet is less than the 24" min. depth from the wall, a gap between the tub front flange and the front of the base cabinet may result.
Cabinet Rough-InPlumbing/Electrical Rough-In
Plumbing: Hot Water Only: Use 3/8" O.D. copper
tubing or 1/2" O.D. plastic tubing min. inlet line.
Water valve has 3/8" internal threads. Hand cut-off valve
is recommended.
Electrical: Fuse circuit with 15 amp or 20 amp standard
fuse or circuit breaker. Total amp load is 8.6.
Dishwasher operates on 120V, 60 Hz power. Two-wire
cable (14 Ga. Min.) with ground must be installed.
Note: All rough-in, both plumbing and electrical, must
be completed before the dishwasher is installed. All
plumbing and electrical work must be in accordance
with local codes.
Specifications: Inlet Water Temperature Recommended:
Minimum 120°F. at dishwasher. Inlet Water Pressure
Required: 15 to 120 lbs./sq. in.
Wood Insert Cut-Out Dimensions (in inches)
Inserts must not exceed 1/4" thickness within
5/16" of edge around full circumference.
Order GPF325 kit.
Cabinet Cut-Out for Sink
Cabinet cut-outs for offset single and double
bowl sinks. Dishwasher not provided with
complete enclosure. Enclosures for sides,
top, bottom, and back must be provided by
installer at time of installation.
Stainless Steel Sinks
Single and Double Compartment Models
(Dimensions in Inches)
Cutout In
Countertop
1-1/2" Radius
Model Number Corners
LW
GPF95 (Single Bowl, R)* 24-3/8 20-5/8 3 or 4** 10
GPF96 (Single Bowl, L)* 24-3/8 20-5/8 3 or 4** 10
GPF97 (Double Bowl) 32-3/8 20-5/8 3 or 4** 12-1/2
Note: Drain opening size is 3-1/2".
Above models are fully sound deadened.
*Suffix “L” or “R” means drain outlet is located in upper left or
right corner of sink compartment.
**All have four holes, but one hole has a removable plug.
No. Of
1-1/2"
Dia.
Faucet
Holes
Ship.
Wt.
Lbs.
A close-fitting elbow or special shallow sink strainer is necessary to provide clearance
between sink drain and dishwasher. Dishwasher furnished with 1/2" I.D. drain hose, 78"
long. If using copper tubing, 2" length of 1/2" I.D. rubber hose must be provided to connect
copper tubing to pump outlet. Disposer should have 7/8" I.D. dishwasher drain connector.
Rough-In for Installation with Disposer Rear View Plumbing Arrangement
12
3-1/4
12-1/2
5
5
Sink
installation
cutout
8" x 20" Adjacent
cabinet rear cutout
Cabinet side
adjacent to D/W
FRONT VIEW 11-3/4
Access insert
Door insert
3-11/16
23-9/16
18-7/8
2" From
cabinet
6
4
2" From
floor
19" From
wall Cable 24"
from wall
3
White (neutral)
Black (line)
Ground
Plumbing and
wiring must enter
within this area
from either side,
rear or bottom
FRONT VIEW
Hot
Cold
Countertop 1-1/2" MIN. thick
FRONT VIEW
7-1/2
C
6" MAX.
24 12"
MIN.
Floor
Toe
kick
area
B
10-1/4" MAX. A
Front of cabinet
Flange
4" MAX.
11-3/4"
MAX. Plumbing
1-1/4"
MIN. I.R.
34-1/4
± 1/4
3/4" MIN.
Wall
Floor
6" MAX.
C
L
11" MIN
Drain
20-1/2" MAX.
Sink bowl 1" MAX. to
sink flange
10-1/4" MAX.
Plumbing depth
SIDE VIEW
Dishwasher
A
B
24"
min. cabinet
6
4
10"
from
cabinet Allow a 5" radius
to prevent kinking
1-1/2" MAX.
dia. hole
Directional flow tee
12" From wall
Waste tee
or disposer
Remove hopper plug
before connecting
dishwasher drain
FRONT VIEW
Drain
connection
To
air
gap
Cold water
Hot water
Valve to shut off
water to dishwasher
Hot water supply
to dishwasher
1-1/2"
Directional
flow tee
Dishwasher
drain hose
Electrical
junction box
(on dishwasher)
Dishwasher
water inlet
valve
6" Double-bowl
stainless steel sink Sink
strainer
assembly Countertop
25" deep
1-1/2" thick
1-1/2" Close
elbow
GFC290/300/700
Disposall®
unit
Spacemaker®
dishwasher
Inside
Overall Each
Model Number Size Compartment
LWLWD
GPF95 (Single Bowl, R)* 25 21-1/4 21 15-3/4 5-3/8
GPF96 (Single Bowl, L)* 25 21-1/4 21 15-3/4 5-3/8
GPF97 (Double Bowl) 33 21-1/4 14 15-3/4 5-3/8
GE
GSM2100ZAD/WH
Features
Wash System
Wash levels 2
Cycles 5
POTSCRUBBER ●
Normal Wash ●
Short Wash Dial
Plate Warmer Dial
Rinse Only/Hold Dial
Options 8
Heated Dry On/Off ●
Racks, shelf & basket
Upper Rack Spacemaker™
Lower Rack Deluxe
Silverware basket Deluxe
Control type Turn-To-Start
Cycle progress indicator Dial
Pushbuttons 4
Rinse Aid dispenser ●
Economical/Quiet
PermaTuf™ tub and door liner ●
GE Motor ●
Appearance
Colors available* AD, WH
Door Trimless
Color Panels Access Trimless
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 100
Height w/legs retracted (in.) 34
Overall width (in.) 24
Overall depth (in.) 24
*Colors available: AD = Black control panel with almond front panels.
WH = Black control panel with white front panels.
Note: Undersink dishwashers can be installed only under sinks and not under other appliances.
208
See page 141 for warranty information.
COMPACTORS
Disposer
Accessories:
GPF75 Clamp nut kit
Compactor Accessories:
GPF80 White/Black Panel
for GCG1530
GPF81 Black/Almond Panel
for GCG1520
GCG1530ZWW,
GCG1520ZBB,GCG950T
Convertible Compactors
A
C
B
GE
GCG1530ZWW
GCG1520ZBB GCG950T
Features 27 seconds max., 70 seconds max.,
Cycle time 14 seconds min. 12 seconds min.
Motor horsepower 1/3 1/3
75% reduction 75% reduction
Compression ratio (average) of volume of volume
Ram force (lb.) (max.) 2,300 5,000
Lock/start control w/removable key ●●
Bag storage ●
Appearance
Color appearance WW, BB BB
Door panels included White/Black; Black/White Black/Almond
Heavy-gauge steel construction ●●
1/4" panel capability ●●
Weights & Dimensions
Total appliance weight (lbs.) 146 134
Overall height (in.) 34-1/4 34-1/2
Overall width (in.) 15 12
Overall depth (in.) 24-1/4 20-1/4
Clearance for drop-down drawer side 6" or more on right side
23" or more in
Drawer extension for removal front of appliance 22" or more
Custom panel size H x W (in.) 22-15/16 x 14-5/8 20-7/8 x 11-11/16
Accessories
Compactor bags WC60X5017 WC60X5015
Optional toe pedal opener kit GSA85
DISPOSALL®FOOD WASTE DISPOSERS
A
C
B
D
E
Continuous Feed Models Batch Feed Model
GFC1000Y GFC800Y GFC705Y GFC700Y GFC305Y GFC300Y GFC295Y GFC290Y GFB1050V
Features
Motor horsepower 3/4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/3 1/3 3/4
Control method Wall Switch Wall Switch Wall Switch Wall Switch Wall Switch Wall Switch Wall Switch Wall Switch Stopper
Feed type Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Batch
Power connection Direct Wire Direct Wire Line Cord Direct Wire Line Cord Direct Wire Line Cord Direct Wire Direct Wire
Power Boost ●
Impellers
Dual swivel ●●●●●●●● ●
Jam resistant ●●●●●●●● ●
Stainless steel ●●●●●●●● ●
Stainless steel sink flange ●●●●●●●● ●
Mounting type Fast Mount Fast Mount Fast Mount Fast Mount Fast Mount Fast Mount Fast Mount Fast Mount Twist Top
Precutter ●●●●●●●● ●
Splash guard Removable Removable Removable Removable Removable Removable Removable Removable Non-Removable
Sink stopper ●●●●●●●● ●
Dishwasher drain connector ●●●●●●●● ●
Manual reset overload protector ●●●●●●●● ●
Permanently lubricated bearing ●●●●●●●● ●
Plastic drain elbow ●●●●●●●● ●
Turntable Stainless Steel Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Stainless Steel
Polyester drain housing ●●●●●●●● ●
Grinding speed (RPM’s) 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 2700
Hopper Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Nylon
Hopper liner and grinding ring Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Stainless Steel
Economical/Quiet
Sound insulation wrapper Super Deluxe Deluxe Standard Standard Super Deluxe
Weights & Dimensions
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 12.5 10.0 9.8 9.8 8.4 8.4 8.4 8.4 14.0
Net weight (lbs.) 11 8.8 8.6 8.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.6 12.5
(A) 14-5/8 14-5/8 14-5/8 14-5/8 14-5/8 14-5/8 14-5/8 14-5/8 16-9/16
(B) 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 6-1/4 5-1/2
(C) 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 6-1/2
(D) 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 8-1/4 9-5/16
(E) 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-1/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 6-3/8 8-5/8
Dishwasher inlet diameter (in.) 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1
Drain outlet diameter (in.) 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Accessories
White sink flange & stopper GPF71 GPF71 GPF71 GPF71 GPF71 GPF71 GPF71 GPF71 GPF71
Almond sink flange & stopper GPF72 GPF72 GPF72 GPF72 GPF72 GPF72 GPF72 GPF72 GPF72
Disposers
GE
209
See page 141 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS
*Distance from front of
case to side louvers
(excluding grille).
Deluxe and Value Model
Wall Case Dimensions
Deluxe 230 Volt Deluxe 115 Volt
B
A
D*
C
Wall Outlets
All wiring, including installation
of receptacle, must be made in
accordance with local electrical codes
and regulations. Electrical outlet
should be in reach of line cord.
Note: Aluminum wiring may pose
special problems—consult a
qualified electrician.
Note: When installing units in through-the-wall applications,
keep louvers free. Do not restrict air flow areas. Carry-Cool
units are not designed for through-the-wall applications.
Note: Some models may not be available in your area
due to local legislation. Contact your local dealer.
Parallel
115V.
15 Amp.
Tandem
230/208V.
15 Amp.
Perpendicular
230/208V.
20 Amp.
Large Tandem
230/208V.
30 Amp.
GE
GE
Value 230 Volt Value 115 Volt Slide-Aire
AGV18DB AGV12DA AGV12AA AGV10AA ASV08AC AQV06LA AQV05LA AVX10AC AVX07FB
Features
BTUH 17,800/17,400 12,000/11,500 12,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 5,000 10,000 7,000
Voltage 230/208 230/208 115 115 115 115 115 115 115
E.E.R. (BTUH/Watt) 8.8/8.8 9.0/9.0 9.0 9.2 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 8.5
Amps 9.0/9.8 5.8/6.2 12.0 10.0 7.9 6.1 5.1 11.0 7.5
Watts 2,020/1,975 1,300/1,250 1,330 1,085 890 665 555 1,110 820
Plug type Tandem Tandem Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel
Dehumidification (pints/hr.) 5.1 3.5 3.3 3.0 2.5 1.5 1.3 3.1 2.5
Circulaire ●●
Fan speeds (Cool/Fan Only) 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/1 3/1 3/1 3/2 3/2
CFM (High Shown) 425 285 285 265 220 190 190 260 210
Vent/exhaust Exhaust Exhaust Exhaust Exhaust Exhaust No No Exhaust Exhaust
Thermostat 8-Position 8-Position 8-Position 8-Position 8-Position 8-Position 8-Position 10-Position 10-Position
Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/
Filter type Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Foam Foam
Chassis Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Window mounting EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount V-Std. Mount V-Std. Mount
Window opening height (min. in inches) 18 16 16 16 14-3/4 14-27/32 14-27/32 21 - 40-1/2 21 - 40-1/2
Window opening width (min. in inches) 29 27 27 27 25-1/2 23-5/8 23-5/8 15-1/2 15-1/2
Window opening width (max. in inches) 41 39 39 39 37 35-7/16 35-7/16 — —
Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr.
Warranty* Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr.
Case Dimensions
Height (in inches) A 16-7/8 15 15 15 13-3/8 14-9/16 14-9/16 20-1/2 20-1/2
Width (in inches) B 26 23-5/8 23-5/8 23-5/8 20-1/2 19-11/16 19-11/16 14-1/2 14-1/2
Depth (in inches) C 24-7/8 20-9/32 20-9/32 20-9/32 18-7/8 16-17/32 16-17/32 22-9/16 22-9/16
Depth to louvers (in inches) D 10-5/16 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 6 6
Net weight (lbs.) 121 95 95 90 73 44 44 102 84
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 134 101 101 96 79 52 52 106 88
*See written warranty for details.
AVM24DD AVM22DB AVM18DC AVM15DC AMD12DB AVM14AB AMH12AC AMH10AA AGH08FA AMH06LA
Features
BTUH 23,500/23,000 22,000/21,300 18,000/17,500 15,000/14,500 12,000/11,800 14,000 11,500 10,000 7,800 5,800
Voltage 230/208 230/208 230/208 230/208 230/208 115 115 115 115 115
E.E.R. (BTUH/Watt) 8.7/8.7 8.2/8.2 9.5/9.5 9.0/9.0 9.1/9.1 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Amps 13.5/14.4 12.5/13.5 7.9/8.5 7.5/8.1 5.9/6.4 12.0 10.1 8.9 7.0 5.2
Watts 2,700/2,640 2,680/2,600 1,890/1,840 1,670/1,610 1,315/1,295 1,400 1,150 1,000 780 580
Plug type Perpendicular Perpendicular Tandem Tandem Tandem Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel
Energy Saver Feature (speeds) 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2
Electronic Control ●
12-hour timer ●
Dehumidification (pints/hr.) 8.2 8.5 5.5 4.3 3.6 4.0 3.2 3.0 2.5 0.9
Circulaire ●
Fan Speeds (Cool/Fan Only) 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 3/1 2/2 3/2 3/2 2/2 2/2
CFM (High Shown) 500 450 450 420 330 400 340 325 205 220
Vent/exhaust ● ●● ●● ● ●● ●●
Control door ●●●●● ●
Thermostat 10-Position 10-Position 10-Position 10-Position Electronic 10-Position 10-Position 10-Position 10-Position 10-Position
Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/ Rigid Frame/
Filter type Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out
Chassis Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out
Window mounting EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount/V Kit
Window opening height (min. in inches) 18-5/8 18-5/8 18-5/8 18-5/8 15-3/4 18-5/8 15-3/4 15-3/4 14 14-17/32
Window opening width (min. in inches) 30-3/4 30-3/4 30-3/4 30-3/4 26-1/2 30-3/4 25-13/16 25-13/16 25 21-5/8
Window opening width (max. in inches) 46-1/2 46-1/2 46-1/2 46-1/2 41 46-1/2 42 42 36 35
Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr.
Warranty* Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr.
Case Dimensions
Height (in inches) A 17-1/4 17-1/4 17-1/4 17-1/4 14-3/4 17-1/4 14-3/4 14-3/4 13-15/16 13-5/8
Width (in inches) B 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 22-1/16 26-1/2 22 22 20-1/16 17-23/32
Depth (in inches) C 27-5/8 27-5/8 23-5/8 23-5/8 23-5/8 23-5/8 24 24 17-9/16 20-7/8
Depth to louvers (in inches) D 10-3/4 10-3/4 9-1/8 9-1/8 9-7/16 9-1/8 9-7/16 9-7/16 8-5/8 8-17/32
Net weight (lbs.) 174 170 121 118 93 118 77 77 71 64
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 187 183 128 125 100 125 88 88 77 73
*See written warranty for details.
210
See page 141 for warranty information.
BUILT-IN“J” SERIES UNITS AND HEAT PUMPS
Chassis/Cool Chassis/Cool High-Mount
GE
Models AJES09DC AJES10DC AJES12DC AJEH12DC AJHS08DC AJHS10DC
Capacity
BTUH-AHAM 8900/8700 9900/9700 11,600/11,400 11,600/11,400 8000/7800 9800/9600
E.E.R. 9.5/9.5 9.2/9.2 9.0/9.0 9.0/9.0 9.2/9.2 9.2/9.2
Dehumidification (pints/hr.) 2.5 2.6 3.2 3.2 2.0 2.6
Features
Fan speeds (Heating/Cooling) 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
Fan Only speeds 2 2 2 2 2 2
Airflow (cfm) roomside hi/low 250/210 250/210 265/230 265/230 250/210 250/210
Air exchange exhaust ●●●●●●
Variable setting thermostat ●●●●●●
Filter type Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out
Rotary compressor ●●●●●●
Economical/Quiet
Fan cycle switch ●●●●●●
Appearance
Slide-out chassis ●●●●●●
Wall case required RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48
Installation Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall
Window installation kit Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
Weights & Dimensions
Height (in inches) A 15-5/8
Width (in inches) B 26
Depth (in inches) C 16-7/8
Approx. net weight (lbs.) 77 84 84 86 75 84
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 86 93 93 95 84 93
Power/Ratings
Voltage 230/208 230/208 230/208 230/208 230/208 230/208
Amps-AHAM 4.2/4.6 4.9/5.3 5.8/6.3 5.8/6.3 4.0/4.3 4.9/5.3
Watts input 935/915 1075/1055 1290/1265 1290/1265 870/850 1065/1045
Line cord plug Perpendicular Perpendicular Perpendicular Perpendicular Perpendicular Perpendicular
Recommended circuit protection (time delay) 20 Amps 20 Amps 20 Amps 20 Amps 20 Amps 20 Amps
Reverse Cycle Heating
BTUH-AHAM 7700/7500 9700/9500
C.O.P. @ 47°F. 3.0 3.0
Amps-AHAM 3.4/3.7 4.3/4.7
Watts input 750/730 950/930
Electric Resistance Heating
BTUH-AHAM 11,600/9500 11,600/9500 11,600/9500 11,600/9500 11,600/9500 11,600/9500
Amps (Max. connected load) 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0 16.0
Watts output 3400/2780 3400/2780 3400/2780 3400/2780 3400/2780 3400/2780
All cooling with electric heat models and heat pumps are corrosion treated. Specifications and design subject to change without notice.
Chassis/Heat/Cool Chassis/Heat/Cool
High-Mount Chassis/Heat Pumps
GE
Models AJCS06LC AJCS08AC AJCS10AC AJCS09DC AJCS10DC AJCS12DC AJCH08AC AJCH10AC AJCH10DC AJCH12DC
Capacity
BTUH-AHAM 6000 8000 9900 8900/8700 9900/9700 11,600/11,400 8000 9900 9900/9700 11,600/11,400
E.E.R. 9.5 9.2 9.2 9.5/9.5 9.2/9.2 9.0/9.0 9.2 9.2 9.2/9.2 9.0/9.0
Dehumidification (pints/hr.) 1.4 2.0 2.7 2.5 2.6 3.2 2.0 2.7 2.6 3.2
Features
Fan speeds (Cool/Fan Only) 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
Airflow (cfm) roomside hi/low 210/180 250/210 250/210 250/210 250/210 265/230 250/210 250/210 250/210 265/230
Air exchange exhaust ●●●●●●●●●●
Variable setting thermostat ●●●●●●●●●●
Filter type Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out
Rotary compressor ●●●●●●●●●●
Economical/Quiet
Fan cycle switch ●●●●●●●●●●
Appearance
Slide-out chassis ●●●●●●●●●●
Installation Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall Wall
Wall case required RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48 RAB46/47/48
Weights & Dimensions
Height (in inches) A 15-5/8
Width (in inches) B 26
Depth (in inches) C 16-7/8
Approx. net weight (lbs.) 66 73 82 75 82 84 75 82 84 84
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 75 82 90 84 90 93 84 90 93 93
Power/Ratings
Voltage 115 115 115 230/208 230/208 230/208 115 115 230/208 230/208
Amps-AHAM 5.7 7.9 9.7 4.2/4.6 4.9/5.3 5.8/5.3 7.9 9.7 4.9/5.3 5.8/6.3
Watts input 630 870 1075 935/915 1075/1055 1290/1265 870 1075 1075/1055 1290/1265
Line cord plug Parallel Parallel Parallel Tandem Tandem Tandem Parallel Parallel Tandem Tandem
Recommended circuit protection (time delay) 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps
211
See page 141 for warranty information.
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
A finished opening of 26-1/8" x 15-3/4", clear of
intrusions, is required. Keep clearance of 4"
from side walls. Brick veneer or frame walls
should have wood studding surrounding case
to provide firm anchoring with screws. Case
can be fastened directly to brick or block walls
with screws sunk in lead expansion shields.
Note: Units should be caulked on all four sides
of case to the building exterior to assure
building integrity.
BUILT-INROOM AIR CONDITIONERS WALL OPENING FOR RAB46/47/48 CASES
Make frame if desired or caulk
between case and siding
15-3/4
26-1/8
Frame Construction
Brick Block and Brick
Frame Construction
Fill open cells
with mortar
or insulation
15-3/4
26-1/8
Lintel
Lintel
OUTSIDE INSIDE
16-7/8
Caulking
Drip Rail
Trim Molding
(if desired)
Plaster Line
Flexible Mounting Position
Standard Wall Case RAB46
Solid-sided wall case fabricated of galvanized
steel with baked enamel finish. Welded areas
are coated with a sealing compound to help
resist rust and corrosion. Polymer gasket
surrounds opening to assure tight weather
seal. Aluminum grille (RAG13) is included.
Panels on interior and between case and grille
provide weather protection prior to installation
of chassis.
Two Wall Cases for Tenant Option Installation
When the air conditioner is offered as a tenant
option, these wall cases provide protection
against outside elements.
RAB47—includes wall case, exterior grille,
weather panel and steel closure panels.
RAB48—includes wall case, exterior grille,
steel closure panel and two layers of insulation.
REMOVE WEATHER PANEL BEFORE INSTALLING CHASSIS
DIRECTIONS:
PULL TAB WHERE NOTED AND REMOVE ENTIRE WEATHER
PANEL ( SHADED AREA) TO ENSURE PROPER UNIT PERFORMANCE.
PULL
TAB
TO REMOVE
PANEL
CAUTION
Wall Outlets
All wiring, including installation of receptacle, must be made
in accordance with local electrical codes and regulations.
Electrical outlet should be in reach of line cord.
Note: Aluminum wiring may pose special problems—
consult a qualified electrician.
Note: Some models may not be available in your area due
to local legislation. Contact your local dealer.
Note: When installing slide out chassis units in through-
the-wall applications, keep louvers free. Do not restrict air
flow areas. Fixed chassis units are not suitable for through-
the-wall applications.
R
Listed by
Underwriters
Laboratories
R
Total capacity and
E.E.R. ratings are
calculated based
on the Association
of Home Appliance
Manufacturers’
standards.
Parallel
115V.
15 Amp.
Tandem
230/208V.
15 Amp.
Perpendicular
230/208V.
20 Amp.
Large Tandem
230/208V.
30 Amp.
HEAT/COOL AND WINDOW/BUILT-IN“J” SERIES UNITS AND HEAT PUMPS
Cooling Only UnitsHeat/Cool Units Heat/Cool Units Heat Pump
GE Heat/Cool GE “J” Series
AVE22DA** AVE18DA** AVE15DA** AJES10DS** AJES08AS** AJES06LS** AJHS08AS** AJCS10AZ AJCS08AZ AJCS06LZ
Features
Cooling BTUH-AHAM 22,000/21,300 18,000/17,500 15,000/14,500 9,900/9,700 8,000 6,000 8,000 9,900 8,000 6,000
Heating BTUH-AHAM 16,000/13,400 10,200/8,700 10,200/8,700 11,600/9,400 4100 4100 4100
Voltage 230/208 230/208 230/208 230/208 115 115 115 115 115 115
E.E.R. (BTUH/Watt) 8.2/8.2 9.5/9.5 9.0/9.0 9.2/9.2 9.2 9.5 9.2 9.2 9.2 9.5
Rated cooling amps - AHAM 13.0/14.2 7.9/8.5 7.5/8.1 4.9/5.3 7.9 5.7 7.9 9.7 7.9 5.7
Cooling watts 2,680/2,600 1,890/1,840 1,670/1,610 1,075/1,055 870 630 870 1,075 870 630
Rated heating amps - AHAM 22.8/20.9 15.0/13.5 15.0/13.5 15.5/14.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
Circuit size, amps 30 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15
Plug type (see below) Tandem Perpendicular Perpendicular Perpendicular Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel
Line cord plug recommended
circuit protection (time delay) 20 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps 15 Amps
Line cord length 55" left 55" left 55" left
Dehumidification (pints/hr.) 8.2 5.5 4.3 2.6 2.0 1.4 2.0 2.7 2.0 1.4
CFM (high shown ) 500 450 420 250 250 210 230 250 250 210
Air exchange exhaust ●● ●● ●● ●● ●●
Variable air discharge 4-Way 4-Way 4-Way 4-Way 4-Way 4-Way 4-Way 4-Way 4-Way 4-Way
Control Door ●● ●
Fan speeds: Cooling/Heating 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2 2 2
Fan Only position 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fan cycle switch ●●●●● ●●
Thermostat
10-Position 10-Position 10-Position Variable Setting Variable Setting Variable Setting Variable Setting Variable Setting Variable Setting Variable Setting
Filter type
Rigid/Slide-Out Rigid/Slide-Out Rigid/Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out
Chassis
Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out Slide-Out
Compressor type
Recip. Rotary Rotary Rotary Rotary Rotary Rotary Rotary Rotary Rotary
Window mounting
Rigid Panel Rigid Panel Rigid Panel Standard Standard Standard Standard EZ Mount EZ Mount EZ Mount
Window opening height (min. in inches) 18-5/8 18-5/8 18-5/8 17 17 17 17 17 17 17
Window opening width (min. in inches) 26-3/4 26-3/4 26-3/4 31 31 31 31 31 31 31
Window opening width (max. in inches) 40 40 40 42 42 42 42 41 41 41
Case Dimensions
Height (in inches) A 17-1/4 17-1/4 17-1/4 15-5/8 15-5/8 15-5/8 15-5/8 15-5/8 15-5/8 15-5/8
Width (in inches) B 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 26 26 26 26 26 26 26
Depth (in inches) C 27-5/8 23-5/8 23-5/8 16-7/8 16-7/8 16-7/8 16-7/8 16-7/8 16-7/8 16-7/8
Depth to louvers (in inches) D 10-3/4 9-1/8 9-1/8 None None None None None None None
Net weight (lbs.) 172 123 120 108 96 89 98 105 93 86
Approx. shipping weight (lbs.) 185 130 127 117 105 98 107 114 102 95
Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr.
Warranty* Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr.
Heating Capacity - Reverse Cycle
BTUH - AHAM - H.P. 7,700
Rated Heating Amps - AHAM 6.8
COP @ 47° 3.0
Heating Capacity - Electric
BTUH - AHAM - I2R 16,000/13,400 10,200/8,700 10,200/8,700 11,600/9,480 4,100 4,100 4,100
Rating Heating Amps - AHAM 22.8/20.9 15.0/13.5 15.0/13.5 15.5/14.0 12.0 12.0 12.0
Heater Watts 5,200/4,280 3,320/2,690 3,320/2,690 3,400/2,780 1,200 1,200 1,200
*See written warranty for details.
**These units are not intended to be the primary source of heat.
212
See page 141 for warranty information.
ZONELINE SPECIFICATIONS–HEATER WATTAGE AND POWER CONNECTION KITS
PREMIUM LINE: 5200 SERIES
Power Connection Kits are REQUIRED on Premium Zoneline Chassis. (See chart.)
The correct kit for the installation is determined by the voltage and amperage of the electrical
circuit and the means of connecting the unit to the building wiring. If the unit is to be plugged
into a receptacle, a line cord kit would be used; if the unit is to be permanently connected, a
permanent connection kit would be used.
Note: 265 volt cord set units must be installed in compliance with National Electrical Code
®
.
Power Connection Kit
Required on premium
models. See specification
sheet for heater KW and
branch circuit ampacity.
RAK3152/3202/3302
230/208 volt Line
Cord Connection Kit
DELUXE LINE: 2200, DRY AIR 25 AND 3200 SERIES
Models are manufactured with fixed heater wattages with the appropriate power cord
attached (all 265 volt models are permanently connected).
5.0 KW heaters are not available on 7,000 BTUH models.
Heater Heater Minimum
Voltage Amps Designator Watts KWH Ampacity BTUH
230/208 11.1/10.0 2 2550/2090 2.55/2.09 15 8600/7100
230/208 15.0/13.6 3 3450/2820 3.45/2.82 20 11,700/9600
230/208 21.7/19.7 5 5000/4090 5.00/4.09 30 17,000/13,900
265 7.5 2 2000 2.0 15 6,800
265 11.3 3 3000 3.0 15 10,200
265 15.1 4 4000 4.0 20 13,600
265 18.9 5 5000 5.0 30 17,000
GE has a policy of continuous improvement on its products and reserves
the right to change materials and specifications without notice.
230/208 Volt—Line Cord Connected Units
Power Connection Kit RAK3152 RAK3202 RAK3302
Heater KW 2.55/2.09 3.45/2.82 5.00/4.09
Watts 2550/2090 3450/2820 5000/4090
BTUH 8600/7100 11,700/9600 17,000/13,900
Amps 11.1/10.0 15.0/13.6 21.7/19.7
Min. Circuit Amps 15 20 30
Recommended 15 Amp Time Delay 20 Amp Time Delay 30 Amp Time Delay
Protective Device Fuse or Breaker Fuse or Breaker Fuse or Breaker
265 Volt—Permanent Connected Units* (Cord Set)
Power Connection Kit RAK5152 RAK5172 RAK5202 RAK5302
Heater KW 1.7 3.0 3.7 5.0
Watts 1700 3000 3700 5000
BTUH 5800 10,200 12,600 17,000
Amps 6.4 11.3 14.0 18.9
Min. Circuit Amps 15 15 20 30
Recommended 15 Amp Time 15 Amp Time 20 Amp Time 30 Amp Time
Protective Device Delay Fuse Delay Fuse Delay Fuse Delay Fuse
*To be used with sub-base.
Sub-bases RAK204U RAK204D20 RAK204D30 RAK204E15 RAK204E20 RAK204E30
Voltage N/A 230/208 230/208 265 265 265
Amps N/A 15/20 30 15 20 30
Receptacle N/A NEMA6-20R NEMA6-30R NEMA7-15R NEMA7-20R NEMA7-30R
265 Volt units are to be direct connected. Cordset through enclosed chaseway into interior sub-base receptacle meets
the NEC requirements.
SPLIT SYSTEM ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS/HEAT PUMPS
Cooling Only Heat Pumps
Indoor AS1CD09AA0 AS1CD12AA0 AS1CD18DA0 AS1RD09AA0 AS1RD12AA0 AS1RD18DA0
Outdoor AS0CD09AA0 AS0CD12AA0 AS0CD18DA0 AS0RD09AA0 AS0RD12AA0 AS0RD18DA0
Cooling capacity (BTU/hr) 9,000 12,000 18,000/17,800 9,000 12,000 18,000/17,800
Heating capacity (BTU/hr) N/A N/A N/A 9,000 12,000 19,000/18,700
Auto operation ●●●●●●
Cooling fan speeds/fan only 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3/3 3/3/3 3/3/3
LCD wireless remote ●●●●●●
“Sleep Mode” ●●●●●●
24 Hr. Timer
(Delay Start/Pre-Set Stop) ●●●●●●
Air flow, up & down–auto ●●●●●●
Air flow, left/right–manual ●●●●●●
EER, cooling 9.6 9.3 9.5/9.5 10.0 9.3 9.5/9.5
SEER, cooling 10.0 10.0 10.0/10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0/10.0
COP, heating N/A N/A N/A 3.1 2.75 2.9/2.9
Watts, cooling 940 1290 1900/1870 900 1290 1900/1870
Watts, heating N/A N/A N/A 860 1290 1900/1870
Voltage/Phase/Hz 115/60/1 115/60/1 230-208/60/1 115/60/1 115/60/1 230-208/60/1
Amperes, cooling 8.5 11.7 8.5/9.0 8.0 11.7 8.5/9.0
Amperes, heating N/A N/A N/A 7.7 11.7 8.5/9.0
Temperature range–cool (°F) 64-86 64-86 64-86 64-86 64-86 64-86
Temperature range–heat (°F) N/A N/A N/A 60-86 60-86 60-86
Temperature increments (°F) 2 2 2 2 2 2
Dehumidification (pints/hr.) 2.6 3.5 5.3 2.6 3.5 5.3
CFM (Indoor/Outdoor) 280/882 330/882 460/1835 280/882 330/882 460/1835
Washable air filter ●●●●●●
Tube kit Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional
Weights & Dimensions
Indoor (H x W x D inches) 11.4 x 35.4 x 7.2 11.4 x 35.4 x 7.2 11.4 x 42.6 x 7.2 11.4 x 35.4 x 7.2 11.4 x 35.4 x 7.2 11.4 x 42.6 x 7.2
Weight (lbs.) shipping/net 28.7/19.8 28.7/19.8 33.0/24.2 28.7/19.8 28.7/19.8 33.0/24.2
Color Dove White Dove White Dove White Dove White Dove White Dove White
Carton (H x W x D inches) 14.6 x 38.2 x 9.9 14.6 x 38.2 x 9.9 14.6 x 45.6 x 9.9 14.6 x 38.2 x 9.9 14.6 x 38.2 x 9.9 14.6 x 45.6 x 9.9
Outdoor (H x W x D inches) 21.9 x 31.6 x 10.3 21.9 x 31.6 x 10.3 25.8 x 34.3 x 12.6 21.9 x 31.6 x 10.3 21.9 x 31.6 x 10.3 25.8 x 34.3 x 12.6
Weight (lbs.) shipping/net 83.8/77.2 83.8/77.2 130/121 83.8/77.2 83.8/77.2 130/121
Color Pigeon Grey Pigeon Grey Pigeon Grey Pigeon Grey Pigeon Grey Pigeon Grey
Carton (H x W x D inches) 23.9 x 37.8 x 15.1 23.9 x 37.8 x 15.1 28.1 x 40.3 x 17.4 23.9 x 37.8 x 15.1 23.9 x 37.8 x 15.1 28.1 x 40.3 x 17.4
GE
9,000 BTU/Hr. Models
TUS1542 TUS2542
Insulated Tubing 15' 25'
Wiring 30' 30'
Wall Hole Sleeve Standard Standard
Suction Line 0.5" 0.5"
Liquid Line 0.25" 0.25"
Optional Tube Kits
12,000 BTU/Hr.Models
TUS1542 TUS2542
Insulated Tubing 15' 25'
Wiring 30' 30'
Wall Hole Sleeve Standard Standard
Suction Line 0.5" 0.5"
Liquid Line 0.25" 0.25"
18,000 BTU/Hr.Models
TUS1553 TUS2553
Insulated Tubing 15' 25'
Wiring 30' 30'
Wall Hole Sleeve Standard Standard
Suction Line 0.625" 0.625"
Liquid Line 0.375" 0.375"
Receptacles/Sub-bases
Tandem
230/208V 15 Amp
NEMA6-20R
Perpendicular
230/208V 20 Amp
NEMA6-20R
Large Tandem
230/208V 30 Amp
NEMA6-30R
265V 15 Amp
NEMA7-15R;
receptacle used on
265V sub-base GE0715
265V 20 Amp
NEMA7-20R;
receptacle used on
265V sub-base GE0720-3
265V 30 Amp
NEMA7-30R;
receptacle used on
265V sub-base GE073
213
Refrigeration
Water SystemsLaundryCooking ProductsDishwashers Microwave OvensRoom Air
Simple Three-Step Installation
Zoneline heat pumps and heat/cool units are designed for easy
installation, off or flush with the floor. When the SMC fiberglass-
reinforced polyester sleeve is installed, the chassis simply slides
into place.
Compatibility with existing Zoneline wall cases and rear grilles
simplifies retrofit installations. A new chassis simply slides into the
already installed wall case; the existing rear grille may be used as is,
or with a minor modification for greater operating efficiency.
And the exclusive Quick Connect power supply kit with Premium
Series makes it easy to connect the new unit to power sources
already in place.
1. Frame the Opening. The RAB77A SMC wall case requires an
opening of 16-1/2" high x 42-3/8" wide. Position the sleeve, secure
it to the studs and then caulk. Complete instructions are furnished
with each unit.
2. Connect the Electrical Supply. Each Zoneline unit requires a
230/208V or 265V power supply.
It is strongly recommended that
electrical connections be made by a qualified electrician.
All wiring,
including installation of the receptacle, must be in accordance with
local codes.
3. Slide In Chassis. With the wall sleeve, electrical receptacle, and
exterior grille in place, the separate chassis simply slides into position.
Install the roomside cabinet, and plug into the electrical receptacle.
You are now ready for many years of quiet comfort.
A
C
B
Wall Case Dimensions RAB71 Insulated Wall Case
Heavy-gauge galvanized steel, with insulation.
A-42", B-13-3/4", C-16"
RAB77 Wall Case
Molded SMC fiberglass-reinforced polyester compound.
A-42-1/8", B-13-7/8", C-16-1/4"
Wall Opening Dimensions
Add 1/4" to A and C dimensions for all cut-out size.
RAB71—16-1/4" min. H x 42-1/4" min. W
RAB77—16-1/2" min. H x 42-3/8" min. W
Maximum Cord Extension (in inches)
SIDE
VIEW
Inside
Inside
Room
Cabinet
Outside
58
21
Grille
7-1/8
RAB71A = 16
RAB77A = 16-1/4
RAB71A = 20-7/8
RAB77A = 21
See page 212 for heater wattages and power connection kits.
ZONELINE PACKAGED TERMINAL UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
Deluxe Series—Cooling and Electric Heat Dry Air 25
GE
ZONELINE INSTALLATION
230/208V Models AZ22E07D AZ22E09D AZ22E12D AZ22E15D AZ22E07D*P AZ22E09D*P AZ22E12D*P
Capacity
Cooling BTUH 7,100/6,900 9,000/8,800 11,700/11,500 14,600/14,300 6,800/6,600 8,600/8,400 11,200/11,000
EER (BTU/Watt) 11.6/11.6 11.3/11.3 10.7/10.7 9.6/9.6 11.1/11.1 10.8/10.8 10.2/10.2
Dehumidification Pts/Hr 1.7 2.7 3.6 4.5 2.2 3.4 4.5
Features
CFM, Indoor Fan High 240 260 270 310 230 230 240
CFM, Indoor Fan Low 210 230 240 280 200 200 210
Vent CFM 40/35 65/60 70/65 70/65 40/35 65/60 70/65
Power/Ratings
Power Factor 95 96 97 94 95 96 97
Sensible Heat Ratio @ 230 Volts 75% 68% 67% 67% 66% 58% 57%
Watts 610/595 795/780 1095/1075 1520/1490 610/595 795/780 1095/1075
Amperes, F.L. 2.8/3.0 3.6/3.9 4.9/5.3 7.0/7.5 2.8/3.0 3.6/3.9 4.9/5.3
Amperes, L.R. 19.0 21.0 33.0 38.0 19.0 21.0 33.0
Weight (Ship/Net)** 119/103 122/105 131/114 138/122 124/108 127/110 136/119
265V Models AZ22E07E AZ22E09E AZ22E12E AZ22E15E AZ22E07E*P AZ22E09E*P AZ22E12E*P
Capacity
Cooling BTUH 7,100 9,000 11,700 14,600 6,800 8,600 11,200
EER (BTU/Watt) 11.6 11.3 10.7 9.6 11.1 10.8 10.2
Dehumidification Pts/Hr 1.7 2.7 3.6 4.5 2.2 3.4 4.5
Features
CFM, Indoor Fan High 240 260 270 310 230 230 240
CFM, Indoor Fan Low 210 230 240 280 200 200 210
Vent CFM 40 65 70 70 40 65 70
Power/Ratings
Power Factor 90 94 94 96 96 94 94
Sensible Heat Ratio @ 265 Volts 75% 68% 67% 67% 66% 58% 57%
Watts 610 795 1095 1520 610 795 1095
Amperes, F.L. 2.4 3.2 4.4 6.0 2.4 3.2 4.4
Amperes, L.R. 16.0 18.0 24.0 31.0 16.0 18.0 24.0
Weight (Ship/Net)** 119/103 122/105 131/114 138/122 124/108 127/110 136/119
*For Dry Air 25 model number, designate respective heater number using chart above, followed by the letter “P”.
** ICR adds 3 pounds to unit weight
Electrical Wiring
All wiring, including installation of receptacle, must be made
in accordance with local electrical codes and regulations.
Note: Aluminum wiring may pose special problems—
consult a qualified electrician.
Cooling Sizes
All units come in four nominal cooling sizes: 7100, 9000,
12,000 and 15,000 BTUH.
Resistance Heat
Resistance heat or back-up heat determined by Quick Connect
power cord on the Premium Series and selected heater size for
the Value Series (15 amp. 8600 BTU, 20 amp. 11,700 BTU and
30 amp. 17,000 BTU @ 230 volt).
Grille Options
Stamped Aluminum Grille—RAG60
Molded Exterior Architectural Louvers
(Cycoloy)
RAG61 or RAG64 (Beige)
RAG62 or RAG65 (Maple)
RAG63 or RAG66 (Bittersweet)
RAG67 (Extruded Aluminum)
Ducted Applications
2200 and 3200 series can be used with ductwork to heat or cool
more than one room. RAK6052 Duct Adapter is applied to top
of case over air discharge/RAK601 Duct Extension is applied to
right or left of adapter. Locally fabricated ductwork may be
added to extend to maximum recommended distance of 15 feet.
Electrical Connection
230/208 volt units may be plugged into a receptacle. 265 volt
units and special application 230/208 volt units require direct
connection. See Architects and Engineers Design Data Manual
for electrical connection information including use of sub-base
for direct connected units. Installation must comply with local
electrical codes and regulations.
For current Architects & Engineers Data Manual,
please request Pub. No. 20-S007P.
See page 141 for warranty information.
Dry Air 252200 Series Units
214
See page 141 for warranty information.
DEHUMIDIFIERS GEGE Profile™
ZONELINE PACKAGED TERMINAL UNIT SPECIFICATIONS (CONT.)
AHG20LA AHG50LA AHG40LA AHG25LA
Features
Dehumidification (pints/day) 19 50 40 25
Dry Airflow (CFM) 63 113 131 134
Color Gray Cameo White Cameo White Cameo White
Electronic Control ●
Auto Shut Off ●●●●
Automatic Defrost ●●●●
Water Full indicator ●●●●
Fan speeds 1 2 2 2
Removable bucket with handle ●●●●
Bucket capacity (pints) 6 21 21 21
External drain connector ●●●●
Casters - 4 movable ●●●●
Voltage 115 115 115 115
Watts 450 580 550 450
Amps 5.3 5.3 5.1 5.3
Circuit size (Amps) 15 15 15 15
Plug type Parallel Parallel Parallel Parallel
Case Dimensions
Height (in inches) 22-5/8 20-7/8 20-7/8 20-7/8
Width (in inches) 12-1/4 12-5/8 12-5/8 12-5/8
Depth (in inches) 10-5/8 17-1/8 17-1/8 17-1/8
Shipping weight (lbs.) 42 48 48 54
Net weight (lbs.) 38 43 43 50
Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr. Full 1-Yr.
Warranty* Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr. Full 5-Yr.
*See written warranty for details.
Deluxe Series—Heat Pump Units Premium Series—Heat Pump Units
GE
230/208V Models AZ32H07D AZ32H09D AZ32H12D AZ32H15D AZ52H07D AZ52H09D AZ52H12D AZ52H15D
Capacity
Cooling BTUH 7,100/6,900 9,000/8,800 11,700/11,500 14,600/14,300 7,100/6,800 9,000/8,800 11,800/11,600 14,700/14,400
EER (BTU/Watt) 11.6/11.6 11.3/11.3 10.7/10.7 9.6/9.6 12.0/12.0 11.3/11.3 10.7/10.7 10.0/10.0
Dehumidification Pts/Hr 1.7 2.7 3.6 4.5 1.7 2.8 3.6 4.8
Features
CFM, Indoor Fan High 250 260 280 310 240 290 330 350
CFM, Indoor Fan Low 220 230 250 280 220 270 310 330
Vent CFM 40/35 65/60 70/65 70/65 40/35 65/60 70/65 70/65
Power/Ratings
Power Factor 95 96 97 94 95 96 94 95
Sensible Heat Ratio @ 230 Volts 75% 68% 67% 67% 75% 67% 68% 65%
Watts 610/595 795/780 1095/1075 1520/1490 590/565 795/780 1105/1085 1470/1440
Amperes, F.L. 2.8/3.0 3.6/3.9 4.9/5.3 7.0/7.5 2.7/2.9 3.6/3.9 5.1/5.5 6.7/7.3
Amperes, L.R. 19.0 21.0 33.0 38.0 19.0 21.0 33.0 38.0
Reverse Cycle Heat BTUH 6400/6200 8400/8200 10900/10700 13400/13200 6,400/6,200 8,400/8,200 10,900/10,700 13,400/13,200
COP 3.5/3.5 3.5/3.5 3.3/3.3 3.1/3.1 3.5/3.5 3.5/3.5 3.3/3.3 3.1/3.1
Watts 535/520 705/685 970/950 1265/1250 535/520 700/685 970/950 1,265/1,250
Amps 2.4/2.6 3.1/3.4 4.3/4.7 5.8/6.3 2.4/2.6 3.1/3.3 4.3/4.7 5.8/6.3
Weight (Ship/Net)** 125/109 127/111 131/121 145/129 129/104 122/106 132/116 143/127
265V Models AZ32H07E AZ32H09E AZ32H12E AZ32H15E AZ52H07E AZ52H09E AZ52H12E AZ52H15E
Capacity
Cooling BTUH 7,100 9,000 11,700 14,600 7,100 9,000 11,800 14,700
EER (BTU/Watt) 11.6 11.3 10.7 9.6 12.0 11.3 10.7 10.0
Dehumidification Pts/Hr 1.7 2.7 3.6 4.5 1.7 2.8 3.6 4.8
Features
CFM, Indoor Fan High 250 260 280 310 240 290 330 350
CFM, Indoor Fan Low 220 230 250 280 220 270 310 330
Vent CFM 40 65 70 70 40 65 70 70
Power/Ratings
Power Factor 96 94 94 96 97 94 93 96
Sensible Heat Ratio @ 265 Volts 75% 68% 67% 67% 75% 67% 68% 65%
Watts 610 795 1095 1520 590 795 1105 1470
Amperes, F.L. 2.4 3.2 4.4 6.0 2.3 3.2 4.5 5.8
Amperes, L.R. 16.0 18.0 24.0 31.0 16.0 18.0 24.0 31.0
Reverse Cycle Heat BTUH 6,400 8,400 11,900 13,400 6,400 8,400 10,900 13,400
COP 3.5 3.5 3.3 3.1 3.5 3.5 3.3 3.1
Watts 535 700 970 1265 535 700 970 1,265
Amps 2.2 2.8 3.9 5.0 2.2 2.7 3.9 5.0
Weight (Ship/Net)** 125/109 127/111 131/121 145/129 120/104 122/106 132/116 143/127
** ICR adds 3 pounds to unit weight
3200 Series Units 5200 Series Units
215
Nomenclatures
READING TOP-FREEZER REFRIGERATOR NOMENCLATURE
GE Refrigeration Color
WH = White with Black Handle
AD = Almond with Black Handle
WW = White on white
AA = Almond on almond
BB = Black on black
BS = Black Case with
Stainless Steel Door
Door Swing
R = Right-Hand L = Left-Hand
Model Year Designator
Shelves
D = GE Deluxe Wire
J = GE Spill-Proof Glass
P = GE Profile™Slide-Out, Spill-Proof
Glass/Trimless model
S = GE Standard/Builder Wire
Icemaker
R = GE LightTouch! Dispenser with Cubes, Crushed Ice & Water
A = GE Icemaker Ready
I = GE Factory-Installed Icemaker
N = GE Non-Icemaker
Y = GE Recessed Handle/Icemaker Ready
Configuration
A = GE Single Door
B = GE Top-Freezer
N = CustomStyle™
Energy
X = Standard Efficiency, Reversible Doors, Textured Steel
H = High-Efficiency, Energy Components, Reversible Doors,
Textured Steel
S = Stainless steel model
AHAM Rated capacity to the nearest 10th of a cubic foot
TBX22PABRAA
READING SIDE-BY-SIDE REFRIGERATOR NOMENCLATURE
GE Refrigeration Color
WH = White with Black Handle
and Dispenser
AD = Almond with Black Handle
and Dispenser
WW = White on white
AA = Almond on almond
BB = Black on black
BS = Black Case with
Stainless Steel Door
Model Year Designator
Shelves
J = GE Standard Glass
P = GE Profile™, Slide-Out Spill-Proof
Z = GE Deluxe Glass, Adjustable Spill-Proof
B = CustomStyle™(Built-In version with Trim Kit)
P = CustomStyle™(Free-Standing version)
S = Standard Wire Model or Stainless Steel Trim Kit Model
Icemaker
B = Water By Culligan™, Refreshment Center and Electronics
P = Water By Culligan™
R = GE LightTouch! Dispenser with Cubes, Crushed Ice and Chilled Water
W = GE LightTouch! Dispenser with Cubes and Chilled Water
I = Factory-Installed Icemaker, Non-Dispenser
A = GE Icemaker Ready
Configuration
F = Side-By-Side
P = CustomStyle™
Energy
X = Standard Efficiency, Textured Steel Model
H = High-Efficiency, Energy Components, Textured Steel
S = Stainless Steel Traditional Free-Standing Model
AHAM Rated capacity to the nearest 10th of a cubic foot
TFX27PPBWW
T = GE Upgrade Wire
Z = GE Deluxe Spill-Proof Glass
C = GE HPS Deluxe Spill-Proof
I = GE Standard Glass
READING FREEZER NOMENCLATURE
FUM21DARWH
GE Freezer Color
WH = White
Model Year Designator
Door Swing
R = Right L = Left
Configuration
U = Upright
C = Chest
Defrost
M = Manual
F = Frost-Free
AHAM Rated capacity to the nearest 10th of a cubic foot
Series
D = Deluxe
S = Standard
C = GE Bottom-Freezer
D = GE Cycle Defrost
216
READING WASHER NOMENCLATURE
GE Washer Backsplash Color
Body Color
Model Year
Designator
Engr. Revision
Control Platform
Q = QuickClean
R = Rotary
P = Portable
S = Stationary
U = Unitized
F = Fabric Care
H = Horizontal Axis
Number of
Speed
Combinations
Number of Cycles
Voltage
0 = US Voltage
Feature Pack
Common Brand Features
Exceptions:
P = Profile™K, N = Special
C = Contract S = Spacemaker®
Unitized
E = Electric G = Gas
Capacity/Configuration
L = Large
X = Extra-Large
S = Super32
C = Coin
K = Compact
WCSR4110TOWW
READING WATER FILTRATION SYSTEM NOMENCLATURE
Brand
P = Profile Performance™/Profile™
G = GE
Packaging
N = Standard Packaging
X = Retail Packaging
Model Year Designator
Capacity/Filter Selection
18 = 18 Gallons/Day Capacity
12 = 12 Gallons/Day Capacity
10 = 10 Gallons/Day Capacity
01 = Filters Sold Separately
03 = Taste & Odor Reduction
05 = Taste & Odor Reduction
10 = Chemical Reduction
30 = Lead/Cysts Reduction
Faucet Color Options
WW = White on white
BB = Black on black
WH = Chrome with White Accents
BL = Chrome with Black Accents
(No color designator indicates unit
comes in chrome with Black Accents)
Product Type
RV = Reverse Osmosis
UT = Taste and Odor Reduction
UV = Chemical Contaminant Reduction
UL = Lead/Cyst Reduction
EM = Empty (filters sold separately)
PNRV18ZWW
READING WATER SOFTENING SYSTEM NOMENCLATURE
Brand
P = Profile Performance™/Profile™
G = GE
Packaging
N = Standard Packaging
Model Year Designator
Capacity
39 = 38,500 grains
31 = 30,800 grains
23 = 23,100 grains
18 = 18,000 grains
Product Type
SF = Softener
PNSF39Z
217
Nomenclatures
READING DRYER NOMENCLATURE
GE Dryer Backsplash Color
Body Color
Model Year
Designator
Engr. Revision
Control Platform
Q = QuickClean
R = Rotary
P = Portable
Dry Control
3 = ATC
5 = Electronic
Number of Cycles
Fuel/Voltage
E = Electric
G = Natural Gas
Feature Pack
Common Brand Features
Exceptions:
P = Profile™K, N = Special
C = Contract S = Spacemaker®
Unitized
E = Electric G = Gas
Capacity/Configuration
L = Large
X = Extra-Large
S = Super
DCSR473EVOWW
Heat Selections
READING MICROWAVE NOMENCLATURE
GE Cooking Product Model Year
Designator
Case Color
S = Stainless
B = Black
W = White
A = Almond
G = Greystone
Cavity Size (cu. ft.)
1.6 cu. ft.
1.5 cu. ft.
1.4 cu. ft.
1.3 cu. ft.
Feature Pack
90 = Convection
60 = Sensor
50 = Sensor/
Convenience
Microwave Oven
E = Countertop Model
V = Over-The-Range Model
JEB1090BA
Installation
B = Built-In Capability
M = Mounts Undercabinet
S = Specialty Model
1.2 cu. ft.
1.1 cu. ft.
1.0 cu. ft.
.9 cu. ft.
.8 cu. ft.
.7 cu. ft.
.6 cu. ft.
.5 cu. ft.
.3 cu. ft.
C = Coin
K = Compact
S = Stationary
F = Fabric Care
H = Horizontal Axis Matching Dryer
READING COOKING NOMENCLATURE
GE Cooking Product Product Color
WH = White
AD = Almond
BG = Black Glass
BC = Brushed-Chrome
Model Year Designator
Indicator for engineering
and product service only
Oven Type
S = Standard
P = Self-Clean
Glass Color
G/B = Black Glass (or simply glass door)
A = Almond Glass
W = White Glass
P = Painted Door
Ignition System (Gas Models)
E = Electronic Pilotless Ignition
P = Standing Pilot
Configuration
B = 30" Free-Standing
C = 40" Free-Standing
D = 30" Drop-In
K = Wall Oven—27" Cabinet
M = 27" Drop-In
N = Hood—Non-vented
P = Cooktop
JGBP 85BEA1BB
Gas
Feature Pack
Designates features—the higher the number, the more features.
*GE Profile Performance Series™designated when three numbers are listed.
S = Slide-In
R = Wall Oven—
24" Cabinet
T = Wall Oven—
30" Cabinet
V = Hood—Vented
X = Accessory
9 = Profile Performance Series™*
D = Warming Drawer
WG = White Glass
WW = White on white
BB = Black on black
AA = Almond on almond
SS = Stainless steel
40 = Convenience
35 = Value
30 = One Touch
20 = LED One Touch
10 = Mechanical
AJCS10AC
Brand
A = GE
Category
J = 26 Inch Solid Sided Case Through the Wall Units
Type
C = Cooling
E = Electric Heat
H = Heat Pump
Configuration
C = Chassis Only
Z = EZ Mount Window Kit
S = Standard Mount (hardboard)
Window Kit
Voltage/Amps
L = 115V, 60Hz, <7.0 Amps
F = 115V, 60Hz, 7.0 - 7.5 Amps
A = 115V, 60Hz, >7.5 Amps
D = 230/208V, 60Hz, All Amperages
Capacity
Nominal BTU’s in 1000’s
Unit Series
S = Standard Mount
H = High Mount Chassis
READING BUILT-INROOM AIR NOMENCLATURE
218
READING DISHWASHER NOMENCLATURE
GE Dishwasher
Product Type
SD = Standard
SC = Convertible
SM = Spacemaker®
SS = 18" Spacemaker®
Model Year Designator
Z = 97
C = 98
Exterior Color
WW = White on white
BB = Black on black
AA = Almond on almond
SS = Stainless Steel
AD = Almond panels with
black escutcheon
WH = White panels with
black escutcheon
Series
10 = Leader
20 = 2-level wash
30 = 3-level wash
40 = Profile Performance™/GE Profile™
Color
00 = Mixed
10 = Almond on almond
20 = Black on black
30 = White on white
40 = Stainless Steel door and access panel
GSD4930ZWW
ABM24DA
Brand
A = GE
Unit Series
Basic Design
D = Deluxe
E = Electronic Controls
H = High Efficiency/Electronic
M = Deluxe
Market Generation
Voltage/Amps
L = 115V, 60Hz, <7.0 Amps
F = 115V, 60Hz, 7.0 - 7.5 Amps
A = 115V, 60Hz, >7.5 Amps
D = 230/208V, 60Hz, All Amperages
Capacity
Nominal BTU’s in 1000’s
READING WINDOW ROOM AIR NOMENCLATURE
P = Special Market
S = Standard/Deluxe
V = Value
219
AZ52H12DAD
Zoneline®
Packaged Terminal Chassis
Chassis Series
22 = Value Line Cool/Electric Heat
32 = Value Line Heat Pump
52 = Premium Line Heat Pump
Unit Type
E = Cooling with Electric Resistance Heat
H = Heat Pump with Electric Resistance Heat
Special Features
B = Base Unit
C = Corrosion Treated
D = Internal Condensate Removal
(ICR) System
(Heat Pump Models Only)
5200 Universal Power Connection
(see Premium Series Models
-page 200)
2200 & 3200 Numeric
Designator of Heater Size
(see Value Series Models-page 200)
Voltage/Frequency
D = 230/208 Volt, 60 Hz
E = 265 Volt, 60 Hz
Nominal Cooling Capacity
07 = 7000 BTUH Cooling 12 = 12,000 BTUH Cooling
09 = 9000 BTUH Cooling 15 = 15,000 BTUH Cooling
READING ZONELINE CHASSIS NOMENCLATURE
AS1CD09AA0
Brand
A = GE
Category
S = “Single” Split
M = “Multi” Evaporator Splits
Designation
1 = Indoor 0 = Outdoor
Type
C = Cooling Only
R = Reverse Cycle Heat Pump (no heat)
H = Reverse Cycle Heat Pump with Electric Heat (Supplementary)
Voltage
A = 115V, 60Hz
D = 230/208V, 60Hz
Capacity
Nominal BTU’s in 1000’s
Unit Series
D = Deluxe P = Premium
Marketing Generation
A = 1st
B = 2nd, etc.
Nominal Electric Heat
0 - None
2 = 2 KW
3 = 3 KW, etc.
READING SPLIT SYSTEMS ROOM AIR NOMENCLATURE
FOR INFORMATION ON HOW TO REACH THESE OTHER GE BUSINESSES,
VISIT THE GE INTERNET WEB SITE AT www.ge.com
GE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION & CONTROL 1-800-431-7867
Electrical distribution, control and circuit protection products, including transformers and switchgear, used in the contractor, industrial and OEM markets.
GE LIGHTING 1-800-435-2677
Lighting products for home, industrial and commercial applications.
GE PLASTICS, RESIN AND SHEET 1-800-845-0600
Roofing shingles, window frames, Lexan®sheet for windows and Nuvel kitchen countertops.
GE PLASTICS—SILICONES 1-800-255-8886
Silicone adhesives, conformal coatings, anti-foams, and other applications in the construction markets.
GE EXCHANGE 1-800-775-4322
Business Information center for upgrading long-distance telephone service and guaranteed savings.
GE CAPITAL MORTGAGE SERVICES 1-800-648-0262
Capital and mortgage products for lenders and borrowers.
GE CAPITAL REAL ESTATE 1-800-243-2222
Financial Services for commercial property builders, developers, investors and syndications.
GE CAPITAL MODULAR SPACE 1-800-523-7918
Mobile and modular buildings for use at construction sites and for temporary office buildings.
GE CAPITAL FLEET SERVICES 1-800-243-2222
Rental of commercial trucks and tractor/trailers.
GE Appliances
g
General Electric Company
Louisville, Kentucky 40225
www.ge.com/appliances
Pub. No. 24-C089 PC12468
3/99
GE has a policy of continuous improvement of its
products and reserves the right to change materials
and specifications without notice.
#1
AND GETTING BETTER
Even after 40 years of leadership in supporting
our builder and remodeler customers, we’ve just
begun. A dynamic new GE is emerging:
A company for whom “good enough” is never
good enough. A company constantly renewing
itself with fresh ideas. A company eagerly
anticipating the opportunities that lie ahead,
as we approach a new millennium.
Join us–and share in the good things yet to come.
For more information on GE appliances, call the
GE ANSWER CENTER®800.626.2000
toll-free, 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
GE NEW HOME
ESSENTIALS
INCLUDED!
ALL APPLIANCES

Navigation menu